[:: Date : & The prophetic word that came forth  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  ::] 


:: Date & Confirmation in the news and what people have said has taken place  ::  ::  

- -  ><>  - - - _________  - - -  <><  -



><>         ><>             <><          <><   




[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

:: 2--19 Knights Templar International :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Growing Persecution of Christians in America – Do You Feel The Walls Closing In?

“Pastors will be arrested, and imprisoned, and taken out of your churches. Your children will be taken out of your home by force. If you just put your head down, and cave in, and decide that you’re not going to complain about it, then by force the government will teach your little ones — your children and your grandchildren — about the ways of the demons, about the ways of the gays.” Some Christians shrugged and said, “This won’t affect me.” Other Christians researched the history of the LGBT movement in other countries, finding that legalization is always followed by the government-sponsored persecution of Christians. Consider Fr. Josiah Trenham’s masterpiece: A Black Day — Supreme Folly From The Supremes. Shortly after the Supreme Court announced their decision to mandate the support of sodomy in America, Fr. Joseph Gleason preached a homily at a small Orthodox church in southern Illinois, warning American Christians of what to expect as a result. To help protect Christian families from future persecution in America, he started the Moving to Russia group, which has now grown to over 1,100 members, and he encouraged the Russian Faith website to publish articles about people around the world who are Moving to Russia. As predicted, for those in America who support traditional marriage, it is becoming increasingly difficult for Christians to keep a job, it is getting harder for Christians to adopt children, and the stage is being set for increased persecution of conservative Christians. What do you think? Is the following sermon out of touch with reality, or does it make reasonable predictions? Over the past three years, has America become a safer place to raise a Christian family? Or has American society become increasingly hostile towards the traditional Christian family? Please contribute your opinions in the comments section below. We want to know what you think.

Here is Fr. Joseph’s homily from July 5, 2015:

Do You Feel the Walls Closing In? “Brethren, I reckon that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory that shall be revealed in us.” [Romans 8:18] In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit. God is One. Thousands of years ago, Sodom was just one city. Today, it is a continent. From Canada to Mexico, and now to the United States of America, acceptance of sodomy and homosexual same-sex unions is the law of the land. One girl was doing some writing on the internet praising the recent decision of the Supreme Court of the United States. She was so happy for all of her gay friends and for all of the new benefits and “rights” which they would receive as a result of this. To those of her friends who were upset about the ruling, she said, “don’t worry. Take heart. This will not affect you at all.” It is painted as something that is all positive, simply meant to add some additional benefits to a particular group that have been judged unfairly and marginalized. They say they’re not out to get Christians. They’re not out to get those who defend traditional marriage. They simply want to have their own little spot in society where they can be free. At least, this is the story they tell. As much as America has poured its money, and its media, and its military into recreating every nation on earth in its own image, it is interesting to note that this move towards same-sex marriage has actually been successful around the world in most other countries first. On this particular score, the United States of America itself is rather late to the game. Same-sex marriage has already been the law of the land for years in Canada, Mexico, France, Brazil, and numerous countries all over the world. It might be interesting to look at some snapshots of the things that have happened since then in some of these countries. Has the LGBT same-sex marriage movement pushed for free speech, equal rights for all, fairness to Christians as well as to homosexuals? Or have Christians’ fears been realized? Are we just fear-mongering? Are we just irrational? Are we just running from a shadow, or are they actually out to get us? Let’s see what’s happened in some of these other countries over the past few years. Then you ask yourself: “Do you think we will escape here?” Canada In 2005, ten years ago, Bill Whatcott was passing out flyers talking about how homosexuality is a sin. It is a sin for a woman to sleep with a woman or for a man to sleep with a man as if they were husband and wife. Scripture is clear about this. On this day in 2005, this man named Bill in Canada was very clear about this, and he passed out some flyers. He was fined $17,500 by the Saskatchewan Human Rights Tribunal for distributing material deemed “hateful” by the Human Rights Tribunal. This was appealed. It went all the way to the Supreme Court in Canada, and this was not a split decision. This was not a narrow margin. According to the unanimous decision of the Supreme Court in Canada in 2013, “the key is to determine the likely effect of the expression on its audience keeping in mind the legislative objectives to reduce or eliminate discrimination,” they decided. “The difficulty of establishing causality and the seriousness of the harm to the vulnerable groups justifies the imposition of preventive measures that do not require proof of actual harm,” the judgment reads[1]. According to the unanimous decision of the Canadian Supreme Court, there is no requirement to prove that this causes harm to the gays, and there is no requirement to demonstrate any evil intent on the part of the person passing out this literature. The very fact that it offends the gays is all that it takes to make it illegal, and there is no requirement for them to prove that any bad result came about because of this literature.[2] If you pass out flyers against gay marriage or against homosexual sex, you can be fined $17,500. According to this unanimous decision of the Canadian Supreme Court, the financial penalty of $17,500 is to be reinstated against him, and disregarding a tribunal order to stop spreading hate speech can lead to contempt of court and jail. If he keeps quoting Romans chapter one, he could be found in contempt of court, and he could be put in prison. This is just north of us, just up in Canada. Most people speak English there. It’s not that far from home.

Mexico Now let’s go south to Mexico. In December 2012, the Supreme Court in Mexico ruled that a ban on gay marriage was unconstitutional. A few months later, in March of 2013, the Mexican Supreme Court ruled that anti-gay slurs are not protected speech. Quoted from the Mexican Supreme Court ruling: “In this sense, the first chamber determined that homophobic expressions, or in other words the frequent allegations that homosexuality is not a valid option but an inferior condition, constitute discriminatory statements even if they are expressed jokingly since they can be used to encourage, promote, and justify intolerance against gays.”[3] So in Mexico, if you even joke about gays or even suggest that to be in a homosexual “marriage” is somehow inferior to a heterosexual marriage, if you suggest that it’s not a valid option, then according to the Supreme Court in Mexico, you can be found guilty of a hate speech crime.[4] France France, this year, 2015: A French court has handed out convictions for anti-gay hate crimes on Twitter! Do you know what Twitter is? You’ve heard of blogging, right? People go on the internet, and they type up whatever they want, or thy write a little article and – poof! – there it is on the internet. It’s your blog. Twitter is what you might call a microblog. It’s just another blog, but instead of putting out whole articles, you just type a sentence or two, just your thought at that moment. It is very popular. There are millions of people on Twitter. Somebody went on Twitter and signed off on the little note saying, “let’s burn the gays.” Now, they did not actually burn any gays. They did not actually organize any events where gay people would be killed. They just made a comment, and as part of their comment, they used that phrase: “let’s burn the gays.” After three people did this, they were convicted for anti-gay hate crimes in France. “In what a major French LGBT rights group called a “significant victory,” these three people were convicted in a Paris court this [year].”[5]

LGBT rights groups in France regularly report homophobic hashtags which Twitter then removes from its trending topics [feed] to make them less visible. “The president of SOS Homophobie, an LGBT association which also reports on homophobic tweets, told the website [The Independent], ‘we’re positive that this will send out the message that the internet is not a place where no rules are, where you can do whatever you want.’”[6] Obviously, I do not advocate vigilante justice. If somebody is guilty of a crime, I don’t think any one of us in this room has the right to go out and, on our own accord, shoot somebody, burn somebody, arrest somebody, or fine somebody, even if they have broken the laws of this country. If I find out that you are guilty of income tax evasion, I can turn you in to the IRS, but I have no right to come take your money, or to fine you, or to put you in prison myself. I just think is interesting that a public tweet where somebody said, “burn the gays,” can land you into a criminal conviction in a court in France. I wonder what would happen if you were to go onto Twitter in France and type a few sentences from Romans chapter one: For this reason, God gave them up to vile passions, for even their women exchanged their natural use for that which is against nature. Likewise also the men, leaving the natural use of the woman burned in their lust for one another; men with men committing what is shameful and receiving in themselves the penalty of their error which was due. And even as they did not like to retain God in their knowledge, God gave them over to a debased mind to do those things which are not fitting. Being filled with all unrighteousness, sexual immorality, wickedness, covetousness, maliciousness, full of envy, murder, strife, deceit, evil-mindedness; whisperers, back-biters, haters of God, violent, proud, boasters, inventors of evil things, disobedient to parents, undiscerning, untrustworthy, unloving, unforgiving, unmerciful: who, knowing the righteous judgment of God, are deserving of death, not only do the same but also approve of those who practice them. [Romans 1:26-31] Make no mistake, fellow Orthodox Christians, if you have your Orthodox Study Bible, and you turn to Romans chapter one, it says that homosexual sinners deserve death. I wonder how well I would fare in France if I quoted that from the Bible?

England England. That’s going to be a good place. They speak English just like us. That’s going to be a safe place to go, right? In England, the government has asked all schools to record incidents of homophobic bullying. Comparable to the sex offender registry here in the United States, England has a hate register.[7] Children as young as five risk being placed on that hate register if they make homophobic playground taunts![8] [9] Five years ago, in the year 2010, ten-year-old Peter Drury called another pupil a “gay boy” outside of school, and the mother of another child reported the incident to the head teacher of Ashcombe Primary School. Penny Drury told the Daily Mail: “He doesn’t even understand about the birds and the bees, so how can he be homophobic? Peter is a very naive boy who didn’t know what he was doing and is now very upset as he is now in trouble. It doesn’t mean he is going to turn into a homophobic attacker when he is older.” The boy’s parents asked the school if they would remove him from the register, but the school’s head teacher refused. Mrs. Drury told the Daily Mail, “I am now worried if this is going to affect him applying for universities in the future. I just think the whole thing would be better sorted out by the teacher or parent explaining to them that their language is wrong and not to do it again.” Notice, this is a parent who thinks gay is okay. This is a parent who has not taught her child Christian values. Simply because her child, outside of school, called somebody else a “gay boy,” now this ten-year-old is on the hate register in England.[10] [11] [12] Children’s charities have expressed concern that school pupils could be effectively being criminalized for playground banter. Michelle Elliot of Kidscape told the Daily Express, “children are being criminalized and singled out from a very early age when they don’t even know what they’re doing.” In a statement, the Department for Children, Schools, and Families said, “if bullying is not dealt with in shools, then this will send a powerful message to children that discrimination is acceptable not only in schools but in society as a whole.”[13] They’re out to transform every corner of society, and this is five-year-old news!

Sweden Sweden. Pastor Ake Green preached a sermon in church calling homosexual behavior a sin.[14] He was arrested, convicted of speaking in a way which was considered disrespectful to gays, and was sentenced to prison time.[15] When this particular law had been enacted, the Swedish prime minister himself stated publicly as an example that under the new law it would be criminal to refer to the homosexual lifestyle as something unnatural.[16] Once again, if I were a pastor in Sweden, and I preached on Romans chapter one, what do you think would happen to me? Opening up your Bible in church, and simply reading the first chapter of Romans out loud can land you in prison. Many Countries Worldwide According to the FRA, the European Union Agency for Fundamental Rights, “in twelve member states (Belgium, Denmark, Germany, Estonia, Spain, France, Ireland, Latvia, Netherlands, Portugal, Romania, and Sweden) plus Northern Ireland and the UK – it is a criminal offense to incite hatred, violence, or discrimination on grounds of sexual orientation.”[17] This is a world-wide movement. Do you feel the walls closing in here? I know of some Christians, who are friends of mine, who have said, “yes, this is a terrible thing that has happened, but it’s not going to affect us. We have free speech. We have the first amendment. We have homeschooling. Even if they eventually outlaw homeschooling, you can put your kids in a private Christian school. There’s always going to be a safe place to go. They’re not going to come into your home. They’re not going to come after your children.” Let’s take a little trip back to Canada. In 2012, just three years ago, “under Alberta’s new education act, homeschoolers and faith-based schools will not be permitted to teach that homosexual acts are sinful as part of their academic programs.” “Whatever the nature of schooling – home school, private school, Catholic school – we do not tolerate disrespect for differences.” The first quote was from the Education Minister in Canada, Thomas Lukaszuk. The second was from Donna McColl, his assistant director of communications in her interview with Lifesite News.[18] Section 16 of the new legislation restates the current School Act’s requirement that schools ‘reflect the diverse nature’ of Alberta in their curriculum, but it adds that they must also ‘honour and respect’ the controversial Alberta Human Rights Act that has been used to target Christians with traditional beliefs on homosexuality. ‘School’ is defined to include homeschoolers and private schools in addition to publicly funded school boards.” “She justified the government’s position by pointing to Friday’s Supreme Court ruling upholding the Quebec government’s refusal to exempt families from its controversial ethics and religious culture program. That program, which aims to present the spectrum of world religions and lifestyle choices from a ‘neutral’ stance, is required of all students, including homeschoolers.[19] Welcome to America tomorrow. This isn’t just coming. In many countries around the world, it’s already here. You preach against the perversion of sodomy, the abomination of homosexuality. You speak clearly that people who practice such things will not go to heaven. You clearly state that according to Scripture, people who practice such acts are deserving of death. Pastors will be arrested, and imprisoned, and taken out of your churches. Your children will be taken out of your home by force. If you just put your head down, and cave in, and decide that you’re not going to raise a ruckus about it, then by force, the government will teach your little ones, your children and your grandchildren, about the ways of the demons, about the ways of the “gays”. I’m not just talking about some sex education class in high school. They already have classes in public schools across this country where Kindergarten teachers are sitting with their Kindergarten students and reading them children’s books about children that have two daddies, children that have two mommies.[20] [21] [22] By the time they get up to seventh or eighth grade, twelve and thirteen-year-old kids are being taught explicit topics in junior high about certain activities which I cannot even describe to you in the present company. They teach them in-depth, your kids![23] All this hypersexualization of your children – are you worried that they’re going to get pregnant? Guess what! There are already schools where they will put an intrauterine device inside your daughter at the age of twelve and not give the parents any notification of it.[24] [25] [26]That’s already legal. In Virginia, right now, it’s already mandatory for schools to teach the children about same-sex relationships and marriage and the sexual acts involved and how to do them.[27]Parents are not allowed to opt out. Do you feel the walls closing in? If, in Sweden, a pastor cannot teach from Romans 1 in his own church without facing prison; if in Canada you cannot homeschool your child and teach them what the first chapter of Romans says without risking fines or even losing your children altogether; if in England, if a child at the age of ten can use the word “gay” in a derogatory manner and be put on a hate registry; do you really think that we are safe? Are you foolish enough to think that they’re not coming after you? Suffering Suffering is coming, one way or another. This is not something you get to choose whether to endure or not. Suffering is coming, and the only choice you will have to make is which kind you want.

Saint Paul said: “Brethren, I reckon that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory which shall be revealed in us” [Romans 8:18]. The only way that glory will be revealed in you is if you are faithful to Christ. It explicitly says in Scripture that if you acknowledge Christ before men, then He will acknowledge you before His Father in Heaven; but if you deny Christ before men, then He will deny you before His Father in Heaven [cf. Matthew 10:24]. So, if you are going to be faithful to Christ so that the glory may be manifest and revealed in you, you have two options, and both are options of suffering. You can stay right here and just wait until they come knocking on your door. Until that time, you can prepare with prayer and fasting. Diligently study the Scriptures. Diligently study the lives of the saints. [Maintain] daily in-depth catechism of your children so that WHEN they get taken away from you, they will have such a deep-rooted knowledge of the faith that even when that foster parent — who now takes care of your child and does not allow you to see them — puts your child into a public school, and the child is faced with sexually explicit acts depicted in the classroom curriculum, when the foster parent takes away your child’s Bible and throws it into the fireplace so that your child will stop being a “bigot,” when classmates at the school mock and make fun of your child because they’re a “bigot,” over the next few years you had better fill your child so deep with a powerful faith that even as a child they will be able to stand up under that type of assault once they are taken away from you. Prepare your children for martyrdom. Know that if your child faces that, they will either lose their souls, or possibly lose their lives. Your child will go to Hell, or your child will go to Heaven in a very bloody way, after the years of indoctrination do not work and they finally realize that your child is not going to bend to their view. Their classmates may beat them to death in some back alley, and it won’t even be in the news. It will just be swept under the rug, because [they will say] “we know that they were just a ‘bigot’ anyway; they were probably on the hate registry; they probably deserved it.” That’s option number one. Option number two: Go someplace that your children and grandchildren can be raised as godly Orthodox Christians and, for the most part, be left alone. Go somewhere that the gay rights agenda has miserably failed. Go somewhere that the government of the land does not bow to the sodomites. Go somewhere that you can preach against homosexuality, and instead of people calling you “bigot”, they will say, “of course that’s an abomination!” Go somewhere that you can teach your children about traditional marriage being between one man and one woman, and everyone who hears you says “amen.” You see, that path is a path of suffering as well, because I am not aware of any place you can go like that where they speak English. So if you take path number two, it is going to be a path of suffering. You are going to have to put away the remote control. You are going to have to put away a lot of the family outings, vacations, and “me time.” You are going to have to get off the couch, get off the pillow, get off the bed. It’s going to be one of the hardest things you’ve ever done. You’ll have learn another language, learn another culture. Instead of pouring money into fun things, you’ll have to pour it into emigration. Suffering is coming. You get to choose which type you want. But as Saint Paul says, “brethren, I reckon that the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory which shall be revealed in us” [Romans 8:18]. Put another way, “I have read the back of the book, and we win.” There is the foot of Christ, the foot of the Church, and there is the head of the dragon, the head of the serpent, and it is crushed. But you know how it is. Even though his head was crushed at Calvary, the rest of that serpent is still flailing like crazy. Have you ever cut off the head of a serpent or crushed he head of a snake? Does the snake stop moving immediately? Does the snake stop moving immediately? No, it starts moving faster! You crush the head of a serpent, and that body that was just slithering around, now starts wriggling and squirming and going all over the place. The head of the serpent was crushed at Calvary! Every time you take the Body and Blood of Christ in the Eucharist, you are remembering the crushing of the head of Satan. What we are experiencing now in the world are the death throes of the serpent, and he will stop at nothing to take as many to hell with him as possible, as he goes down. It has gotten so bad, that there are not many places in this world that you can go today, to escape those death throes of the serpent. In Canada, you cannot pass out pamphlets against homosexuality. You cannot homeschool your children safely unless you teach that homosexuality is normal. In England, a ten-year-old child gets put on a national hate register. In Sweden, a pastor simply teaching on Romans 1 can be arrested and given prison time. In Russia, same-sex marriage is prohibited. They have no such thing as “civil unions” for “gays” either. They have laws on the books nationwide which prohibit homosexual propaganda for minors.[28] [29] Just within the past few days, they have put new laws into effect to severely cut down on abortion.[30] Russia is the salmon that is swimming upstream. If you look at any stream, the dead fish go downstream. If you want to be one of the dead fish, just go with the culture, go with the flow. Go along with what this country and most other countries in the world are doing. They’re dead fish going downstream. Right in the middle of that, Russia is swimming the other way. So choose your suffering.  You stay here [in America], you prepare your children and grandchildren for martyrdom, and you wait for those men with shields and guns to knock on your door and take your children. Or you become the poor, foreign immigrant in another land. You start afresh, learn a new language and a new culture. Either way, this is going to be a tough row to hoe. This is going to be a difficult path, but I am in agreement with [Saint] Paul. “I reckon that the sufferings this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory which shall be revealed in us.” If we are faithful in the midst of this time, if we confess His Name before men, He will confess our names before His Father in Heaven. In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit. God is One. 

:: 2-11-19 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Liberal Lunacy: Grocery Store Sparks Outrage With Weekly Advert “Heaven Has A Wall… Hell Has Open Borders”

by Nan and Byron McKeeby February 11, 2019

A small grocery chain has sparked outrage (among only progressives) with a message included in their weekly mailer. “Heaven has a wall, a gate and a strict immigration policy. Hell has open borders. Let that sink in.”

Liberal Lunacy: Grocery Store Sparks Outrage With Weekly Advert “Heaven Has A Wall… Hell Has Open Borders”

by Nan and Byron McKeeby February 11, 2019 554 Comments 14.5KShare 332Tweet Email

AMDEN, Ark. (KARK) – A family-owned Christian grocery store with several locations in Southeast Arkansas is dealing with backlash as customers argue a weekly ad mailer included a controversial political message. The ad book was sent to four Mac’s Cashsaver stores in Arkansas. According to the store, the mailer typically includes a religious or political message. The current mailer includes a message that references the U.S./Mexico border wall controversy. It reads, ‘Heaven has a wall, a gate and a strict immigration policy. Hell has open borders. Let that sink in.’ Those words aren’t sitting well with some customers. Note that the grocer would only be free to make that statement in their advertisement using legacy print media, because in the modern digital gulag, that kind of free speech is not equal to progressive free speech. The ad would be banned, and his business de-platformed. They have a Facebook page…but for how long? 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 2-12-19 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Unprecedented Gun Confiscation Hits US as Thousands Of Guns Seized from Innocent Citizens

TOPICS: Constitution Gun Control Matt Agorist

February 12, 2019 By Matt Agorist

As politicians and anti-gun rights activists continuously chant, “we don’t want to take your guns,” behind the scenes — in only the year — politicians have been working overtime to limit your right to bear arms. These laws are all a reaction to the tragic shooting in Parkland, Florida and, like most politicians always do, they are not letting this tragedy go to waste. Since the tragic shooting in Florida last February, the Giffords Law Center to Prevent Gun Violence has recorded a whopping 55 new gun control measures in 26 states—in just the first six months of the year. Some of these laws being passed are ‘Red Flag’ laws which are used to disarm individuals who are reported as a threat by a family member or friend. Many believe that these red flag laws are dangerous as they can prompt police action with little to no due process. As a recent report out of FOX32, points out, nine states have passed laws over the past year allowing police or household members to seek court orders requiring people deemed threatening to temporarily surrender their guns, bringing the total to 14. Several more are likely to follow in the months ahead. To show how willing these states are to use these laws, an unprecedented 1,700 orders to seize guns were issued in 2018, likely resulting in the confiscation of thousands of guns. What’s more is the fact that this number is likely far greater because there is no requirement to report these numbers and this data doesn’t include California who has recently implemented some of the most draconian gun laws in the country. To those who may be in favor of such laws, consider the following: There is no way to stop an estranged spouse from calling police repeatedly and telling them their ex is threatening to cause harm to others. Anyone, any time, now has the ability to claim someone else is a threat and have police take their guns. One does not need to delve into the multiple ‘what if’ scenarios to see what sort of ominous implications arise from such a practice. Luckily, some states have put in checks that require further investigation before police go in to take someone’s guns. Although it is not perfect, an example of one of these red flag laws with a system of checks is in Illinois. Gov. Bruce Rauner signed laws last year authorizing judges to take weapons away from people facing problems that make them dangerous to themselves or others. However, the person making the claim has 14 days to produce “clear and convincing” evidence that the person in question is potentially dangerous and should have weapons taken from him or her for up to six months. Although the ostensible intention of these recently passed laws is to stop a future tragedy, it is important to point out that there were already laws on the books that should’ve stopped Nikolas Cruz from ever getting a gun. But the none of them worked. Citing Cruz as the reason for advocating the erosion of the 2nd Amendment, the anti-gun activists are claiming he should’ve had his guns taken which would have prevented the tragedy. Sadly, however, they are ignoring the fact that he was accused of multiple felonies—and should’ve never been able to purchase a gun in the first place—but law enforcement failed to act on any of it. Also, in California as TFTP reported last month, taking someone’s guns away does not prevent that person from illegally obtaining another firearm and using it to commit murder. In January, a tragedy unfolded in California as a deranged gunman, Kevin Douglas Limbaugh, walked up on an innocent woman, officer Natalie Corona, pulled out his guns and began shooting her repeatedly until she died. Limbaugh then fired several more shots at others before turning the gun on himself and taking his own life. Limbaugh obtained the gun illegally because police had already taken his legal ones. According to police, Limbaugh’s guns were confiscated last year likely related to the red flag law. In September, Limbaugh was charged with a felony count of battery with serious bodily injury. That charge stemmed from Limbaugh punching a co-worker, Gilbert Duane McCreath, while the two worked at the casino the night of Sept. 20, according to the Sacramento Bee. After the charges, Limbaugh was given a high-risk assessment that determined the chance of him re-offending was low, but he was still ordered to turn in his registered weapons to police, the only one being a Bushmaster AR-15. On November 9, Limbaugh turned in the weapon. Sadly, the laws designed to keep the guns out of the hands of bad people failed, and an innocent young woman was murdered. The reactionary nature of disarming Americans because deranged psychopaths kill people is dangerous and only serves to keep the guns out of the hands of law abiding citizens as the above two cases illustrate. Moreover, deranged psychopaths don’t even need guns to cause mass death. 

:: 2-11-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Washington state sheriffs in a dozen counties refuse to enforce sweeping new gun laws approved by voters

Washington voters approved raising the minimum age for buying semi-automatic rifles among other extensive law changes in November

Sheriffs in rural, conservative counties and the police chief of a small town say they will not enforce the new rules pending a court decision

The National Rifle Association and the Second Amendment Foundation filed a lawsuit challenging the new regulations as being unconstitutional

By Associated Press Published: 00:13 EST, 11 February 2019 | Updated: 10:15 EST, 11 February 2019

Sheriffs in a dozen Washington counties say they won't enforce the state's sweeping new restrictions on semi-automatic rifles until the courts decide whether they are constitutional. A statewide initiative approved by voters in November raised the minimum age for buying semi-automatic rifles from 18 to 21, required buyers to first pass a firearms safety course and added expanded background checks and gun storage requirements, among other things. It was among the most comprehensive of a string of state-level gun-control measures enacted in the U.S. after last year's shooting at a Florida high school.  The National Rifle Association and the Second Amendment Foundation have filed a lawsuit in federal court alleging the initiative is unconstitutional. They say its purchasing requirements violate the right to bear arms and stray into the regulation of interstate commerce, which is the province of the federal government. Sheriffs in 12 mostly rural, conservative counties - Grant, Lincoln, Okanogan, Cowlitz, Douglas, Benton, Pacific, Stevens, Yakima, Wahkiakum, Mason and Klickitat - along with the police chief of the small town of Republic, have said they will not enforce the new law until the issues are decided by the courts. 'I swore an oath to defend our citizens and their constitutionally protected rights,' Grant County Sheriff Tom Jones said. 'I do not believe the popular vote overrules that.' Initiative supporters say they are disappointed but noted the sheriffs have no role in enforcing the new restrictions until July 1, when the expanded background checks take effect. The provision brings vetting for semi-automatic rifle and other gun purchases in line with the process for buying pistols. 'The political grandstanding is disheartening,' said Renee Hopkins, chief executive of the Alliance for Gun Responsibility, which pushed the initiative. 'If they do not (run the background checks), we will have a huge problem.' Initiative 1639 was passed by about 60 percent of Washington voters nine months after a gunman opened fire at Florida's Marjory Stoneman Douglas High School. The Parkland shooting, which left 17 dead, fueled a shift in the country's political landscape regarding gun control. Other state-level measures included requiring waiting periods and banning high-capacity magazines. Nine states have approved laws that allow the temporary confiscation of weapons from people deemed a safety risk, bringing the total to 14 nationwide. Several more are likely to follow in the coming months. At the federal level, for the first time in modern history, gun-control groups outspent the NRA on the 2018 midterm elections. President Trump directed the Justice Department to issue regulations to ban so-called bump stocks, and the new Democratic majority in the House last week held its first hearing on gun control in a decade. 'For far too long, Republicans in Congress have offered moments of silence instead of action in the wake of gun tragedies. That era is over,' Democratic Rep. Jerrold Nadler of New York said as he convened the House Judiciary Committee hearing on Wednesday. Washington's initiative targeted semi-automatic assault rifles like the AR-15 used in the Florida shooting and other recent high-profile attacks. Such rifles fire only once for each pull of the trigger but automatically eject and re-chamber a new round after each shot. Grant County's sheriff said many residents in his part of the state, known for its vast potato farms, are strong supporters of gun rights. They 'have a right to have this challenge and appeals process play out before moving forward,' Jones said. Lincoln County Sheriff Wade Magers noted more than 75 percent of voters in his small county just west of Spokane voted against the initiative. He called the new rules unenforceable. On the flip side, the sheriff's offices in King County, which includes Seattle, and Clark County, near Portland, Oregon, have said they will enforce the measure while it is being challenged in court. Carla Tolle of Kelso, in Cowlitz County, north of Portland, is an initiative supporter whose grandson was shot to death by a friend wielding a shotgun in 2017 in what was ultimately ruled an accidental shooting. She said she was 'shocked, devastated, dumbfounded' to learn Cowlitz County Sheriff Brad Thurman said he will not enforce the stricter gun rules until the legal case is resolved. 'He saw firsthand what happened with an unsecured firearm,' Tolle said. 'He saw the effect on both families.' Spokane County Sheriff Ozzie Knezovich has criticized the initiative while also decrying 'grandstanding' sheriffs who decline to enforce it. Hopkins, of the Alliance for Gun Responsibility, noted only a relatively small number of Washington's law enforcement leaders are speaking against the measure, while many others support it. The NRA and the Bellevue-based Second Amendment Foundation sued in U.S. District Court in Seattle in mid-November, saying the initiative violates the Second and 14th amendments of the Constitution as well as gun sellers' rights under the Commerce Clause. 'This measure will have a chilling effect on the exercise of the constitutional rights of honest citizens while having no impact on criminals, and we will not let it go unchallenged,' Second Amendment Foundation Executive Vice President Alan M. Gottlieb said when the lawsuit was filed. The lawsuit does not directly challenge the parts of the law pertaining to enhanced background checks or training requirements. However, the groups asked the court to block the entire law pending a determination of whether those provisions can be separated from the parts they are seeking to block: those related to sales to those under 21 and to out-of-state residents. The state has asked the judge to dismiss the case. 

:: 2-11-19 Sound Money :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. Congressman Introduces Bill to Remove Income Taxation from Gold and Silver

Posted on February 11th, 2019

The battle to end taxation of constitutional money has reached the federal level as U.S. Representative Alex Mooney (R-WV) today re-introduced sound money legislation to remove all federal income taxation from gold and silver coins and bullion. The Monetary Metals Tax Neutrality Act (H.R. 1089) backed by the Sound Money Defense League and free-market activists – would clarify that the sale or exchange of precious metals bullion and coins are not to be included in capital gains, losses, or any other type of federal income calculation. “My view, which is backed up by language in the U.S. Constitution, is that gold and silver coins are money and are legal tender,” Rep. Mooney said. “If they’re indeed U.S. money, it seems there should be no taxes on them at all. So, why are we taxing these coins as collectibles?” Acting unilaterally, Internal Revenue Service bureaucrats have placed gold and silver in the same “collectibles” category as artwork, Beanie Babies, and baseball cards – a classification that subjects the monetary metals to a discriminatorily high long-term capital gains tax rate of 28%. Sound money activists have long pointed out it is inappropriate to apply any federal income tax, regardless of the rate, against the only kind of money named in the U.S. Constitution. And the IRS has never defended how its position squares up with current law. Furthermore, the U.S. Mint continuously mints coins of gold, silver, platinum, and palladium and gives each of these coins a legal tender value denominated in U.S. dollars. This formal status as U.S. money further underscores the peculiarity of the IRS’s tax treatment. A tax neutral measure, the Monetary Metals Tax Neutrality Act states that “no gain or loss shall be recognized on the sale or exchange of (1) gold, silver, platinum, or palladium coins minted and issued by the Secretary at any time or (2), refined gold or silver bullion, coins, bars, rounds, or ingots which are valued primarily based on their metal content and not their form.” Under current IRS policy, a taxpayer who sells his precious metals may end up with a capital “gain” in terms of Federal Reserve Notes and must pay federal income taxes on this “gain.” But the capital “gain” is not necessarily a real gain. It is often a nominal gain that simply results from the inflation created by the Federal Reserve and the attendant decline in the Federal Reserve Note dollar’s purchasing power. Under Rep. Mooney’s bill, precious metals gains and losses would not be included in any calculations of a taxpayer’s federal taxable income. “Inflation is a regressive tax that especially harms wage earners, savers, and retirees on a fixed income,” said Jp Cortez, policy director at the Sound Money Defense League. “We are encouraged to see legislation targeting the evils of the Federal Reserve System.” “The IRS does not let taxpayers deduct the staggering capital losses they suffer when holding Federal Reserve Notes over time,” said Stefan Gleason, president of Money Metals Exchange, a precious metals dealer recently named “Best in the USA” by a global industry ratings group. “So it’s grossly unfair for the IRS to assess a capital gains tax when citizens hold gold and silver to protect them from the Fed’s policy of currency devaluation.”

The text of the H.R. 1089 can be found here. 

:: 2-11-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What HAS Russia spotted in Earth's upper atmosphere? Scientists say satellite detected unexplained 'explosions of light' in cloud-free skies

Scientists with Lomonosov satellite say it spotted several 'explosions' of light

These were spotted dozens of miles above the surface, with no clouds below

Researchers say they may have come across previously unknown phenomenon

By Cheyenne Macdonald For Published: 13:31 EST, 11 February 2019 | Updated: 14:06 EST, 11 February 2019

A Russian satellite designed to monitor the atmosphere for high-energy cosmic rays has detected mysterious ‘explosions’ of light miles above Earth’s surface, Russian scientists say. While numerous examples of unusual space weather phenomena have been spotted in the upper atmosphere before, the team operating the Lomonosov satellite say what they’ve found may be something entirely new. Despite the occurrence of several powerful bursts, Russian scientists say there were no signs of storms in the area, according to Sputnik. The satellite, named after scientist Mikhail Lomonosov, launched in 2016 and is integrated with the Kanopus-B spacecraft. Its goal is to study high-energy cosmic rays, including gamma rays, magnetospheric particles, and transient light phenomena in the upper atmosphere. And, the scientists now say it’s spotted something odd. ‘With the help of the telescope, we have obtained even more important results than we expected,’ Mikhail Panasyuk, Director of the Research Institute of Nuclear Physics at Moscow State University, told Sputnik. ‘It looks like we have encountered new physical phenomena. We do not yet know their physical nature. ‘For example, during Lomonosov’s flight at an altitude of several dozen kilometers, we have registered several times a very powerful “explosion” of light,' the director said. ‘But everything was clear underneath it, no storms, no clouds.’ In recent years, unusual electrical discharges have been captured on film by satellites and even astronauts aboard the International Space Station. There are several types of luminous flashes, most notably red sprites and blue jets. These bursts of electricity, however, are always associated with storm clouds, making the latest discovery all the more baffling. The Lomonosov Project is working to get to the bottom of short-lived phenomena such as that recently detected in the upper atmosphere to understand processes beyond cosmic rays and gamma bursts.  While they may occur high above Earth, the effects of space weather can trickle down and interfere with activity down at the surface. WHAT ARE THE DIFFERENT TYPES OF 'SPACE LIGHTNING'? While numerous types of space and weather phenomena have been spotted in the upper atmosphere before, the team operating the Lomonosov satellite say what they’ve found may be something entirely new. The team reported 'explosions' of light, though no clouds were seen in the skies below. In the past, similar luminous events have been linked to 'space lightning' - but, these events are always associated with storm clouds. Blue jets are enormous bursts of electrical discharge spiking upward from storm clouds in the upper atmosphere. They emerge from the electrically-charged cores of thunderstorms and rise up to 30 miles upwards in the shape of a cone. Red sprites are electrical bursts of light that occur above highly active thunderstorms. They only last a few milliseconds and are relatively dim compared with other lightning. The late experimental physicist John Winckler accidentally discovered sprites, while helping to test a new low-light video camera in 1989. They show up red at higher altitudes and fade to blue at lower heights. ‘We must take into account that the Earth’s radiation belts – the charged particles trapped by the magnetic field, can disappear, precipitate from the magnetic trap into the Earth’s atmosphere, producing in it extensive regions of ionization,’ the project’s website states. ‘The energy of the radiation belt particles is sufficiently high, for instance, there are relativistic electrons with energy of several MeV among them, which can penetrate deep in the atmosphere and by rate of ionization can easily compete against Auger showers. ‘Besides space factors physical processes near the Earth’s surface also have an effect on the atmosphere.’ 

:: 2-11-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NASA spots signs of 22-MILE-WIDE crater buried beneath Greenland ice sheet in what could be evidence of another ancient impact in the region

Researchers say they've found what could be a 22-mile-wide impact crater

Bowl-shaped depression found in northwest Greenland, 114miles from Hiawatha

Scientists announced 19-mile-wide impact crater under Hiawatha Glacier in Nov

The Hiawatha crater was the first crater ever to be found beneath Earth's ice

By Cheyenne Macdonald For Published: 16:33 EST, 11 February 2019 | Updated: 16:35 EST, 11 February 2019

Scientists have discovered what could be a 22-mile-wide impact crater buried deep beneath Greenland’s ice. If so, it would be the second such discovery announced in the last few months. A NASA glaciologist spotted signs of the possible crater in northwest Greenland just 114 miles from the recently-discovered crater beneath the Hiawatha Glacier while scouring satellite imagery and topographic maps of the area. Exactly how and when it formed still remain a mystery, though the researchers suspect it may be more than 80,000 years old. ‘We’ve surveyed the Earth in many different ways, from land, air, and space – it’s exciting that discoveries like these are still possible,’ said Joe MacGregor, a glaciologist at NASA’s Goddard Space Flight Center, who participated in the discovery of a crater previously announced in November 2018. That crater, estimated to be 19 miles wide, sits beneath the Hiawatha Glacier and is now the first impact crater ever to be found beneath Earth’s ice sheets. It was previously thought that most evidence of ancient impacts would have been erased by erosion of the overlying ice over many years. After the first discovery, however, the team began to suspect there may be others. ‘I began asking myself “Is this another impact crater? Do the underlying data support that idea?”’ MacGregor said. ‘Helping identify one large impact crater beneath the ice was already very exciting, but now it looked like there could be two of them.’ The researcher analyzed images from the Moderate Resolution Imaging Spectroradiometer instruments on NASA’s Terra and Aqua satellites along with those from NASA’s Operation IceBridge and discovered what appeared to be a bowl-shaped depression in the bedrock. The suspected crater is estimated to be 22.7 miles wide.

According to the team, it would be the 22nd largest impact crater known on Earth, if it really turns out to be one. ‘The only other circular structure that might approach this size would be a collapsed volcanic caldera,’ MacGregor said. ‘But the areas of known volcanic activity in Greenland are several hundred miles away. Also, a volcano should have a clear positive magnetic anomaly, and we don’t see that at all.’  Though the new crater sits just 114 miles from the one announced in November, the researchers say they don’t appear to have formed at the same time. The ice in the area is at least 79,000 years old, the team says. If this really is an impact crater, the researchers say it either happened more than 79,000 years ago, or, if it was more recently, all of the ice from the time eroded. ‘The ice layers above this second crater are unambiguously older than those above Hiawatha, and the second crater is about twice as eroded,’ MacGregor said. ‘If the two did form at the same time, then likely thicker ice above the second crater would have equilibrated with the crater much faster than for Hiawatha.’ The team says it’s possible that the two neighboring craters were simply formed by entirely separate impact events.WHAT IS THE HIAWATHA IMPACT CRATER FOUND IN NOV   2018? Scientists recently identified what's said to be the first known impact crater found beneath one of Earth's ice sheets. The giant meteor crater five times the size of Paris was been found half a mile (0.8 km) under the ice in Greenland. It is one of the largest impact craters on Earth, and suggests a 3,300ft-wide (1,000-metre) object made of iron smashed into our planet during the last Ice Age. It is believed the resulting explosion threw debris several hundred miles in every direction, reaching as far as modern day Canada. The 12-billion-tonne meteor landed with the power of 47 million Hiroshima bombs, obliterating all life within a 60-mile (100 km) radius, scientists said. A 19-mile-wide (30 km) impact crater left by the event remained hidden for at least 12,000 years beneath the Hiawatha Glacier in remote north-west Greenland, although scientists have not categorically dated the event. It could be as long ago as three million years when Greenland's ice sheet had already begun to form. The crater was identified with data collected between 1997 and 2014, supplemented with more collected in 2016 using an advanced form of radar sounding. This is consistent with Earth’s cratering record, they say. ‘This does not rule out the possibility that the two new Greenland craters were made in a single event, such as the impact of a well separated binary asteroid, but we cannot make a case for it either,’ said William Bottke, a planetary scientist with the Southwest Research Institute in Boulder, Colorado. ‘The existence of a third pair of unrelated craters is modestly surprising but we don’t consider it unlikely,’ MacGregor said.  ‘On the whole, the evidence we’ve assembled indicates that this new structure is very likely an impact crater, but presently it looks unlikely to be a twin with Hiawatha.’ 

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 2--19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Two Reasons Behind the Recent Military Activity in LA

By Dave Hodges

We have entered a phase in the war between the left and right that definitive actions are being taken. This conflict is no longer a war of words designed to win some intellectual and philosophical debate. This is becoming high stakes poker of the highest order.

In the second Presidential debate between Clinton and Trump, the following exchange occurred:  Clinton: American should be grateful that someone like Donald Trump is not running the Justice Department. To that Trump replied: “Yeah, because you would be in jail”. This was the one-liner championship quip for the entire campaign. And now, it appears that Trump is acting on his statement. The Clinton Foundation is being attacked by the Trump administration. If one wonders why the Deep State is in such a frenzied state while they are pulling out all the stops against Donald Trump, this article will go a long way to describing why. In an earlier report today, I noted how New York City, Washington DC and Chicago and making plans to illegally and criminally indict a sitting President following the release of Mueller’s “nothing burger” report. I am already hearing from sources close to the targets of the Mueller investigation who say they will be forced to lie about Trump in order preserve their freedom. The left is desperate and short of playing the assassination care, they are pulling out all the stops. Trump Goes On the Offensive President Trump knows that the Deep State is coming for him. He has, therefore, taken the preemptive move of going after the Clinton Foundation and its assets. Any prosecution of Deep State related personnel runs through the Clinton Foundation.  Trump’s pursuit of the Clinton Foundation has been a long time coming. On May 29, 2017, The Common Sense Show published the following damning information about John Podesta and the Clinton Foundation’s growing need to launder its ill-gotten gains. John Podesta is buying up gold, art and other valuables as he converts Clinton Foundation laundered money to hard assets and is hiding these assets around the world. Clearly, they think RICO is going to be seizing Clinton Foundation assets. The complete story was contained in the following video. The LA Raids The CSS has learned that forces supporting the Trump administration are conducting raids against the Clinton Foundation in LA. The people of LA have been in a tizzy since they have witnessed massive military operations and drills in their city. This operation had a dual purpose (1) To rehearse subjugating a potentially rebellious population that might be moved to riot if key Deep State personnel, connected to the Clinton Foundation, are indicted by the Trump administration; and, (2) Under the guise of military drills, to conduct the seizure of evidence to be used against the Clinton Foundation assets particularly in the area of sex-trafficking operations. And certainly the two goals work together hand in glove  The military raid aspect of the so-called LA drills was, in reality, not a drill at all. In fact, one of my sources, stated that this drill prevented the release of a biological weapon in the LA area. This threat has now been neutralized. Apparently, the Deep State needed a distraction from what Trump administration was preparing to do. The source of the planned biological attack emanated from paramilitary forces from Guatemalan sources who were trained at the paramilitary base training camps in El Salvador that I have identified in past articles and in interviews condcted on The Common Sense Show and on our related radio show which airs on Megaphone and Global Star Radio Network which brings us both domestic and international coverage, of these kinds of events. Conclusion This information related to a planned biological attack is so reliable that I have received two tips from readers in the past 24 hours. This begs the question, why would anyone want to release a bio weapon? Timing is everything. Both the Independent Media (IM) and the Trump administration are making headway with the public in exposing the true agenda of the Deep State controlled Democratic Party. A 2020 election victory is slipping away from the Deep Staters and they needed a game changer. False flag attacks have long been predicted by the IM should the Deep State be backed into a corner. In the next article, I am going to discuss what I have been able to learn about the coup against Donald Trump. Democrats like Elizabeth Warren have publicly stated that Trump will not be the President by the time the 2020 election comes around. In the upcoming article, we will be discussing the planned take down of Trump in much more detail.

By Dave Hodges| February 12th, 2019|Activism, Featured, Main, United States|13 Comments 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:1 Now I saw when the Lamb opened one of the seals; and I heard one of the four living creatures saying with a voice like thunder, "Come and see."

2 And I looked, and behold, a white horse. He who sat on it had a bow; and a crown was given to him, and he went out conquering and to conquer.                (the false)  (Canada & Florida)

3 When He opened the second seal, I heard the second living creature saying, "Come and see."

Rev 6:4 Another horse, fiery red, went out. And it was granted to the one who sat on it to take peace from the earth, and that people should kill one another; and there was given to him a great sword.       (civil war)

Rev 6:5 When He opened the third seal, I heard the third living creature say, "Come and see." So I looked, and behold, a black horse, and he who sat on it had a pair of scales in his hand.

Rev 6:6 And I heard a voice in the midst of the four living creatures saying, "A quart of wheat for a denarius, and three quarts of barley for a denarius; and do not harm the oil and the wine."      (inflation)

7 When He opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth living creature saying, "Come and see."

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ) (disease & famine)  

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 2-10-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Behold, a pale horse? How the “green” environmental movement may be the Biblical Fourth Seal of an End Times global death cult

Sunday, February 10, 2019 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) According to Biblical scholars, there are four “horsemen” that represent four of the Seals prophesied in the Book of Revelation, which describes the complete destruction of human civilization as God’s wrath is unleashed upon those who serve Satan. The fourth of these horsemen is known as “Death,” and it is usually described as a horseman riding a “pale horse.” But there’s a key translation problem that’s causing almost everyone to miss a bigger truth that needs to be pointed out.  The passage from Revelation (6:7-8) is typically translated as this: (English Standard Version) And I looked, and behold, a pale horse! And its rider’s name was Death, and Hades followed him. And they were given authority over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword and with famine and with pestilence and by wild beasts of the earth. However, I have learned this is a mis-translation. In the original Hebrew text, the color of the horse is not “pale” but rather chloros, the Greek word for “green,” sharing the same word root as “chlorophyll,” the molecule of photosynthesis for all green plants on our planet. Thus, the passage actually should read something more like, “And I looked, and behold, a green horse! And its rider’s name was Death.” Or, translated into truly modern times, “And I looked, and behold, a Green New Deal! And its author’s name was Ocasio-Cortez.” “Authority over a fourth of the Earth”

As I have exhaustively documented at Natural News, the environmental movement is a global death cult that literally seeks the complete destruction of all life on Earth, fulfilling the Revelation warnings about famine (global food collapse) and plagues (outbreaks of infectious disease). Get CLEAN FOOD and help support our mission to keep you informed: The Health Ranger Store lab verifies everything we sell with accredited testing for heavy metals, microbiology and food safety. Certified organic facility, ISO-accredited on-site laboratory, no GMOs or synthetic ingredients. The world's #1 source of lab-verified clean foods and superfoods for nutritional healing. 600+ products available. Explore now.    It is the environmental movement, of course, that has declared war on carbon dioxide, the “miracle” molecule of life which powers the photosynthesis process that requires chlorophyll (and produces oxygen as a byproduct of plant respiration). Carbon dioxide might even be called the “God molecule” since it is the very basis of nearly all food webs and living ecosystems on the planet. Yet the environmental movement has declared this “God molecule” to be a pollutant… and now promises to banish this molecule by dimming the sun with geoengineering efforts, literally “blocking the light” that powers all plant life on Earth. In examining this passage from Revelation, I was especially struck by the line describing how “Death” was granted “Authority over a fourth of the Earth.” The Earth is roughly one-fourth land mass, and those lands are inhabited by nations and governments. Nations are not governed from the oceans; they are established and run from land (since humans are land creatures, not ocean creatures). The passage from Revelation says, then, that Death is granted authority over all nations … i.e. a geopolitical global governance that rides a “green” horse in the color of chloros. This almost perfectly describes a globalist carbon reduction scheme that would collapse CO2 levels in the atmosphere, leading to a global collapse of food crops, rainforests and nearly all plant life. It’s all being pushed, of course, in the name of “saving” the planet (while actually destroying it). “To kill with sword and with famine and with pestilence” To enforce the climate change carbon taxes, governments of the world will wield “swords” (i.e. government weapons) against the citizens. The result of the collapsing CO2 in the atmosphere will be the catastrophic collapse of the global food supply, since all food crops require carbon dioxide to produce food. This simple, scientific truth about botany is completely glossed over by the entire globalist media, which deliberately lies to the world, claiming CO2 is a dangerous molecule that will destroy the Earth. In truth, a world without CO2 in the atmosphere is a near-dead world, almost completely devoid of food crops or human civilization. Watch my video explanation to learn more: A collapse in the food supply will of course result in the immediate “famine” that’s directly cited in the passage, followed by “pestilence” or disease. Indeed, if the Green New Deal now being pushed by the DEMONcrats were to become a reality, it would result in mass death, starvation, pestilence and even economic destruction. In fact, the economic consequences of all this are also described in Relevation 6:6. The Third Seal: Famine and the economic collapse From Revelation 6:6: And when the Lamb opened the third seal, I heard the third living creature say, “Come!” Then I looked and saw a black horse, and its rider held in his hand a pair of scales. And I heard what sounded like a voice from among the four living creatures, saying, “A quart of wheat for a denarius, and three quarts of barley for a denarius, and do not waste the oil and wine.” This passage is describing economic turmoil and price inflation of food, obviously a result from collapsing food production. The word “denarius” means a day’s pay, so a quart of wheat is costing a full day’s wage. What’s especially relevant about this is how AOC’s “Green New Deal” would outlaw the very fossil fuels that power the food production industry. All food production depends heavily on diesel engines, from the diesel tractors that plant seeds and harvest wheat to the diesel engines in the long-haul trucks that transport finished goods to your local grocery store. Fishing vessels run on fossil fuels, too, as does the air transport industry that moves a tremendous quantity of food materials on a daily basis. Eliminating all fossil fuels — a key component of the AOC “Green New Deal” planwould utterly collapse food production across America, leading to mass starvation. Famine and pestilence. It’s written right there in Revelation. The Second Seal: WAR Moving to an earlier passage in Revelation, the Second Seal is WAR, and it is designated by a red horse, the color of communism which has now invaded America’s schools, media, Hollywood and even the halls of Congress. This push for communism will lead America into civil war. From Revelation 6:4: And when the Lamb opened the second seal, I heard the second living creature say, “Come!” Then another horse went forth. It was bright red, and its rider was granted permission to take peace from the earth and to make men slay one another. And he was given a great sword. Note that this second seal, depicted by a red horse of communism, is able “to make men slay one another.” This perfectly describes the role of the current mainstream media, whose job is to spread fake race crime hoaxes and fake news that’s designed to infuriate half of America and tip the country into widespread violence. As the passage explains, the goal here is “to take peace from the earth and to make men slay one another.” The First Seal: The White Horse of “peace” You might wonder what the first seal describes. It depicts a white horse, indicating that the rider claims to establish “world peace.” From Revelation 6:2: Then I watched as the Lamb opened one of the seven seals, and I heard one of the four living creatures say in a thunderous voice, “Come!” So I looked and saw a white horse, and its rider had a bow. And he was given a crown, and he rode out to overcome and conquer. Although the white horse represents peace, the rider is crowned a world king and carries a powerful weapon of war (symbolized by the bow, which would mean long-range missiles in today’s military vocabulary). The passage, “He rode out to overcome and conquer” describes the United Nations and its globalist “peacekeeping” missions, which always involve horrific human trafficking, sex slavery, child rape, organ harvesting and the destruction of national sovereignty. World government, the passage seems to say, will be promoted as “world peace,” but the rider will be an invader and conqueror who wields weapons of war while proclaiming himself to be the leader of the world. (Sound like Obama, anyone?) Note that the United Nations military occupation of the USA has been a top goal of the Obama regime which, even now, commands the power of the deep state bureaucracy. The Fifth Seal: An introduction to the wrath of God If you’re curious what happens when the other Seals are opened, check out this passage about the fifth Seal (Revelation 6:9): And when the Lamb opened the fifth seal, I saw under the altar the souls of those who had been slain for the word of God and for the testimony they had upheld. And they cried out in a loud voice, “How long, O Lord, holy and true, until You judge those who live on the earth and avenge our blood?” In other words, all those Christians who have been tortured, murdered, silenced and destroyed — which is now the official policy of Twitter, Google, Facebook, YouTube and Snapchat — are crying out for God to unleash his wrath upon the evil people of the world who have persecuted the Christians. This includes the communists in places like China, where literally millions of Christians have been executed in just the last two decades (all while Google and Facebook create new technology to help communist China track down and murder people of faith). See this recent story from InfoWars: GOOGLE & APPLE REACH DEAL WITH RUSSIA, CHINA, & SAUDI ARABIA TO CENSOR POPULATIONS. The sun became black like sackcloth of goat hair As the fifth Seal is opened, Revelation describes cosmic events that may describe an eclipse, a volcano, a massive meteor storm or some other giant cataclysm. From Revelation 6:12: And when I saw the Lamb open the sixth seal, there was a great earthquake, and the sun became black like sackcloth of goat hair, and the whole moon turned blood red, and the stars of the sky fell to the earth like unripe figs dropping from a tree shaken by a great wind. The sky receded like a scroll being rolled up, and every mountain and island was moved from its place. Then the kings of the earth, the nobles, the commanders, the rich, the mighty, and every slave and free man, hid in the caves and among the rocks of the mountains. And they said to the mountains and the rocks, “Fall on us and hide us from the face of the One seated on the throne, and from the wrath of the Lamb. For the great day of Their wrath has come, and who is able to withstand it?” This passage is clearly describing a global-scale event involving something on the order of a pole shift, or a massive tectonic plate shift that would unleash near total destruction of all human cities and infrastructure. The entire sequence seems to indicate that a cosmic event influences Earth’s geology on an unprecedented scale, perhaps describing a massive asteroid strike or the nearby passing of a large planet or other body with a powerful gravitational field. The description of “stars of the sky fell to the earth” is a very clear indication that a massive asteroid or planet is passing near Earth, showering our planet in the numerous objects that would naturally be surrounding a large asteroid (or small planet). Summary so far Putting all this back in chronological order, what Revelation tells us, at least as I see it so far:

1) A global leader who claims to desire “world peace” will use weapons of war to deceive and assault Earth’s independent nations.

2) Communism will infect the world’s nations and be granted the weaponization (which could mean information warfare, or “infowar”) necessary to promote hatred and division, leading to civil war and mass killings.

3) The widespread wars will lead to economic collapse, price inflation and financial turmoil, involving food scarcity and price inflation.

4) The environmentalists will wage a “green” war against plant life on Earth, leading to a global food collapse, followed by starvation and global disease outbreaks.

5) The wrath of God will rain down upon Earth in the form of cosmic events (a giant asteroid or hidden planet), which will utterly destroy all human infrastructure, sending people to hide in bunkers, including the global elite and world’s wealthy. As stated in Revelation 6:15: …every mountain and island was moved from its place. Then the kings of the earth, the nobles, the commanders, the rich, the mighty, and every slave and free man, hid in the caves and among the rocks of the mountains.  The next passage, Revelation 7, literally describes, “four angels who had been given power to harm the land and the sea.” Happening now, in 2019: “Apocalyptic Sounds In The Sky” You may not be aware of this, but strange events are being recorded in the sky, all across the planet. Michael Snyder has written an excellent summary of what’s happening right now, publishing at End of The American Dream: For weeks, Americans all over the country have been rattled by extremely loud booming sounds that seem to have no explanation, and they are often accompanied by “mysterious flashes of light”. These strange booms are shaking homes and rattling windows, and some witnesses say that they sound like cannons being fired. And even though the “mystery booms” and accompanying flashes of light have been captured on camera all across the nation, so far the authorities do not have a reasonable explanation for why they are happening. Unfortunately, it does not appear that this strange phenomenon is going to go away any time soon. In fact, the Sun is reporting that the frequency of these “mystery booms” appears “to have gathered pace over the past week”… MYSTERY booming sounds have been shaking houses and terrifying residents after “flashes of light” were spotted across America. Experts have been left baffled by a spate of seismic booms from Arizona to New York that appear to have gathered pace over the past week. Over this last weekend, this mystery started to get much more national attention after an incident in Rhode Island on Saturday was followed by one in New York City on Sunday… On Saturday, loud bangs were reported in Rhode Island, where Jeremy Braza’s doorbell captured a video and audio of a loud noise over a three minute period. “The whole house shook,” he told “It woke my wife up, woke up all my children.” The following night an explosion was heard in New York, accompanied by a mysterious flash in the sky.  “What the heck was that boom or explosion in park slope Brooklyn?”, asked Matt Wasowski on Twitter.  But of course this is not just an east coast phenomenon. For example, a “loud boom” that was reported in Tennessee on January 31st was heard across three separate counties… It began on January 31 when residents of three separate counties in Tennessee reported hearing a loud boom around 11:30 a.m. Local chemical plants were contacted but reported nothing anomalous. Authorities in Bradley, McInn, and Polk counties are still investigating what could have caused such a powerful noise.  And during that same time frame, numerous North Carolina residents called authorities to report “unexplained loud blasts and booms”… That same day, local news in North Carolina reported that people in Wake and Franklin counties have been calling law enforcement agencies to report unexplained loud blasts and booms that keep them awake at night. Two homeowners even reported that the booms are so powerful that they have briefly lost power as a result of the tremors. So far, the Wake County Sheriff’s Office has been unable to pinpoint the source of the booms. A few days later, “strange explosion-like sounds” were being reported by numerous residents in New Orleans… The mystery surrounding the strange explosion-like sounds heard by residents in the metro area continues to grow. Late Monday night, several were heard in Lakeview, one of which was caught on camera by Eyewitness News. A story that began in Mid-City, has taken crews to Harahan, River Ridge and Wagaman. Now we go to Lakeview, where late Monday night, the mysterious ‘booms’ were heard again. Are you starting to see a pattern? Large booming sounds are being reported all over the nation, and often those large booming sounds are being accompanied by massive flashes of light. But in every case, the authorities have absolutely no idea what is causing this to happen. Read more at Michael Snyder’s website. Stay informed. Read for regular updates. 

:: 1-28-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Boycott these 60 companies that donate money to fund the systematic murder of unborn human babies

Monday, January 28, 2019 by: Isabelle Z.

(Natural News) Many of Planned Parenthood’s practices surrounding abortion are unconscionable. Whether you agree with abortion in theory or not, it’s hard to get behind an organization that was caught trafficking the body parts and organs of the babies it murders for profit. Now, they’ve only added to the list of reasons not to support them by proudly sponsoring the Women’s March, whose leaders have been accused of anti-Semitism. As the biggest single provider of abortions in America, Planned Parenthood performs more than 300,000 abortions each year, and their political arm works tirelessly to influence elections and implement liberal policies around the country. Undercover videos that came to light in recent years showed top execs from the group wining and dining agents who posed as buyers of baby body parts and cutting deals with them. More than 25 percent of the $1.3 billion in revenue Planned Parenthood brings in each year comes from private donations, and these include corporate contributions. That’s right; companies you patronize could very well be handing over some of your hard-earned money to a group that has no respect for human life. If you’d rather not support the systematic murder of unborn human babies, here is a list of 60 companies and nonprofit organizations that have directly funded Planned Parenthood. The list, which was last updated on June 21, was compiled by a “conservative watchdog for corporate activism” called 2nd Vote. You can also see the list on their website. 2nd vote believes that Americans have another way to make their voices heard besides at the ballot box, and that is the vote you can make with your wallet. If you currently support any of these businesses, it may be time to start seeking alternatives that don’t help fund this baby-killing organization. 

1. Adobe* 2. Aetna* 3. Allstate*4. American Express5. Amgen*6. AutoZone 7. Avon*8. Bank of America*9. Bath & Body Works**10. Ben & Jerry’s*11. Blue Cross Blue Shield

12. Boeing*13. BP 14. Charles Schwab 15. Clorox* 16. Craigslist 17. Converse*** 18. Deutsche Bank*

19. Diageo 20. Dockers*** 21. Energizer 22. Expedia* 23. ExxonMobil* 24. Fannie Mae* 25. Freddie Mac*

26. Frito Lay** 27. General Electric* 28. Groupon (partners with Planned Parenthood) 29. Intuit*

30. Jiffy Lube** 31. JPMorgan Chase 32. Johnson & Johnson* 33. Kaiser Permanente 34. Kraft Heinz*

35. Levi Strauss* 36. Liberty Mutual* 37. March of Dimes (individual chapters) 38. Microsoft*

39. Mondelez International* 40. Monsanto* 41. Morgan Stanley* 42. Nike* 43. Oracle* 44. Patagonia

45. PayPal* 46. PepsiCo 47. Pfizer* 48. Progressive Insurance* 49. Prudential* 50. Qualcomm*

51. Starbucks* 52. Shell 53. Susan G. Komen 54. Unilever 55. United Airlines* 56. United Way (individual chapters) 57. US Bank* 58. Verizon 59. Wells Fargo 60. WD-40 Company

*In these cases, the company’s giving is via matching gifts to Planned Parenthood. **In these cases, the organization’s parent company gives money to Planned Parenthood. ***In these cases, the organization’s parent company matches gifts to Planned Parenthood. 2nd Vote also has a list of 243 other businesses that have financially supported third-party groups that are known to fund Planned Parenthood. If you do decide to take your business elsewhere, drive the point home by contacting these companies and letting them know why you’ll no longer support them. Tell them you don’t want your money going to an organization that rewards its “salespeople” with pizza parties for meeting abortion quotas and harvests the organs of partially-born babies for profit. Sources for this article include: 

:: 6-27-18 One News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Likely probes await Waters for inciting violence on Trump Cabinet

Wednesday, June 27, 2018 Michael F. Haverluck (

Rep. Maxine Waters (D-Calif.) could likely be the target of Ethics and United States Secret Service probes for inciting violence and assaults on President Donald Trump’s Cabinet members. The government whistleblower group, Judicial Watch, filed an Ethics complaint Monday with the chairman and co-chairman of the House Office of Congressional Ethics – calling for action against the virulent Democrat for rallying an anti-Trump movement across the nation to harm the president’s officials.In encouraging individuals to create ‘crowds’ who will ‘push back’ on President Trump’s Cabinet members at private business establishments, and in seemingly trying to prevent these Cabinet officials from obtaining basic necessities without fear of assault and violence, Rep. Waters seems to be violation of House rules,” the hand-delivered House Ethics complaint written by Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton reads, according to Judicial Watch. Proof is in the video … In a video posted on the Internet for the world to see, Waters incited demonstrators Saturday at a rally in Los Angeles, California, to target, harass and assault key members of the Trump administration wherever they see them in public. “If you see anybody from that Cabinet in a restaurant, in a department store, at a gasoline station, you get out and you create a crowd and you push back on them!” Waters instructed, as seen on a YouTube video. “And you tell them that they are not welcome, anymore, anywhere.” Her tirade was far from ending there. “And guess what? … we’re going to win this battle because while you try and quote the Bible, Jeff Sessions and others, you really don’t know the Bible,” Waters yelled at the California crowd, according to the American Mirror. “God is on OUR side! On the side of the children. On the side of what’s right. On the side of what’s honorable.” She also directly addressed Trump, warning him of their impending around-the-clock harassment. “Mr. President, we will see you every day, every hour of the day, everywhere that we are to let you know you cannot get away with this!” Waters added.  In clear violation … The complaint specifically cites House Rule 23, clause 1 to prove that Waters’ incitement to violence indeed violates her position’s professional code of conduct.A Member, Delegate, Resident Commissioner, officer, or employee of the House shall conduct himself at all times in a manner that shall reflect creditably on the House,” the rule quoted in the Judicial Watch complaint states. After pinpointing numerous violations, the watchdog group called for an Ethics probe to be administered on the fiery Democrat – whose call for violence even spurred virulent anti-Trumper, House Minority Leader Nancy Pelosi (D-Calif.), to condemn her incitement. “We hereby request that the Office of Congressional Ethics conduct a preliminary investigation into whether Rep. Maxine Waters violated House Rules in encouraging attacks on Cabinet officials,” the document continues. Fitton is urging immediate action against Waters, who he deems as being unfit to hold public office with her recurring vicious verbal attacks on the president and calls for violence against his administration. “Rep. Maxine Waters incited violence and assault against members of President Trump’s Cabinet,” Fitton proclaimed. “It is urgent that the House Ethics Office quickly acts to hold her accountable for this dangerous incitement.” Calling on the Secret Service Besides an ethics probe, citizen journalist Laura Loomer is calling for a Secret Service probe of Waters for inciting violence against the Trump administration. “I just filed a complaint against Rep. @MaxineWaters with the @SecretService,” Loomer tweeted Monday. “Although the Secret Service Officer couldn’t get into the details of the investigation, he did tell me that SS is looking into Maxine’s comments that incite violence against @realDonaldTrump & his staff.” Taking political differences too far … Waters pressed the limits of political rivalry and opposition by spurring crowds toward hatred of the president and promoting the idea of tormenting his Cabinet members in public and at home. “Her rant, to a handful of cheering fans, included her now-familiar chorus about impeachment and her claim that President Trump has ‘disrespected all of us,’” WND reported. “She claimed God is on her side and told her followers to ‘show up’ wherever someone from the Trump administration appears and get them ‘booed out of restaurants,’ vowing they would get ‘no sleep.’” Longtime Republican politicians are worried that Waters and Democrats will not stop their rhetoric until someone gets hurt, pointing to the past.  “Veteran political adviser and longtime columnist Pat Buchanan warned of very real violence that can follow such inflammatory rhetoric,” WND’s Bob Unruh pointed out. “He noted White House press secretary Sarah Huckabee Sanders was asked to leave a restaurant last Friday, [a]nd [that] Homeland Security Secretary Kirstjen Nielsen and White House aide Steven Miller were heckled last week while dining in D.C. On Friday night, Florida Attorney General Pam Bondi was confronted by protesters at a movie theater.” A fairly recent example of this violence was then brought up. “[Buchanan noted that] the sentiment turned violent – but fortunately not fatal – just a year ago when James Hodgkinson, a 66-year-old volunteer in Bernie Sanders’ campaign, opened fire on GOP lawmakers practicing for their annual baseball game with the Democrats,” Unruh added. Last summer’s infamous Congressional Baseball Game shooting wounding several – which took place near the nation’s capital just over a year ago – was used as a reminder of what happens when politicians incite hate and violence. “House Majority Whip Steve Scalise was wounded, almost mortally,” Buchanan recounted, according to WND. “Had it not been for Scalise’s security detail, Hodgkinson might have carried out a mass atrocity. The left – to the point of irrationality – despises a triumphant Trumpian right and believes that to equate it with fascists is not only legitimate, but a sign that the accusers are the real moral, righteous and courageous dissenters in these terrible times.” It was also noted that this problem with the left goes back decades. “After Dr. King’s assassination, a hundred cities, including the capital, were looted and burned – scores died [and] U.S. troops and the National Guard were called out to restore order,” the Republican politician continued. “Soldiers returning from Vietnam were spat upon. Cops were gunned down by urban terrorists. Bombings and bomb attempts were everyday occurrences. Campuses were closed down. In May 1971, tens of thousands of radicals went on a rampage to shut down D.C.” He then called the leftists who referred to Trump and child detention centers as Nazi concentration camps as nothing short of “absurd.” “Does anyone truly believe that the centers where the children of illegal migrants are being held – run as they are by liberal bureaucrats from the Department of Health and Human Services – are like Stalin’s Gulag or Hitler’s camps?” Buchanan asked, implying that Democrats are making no sense. “Because if you have been told and believe your opponents are fascists, then their gatherings are deserving not of respect but of disruption, and, as was true in the 1960s, if you manifest your contempt, you will receive the indulgence of a media that will celebrate your superior morality.” Moving forward … or backward? In response to Waters inciting violence against him and his Cabinet, Trump nicknamed the California Democrat “Low IQ.” After her video went viral on YouTube, Waters attempted to make light of her call for violence, insisting that she has no influence on what leftist anti-Trump demonstrators actually do. Her response was posted on Twitter by Fox News.

“@RepMaxineWaters moments ago: ‘I have no way of telling people how to protest, what they should protest,’” Fox Business tweeted Monday. 

[ :: 3-25-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, do you not see the signs throughout all the world, do you not see the coming judgment that shall come, do you not see the blood that shall be flowing in the streets soon?  Do you not see all the signs, or are you so asleep, that it will take disaster to wake you up?  Where are you my church, where are you? 

[ :: 12-22-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. America is in a real bad time right now with this racial divide that never should have been and it is not caused by the ones they are saying caused it, but it is caused by themselves, it is caused by the news media, it is caused by those that want to profit by what they say. That shall cause blood to flow in the streets, it shall cause outside armies to come in and replace, replace the army you have now, I shall tell you these things and more, etc.

:: 2-11-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Media Hatred Of America Has Infected Young Americans Into Thinking Old Glory Is A Sign Of 'Intolerance And Hatred'

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine February 11, 2019

The majority of young Americans, defined as ages 14-37 believe that the United States is a sexist country (53%) and a racist country (54%). Those numbers increase among those defined as Millennials, aged 22-37, to six in 10, which is 60 percent. One in five Millennials see the U.S. flag, Old Glory, as a "sign of intolerance and hatred." These numbers were revealed in "The State Of Patriotism Report," by YouGov, back in November 2018. YouGov conducted the opinion survey for the non-profit foundation Foundation for Liberty and American Greatness (FLAG). That survey also found that eight in 10 Americans could not name the five freedoms guaranteed in the First Amendment, and less than half surveyed knew there were 10 amendments in the bill of rights. The founder of FLAG, Nick Adams, said he was "totally unprepared" for the "epidemic of anti-Americanism," according to a CNS News report from December 2018 about the survey. Adams blamed the educational system in America, stating "That half of millennials and Gen Z believe that the country in which they live is both ‘racist’ and ‘sexist’ shows that we have a major fraction of an entire generation that has been indoctrinated by teachers starting in grade school that America is what’s wrong with the world." In my opinion, he is only half right, because while a look at what is happening in certain portions of America's public school systems, and in today's colleges across America, shows that communism, socialism and "social justice" activism, all anti-American, has replaced basic education, but another influential industry, the establishment media, deserves half the blame because of their spread of hate within America. BY THE NUMBERS - LIBERAL MEDIA ESTABLISHMENT SPREADS HATE Before delving into the documented examples of the liberal establishment media's anti-Americanism, lets take a brief look at some statistics. In November 2018, Zogby Analytics revealed that 72 percent of Americans believe the "mainstream media has played a major role in dividing Americans along racial, gender and political lines. This has led to a spread of hate and misunderstanding among some people." 47 percent strongly agreed with that statement, and 25 percent somewhat agreed with that statement. Just days after the FLAG study was released, Investors Business Daily reported on another study, of the media, conducted by Arizona State University and Texas A&M University researchers. When you add it up, 58.47% admit to being left of center. Along with that, another 37.12% claim to be "moderate." What about the mythic "conservative" financial journalist? In fact, a mere 0.46% of financial journalists called themselves "very conservative," while just 3.94% said they were "somewhat conservative." That's a whopping 4.4% of the total that lean right-of-center. That's a ratio of 13 "liberals" for every one "conservative." Whatever happened to ideological diversity? Please remember this as you watch the business news or read a financial story in the paper. You might want to take its message with a grain of salt. That's especially true if the piece seems unduly harsh on the free-market system and its many proven benefits. Or if it lauds socialism as an "answer" to society's ills. Keep in mind, the 462 journalists from Wall Street Journal, the New York Times, Washington Post, Associated Press and a number of other newspapers, were financial journalists, the ratio is undoubtedly more skewed to the left among all types of journalists. Is it just a coincidence that public trust in the media has dropped from a high of 72 percent in the mid-1970s, to just 45 percent in 2018? Only 14 percent said they had a "great deal" of trust and confidence in mass media such as newspapers, TV and radio, while 54 percent has either "not very much" (30%) or "none at all" (24%). Side Note- Interestingly, liberal professors outnumber conservatives nearly 12 to one as well, according to a 2016 study. LIBERAL MEDIA HATES EVERYTHING THAT MAKES AMERICA GREAT While Americans recognize the extreme political bias of journalists, a look at what "triggers" the media into a frenzy, which often backfires on them as the specific narratives they push hard, make go viral, just to end up unraveling into "fake news," we see a pattern of the liberal establishment media taking anti-American positions. They promote socialism while lamenting about capitalism, they criticize the U.S. Constitution, they find the American flag offensive as they publicly side with the NFL kneelers, and nothing triggers them faster or harder than the term "Make America Great Again," to which they consistently claim is "racist!" MAGA Triggers Media: Look at the Covington Catholic high students and the fiasco the media made of the entire story. First they saw a kid with a MAGA hat, facing off with an older Indian American man, and got so triggered that without bothering to investigate, or do any research, they ran with a four minute clip out of a nearly one-hour 46 minute, to claim the students "surrounded" the Native American "Vietnam veteran," and "mocked" and "taunted" him because they were racist! Within hours, we found out the Indian man was not a "Vietnam" veteran, was not surrounded, he approached the students and started banging his drum in one students face, and they did not taunt or mock him. Now multiple journalists and liberal news outlets are being sued by the families of those students because the media incited liberals to the point where they started wishing death on the MAGA hat wearing students, and threatening them with violence. Another example is explained by an Australian news anchor below, where the U.S. media automatically started reporting about the "attack" on Empire actor Jussie Smollett, by men that yelled "This is MAGA country," as if it were fact, when over a week later, there has still been no evidence obtained proving there was even an attack. It is pretty bad when newscasters from other countries can see the "media hate" coming from American media, and calls them out on it. NFL Anthem Kneelers (Flag Haters): The media by and large sided with the NFL Anthem Kneelers, who used the National Anthem to protest a number of causes, which started with former San Francisco 49ers quarterback Colin Kaepernick, who told NFL Media when he first began using this means to protest, "I am not going to stand up to show pride in a flag for a country that oppresses black people and people of color." President Trump criticized the protests during the anthem as disrespecting the flag, and Kaepernick himself made it clear he wouldn't stand for the "flag," and the media jumped straight to the flag hater's defense, describing him as "An icon in the fight against police brutality and racial injustice." (CNN) Why did the media side with the NFL kneelers? The answer lies in the numbers, and the fact that the overwhelming majority of establishment news journalists are liberals. The results, released today on NBC’s Meet The Press by host Chuck Todd, say that just 43% of voters believe kneeling during the national anthem is an appropriate way to protest racial inequality, while the majority, 54%, say it is not appropriate. What’s more interesting about the poll results, though, are the political divisions reflected in those attitudes. Todd claimed 72% of Democrats say kneeling is appropriate, versus 23% who say it isn’t. For Republicans, the numbers are basically reversed, with 10% appropriate, 88% not.

The majority of liberals, which includes the establishment media, simply do not believe the American flag should be respected. Liberal Media Hates The U.S. Constitution (Except the press freedom part!): Liberal journalists at The Week describe the U.S. Constitution as "an outdated, malfunctioning piece of junk," that is "morally hideous," while New York Times' Supreme Court reporter Adam Liptak called it "terse and old." The NYT also promotes repealing the Second Amendment right to bear arms. HuffPost wants to "add a Constitutional amendment that would make it easier to change the Constitutional provision that makes it so difficult to change the Constitution." (Yes, that is a direct quote) They want to abolish the electoral college, censor free speech and pretty much want the entire Constitution changed. Related: Do Democrats Care About The Constitution Anymore? It Sure Doesn’t Look Like It Liberal Media Pushes For Socialism: Liberal media is pushing to change America into a socialist country, as they bend over backward to protect their little Democratic Socialist darling Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez from her own gaffes. (PS- That she keeps making!) I would continue with the examples, but I think the pattern is pretty clear. BOTTOM LINE Nearly everything that has made America a great country, is hated by liberals, therefore hated by the liberal media complex, which in turn is helping, along with the liberal "educators" across America, to turn another generation of children into America-bashing, flag-hating, historically uninformed, socialist liberals. 

:: 2-11-19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Defends 2nd Amendment in El Paso: ‘Come and Take It’

by AWR Hawkins 11 Feb 2019

During his Monday night rally in El Paso, Texas, President Donald Trump defended the Second Amendment by recounting the Battle of Gonzales and saying, “Come and Take It.” He was winding toward the conclusion of his remarks when he began to speak of those things distinctly American, those things that bind together citizens across this country as well as the thousands who flooded into the building to hear Trump speak. He said, “We believe in religious liberty, the right to free speech, and the right to keep and bear arms.” After a few more comments and massive applause, Trump narrowed his comments to the love of freedom exemplified by the state of Texas in particular. He said, “This is the state where William Travis, James Bowie, and Davy Crockett made their last stand at the Alamo.” Trump then added, “This is the state where a small band of patriots, at the Battle of Gonzales, armed with a single cannon, stared down a foreign, powerful army and declared, ‘Come and Take It.'” He looked around during roaring applause and said again, “Come and Take It.” On May 4, 2018, Breitbart News reported that Trump referenced the Battle of Gonzales during his speech to the NRA Annual Meeting. Trump said: In 1835 soldiers from General Santa Anna’s army marched into the little Texas town of Gonzales and ordered those Texans to surrender their small cannon that they relied on to protect their lives and protect their homes. The Texans refused! They were not about to give up their only means of self-defense. He continued: In response, Santa Anna’s army returned with a large group of additional people. They had men all over the place … [but] this time they were met by dozens of Texans … who had rushed to Gonzales to defend their rights and their freedom. As Santa Anna’s men watched from a distance those brave Texans raised a flag for all to see. On the banner they painted a cannon along with four words that echoed through the ages. It said, “Come and Take It.” AWR Hawkins is an award-winning Second Amendment columnist for Breitbart News and the writer/curator of Down Range with AWR Hawkins, a weekly newsletter focused on all things Second Amendment, also for Breitbart News. He is the political analyst for Armed American Radio. Follow him on Twitter: @AWRHawkins. Reach him directly at . Sign up to get Down Range at 

:: 2--19 Prager U :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Inconvenient Truth About the Democratic Party 

:: 2-11-19 Newswars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ex ICE Director: Dems Doing PR for Cartels, Illegals

By Ben Warren Monday, February 11, 2019

Democrats are serving as public relations agents for criminals south of America’s border, according to Former Acting ICE Director Tom Homan. Homan was responding to a Fox host reporting that 42 million Latin Americans are watching the southern border to determine the “best time” to infiltrate the U.S. “Yeah, why wouldn’t they? If there’s no consequence, no deterrence — Look, these criminal organization, the cartels, they’re getting fat with money and the Democrats are helping them,” said Homan. “They don’t need a PR campaign. They got the Democrats doing it for them.” Correspondingly, if Democrats get what they want, ICE will have to release 30,000 criminals from detention, Homan added during his Monday talk on Fox and Friends. “I’ve been saying for almost a year that I don’t think they’re ever going to accomplish the ‘abolish ICE’ that they’ve been saying they’re going to do,” he said. “But I’ve been saying what they’re going to do is bankrupt ICE to make them ineffective.” “They’ll take their money away so they can’t do their job.” Homan detailed how Dem’s are exploiting ICE’s caps on detention beds to effectively force the agency to release tens of thousands. “The number they put on the table, like 32,000 cap beds,” he said. “Understand ICE is currently at 47,000, which means there’re 15,000 over the cap. Now we’re halfway through the year. To get to that 32,000 by the end of year they’re going to have to go 15,000 below 32.” “So that means if they’re 15,000 above, they have to go 15,000 below — ICE will have to release 30,000 people from custody.” Furthermore, during President Trump’s state of the Union address, Democrats revealed their priorities to the nation by not applauding Trump when he said he was going to bankrupt the drug cartels and target sex trafficking on the southern border. 

:: 2-11-19 Paul Craig Roberts :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What Trump Is Trying To Save Americans From

February 11, 2019 |

Nurse in Germany Sends Message that Describes The Camp of the Saints as the Present-day Situation in Germany In Europe truthful information about the Islamic immigrants forced on Europe by the EU, Merkel and George Soros is considered a hate crime and is forbidden. Marine Le Pen, leader of a large political party in France, has been indicted for merely publishing photos of brutal murder victims of Islamicists. Frustrated by the imposed silence, a Czech woman self-described as a nurse in Germany provides this description: Yesterday, at the hospital, we had a meeting about how the situation here and the other Munich hospitals are unsustainable. Clinics cannot handle the number of migrant medical emergencies, so they are starting to send everything to the main hospitals. Many Muslims are refusing treatment by female staff, and we women are now refusing to go among those migrants. Relations between the staff and migrants are going from bad to worse. Since last weekend, migrants going to the hospitals must be accompanied by police with K-9 units. Many migrants have AIDS, syphilis, open TB and many exotic diseases that we in Europe do not know how to treat. If they receive a prescription to the pharmacy; they learn they have to pay cash, this leads to unbelievable outbursts, especially when it is about drugs for the children. They abandon the children to the pharmacy staff with the words: So, cure them yourselves. So the police are not only guarding the clinics and hospitals, but also the large pharmacies. We ask openly where are all those who welcomed the migrants in front of TV cameras with signs at train stations? Yes, for now, the border has been closed, but a million of them are already here and we will definitely not be able to get rid of them, Until now, the number of unemployed in Germany was 2.2 million. Now it will be at least 3.5 million. Most of these people are completely unemployable. Only a minimum of them have any education. What is more, their women usually do not work at all. I estimate that one in ten is pregnant. Hundreds of thousands of them have brought along infants and little kids under six, many emaciated and very needy. If this continues and Germany re-opens its borders, I am going home to the Czech republic. Nobody can keep me here in this situation, not even for double the salary back home. I came to Germany to work, not to Africa or the Middle East! Even the professor who heads our department told us how sad it makes him to see, but worth the read…especially the cleaning woman, who has cleaned every day for years for 800 euros and then meets crowds of young men in the hallways who just wait with their hands outstretched, waiting for free, and when they don’t get it, they throw a fit. I really don’t need this, but I am afraid that if I return home, at some point it will be the same in the Czech Republic. If the Germans, with their systems, cannot handle this, then guaranteed, back home will be total chaos. You – who have not come in contact with these people have absolutely no idea what kind of badly behaved desperadoes these people are, and how Muslims act superior to our staff, regarding their religious accommodation. For now, the local hospital staff have not come down with the diseases these people brought here, but with so many hundreds of patients every day of this is just a question of time. In a hospital near the Rhine, migrants attacked the staff with knives after they had handed over an 8 month old on the brink of death, who they dragged across half of Europe for three months. The child died two days later, despite having received top care at one of the best pediatric clinics in Germany. The pediatric physician had to undergo surgery and the two nurses are recovering in the ICU. Nobody has been punished. The local press is forbidden to write about it, so we can only inform you through e-mail. What would have happened to a German if he had stabbed the doctor and nurses with a knife? Or if he had flung his own syphilis infected urine into a nurses face and so threatened her with infection? At a minimum, he would have gone straight to jail and later to court. With these people so far, nothing has happened. And so I ask: Where are all those greeters and receivers from the train stations? Sitting pretty at home, enjoying their uncomplicated, safe lives. I would round up all those greeters and bring them here first to our hospitals emergency ward as attendants! Then in to one of the buildings housing the migrants, so they can really look after them there themselves, without armed police and police dogs, who, sadly today, are in every hospital here in Bavaria. NOTE: I checked this story prior to posting. It is a year or more old, has been reported in UK newspapers and online, and apparently originated in a Czech TV or radio news report from which it was transcribed. It is sometimes reported as from a Czech nurse and sometimes a Czech doctor working in Germany. See for example:  and 

There are many reports from European medical authorities that there is a high rate of HIV and TB infection among the immigrants that have been permitted to overrun Europe and high infection rates of deadly diseases that had been eradicated in Europe. 

There are reports that 95% of the immigrants are on welfare:  If true, it gives the lie to the claim that the immigrants would boost the workforce and save European pension systems. Instead, it seems that over-stressed European budgets have been loaded up with more costs that will increase the threat to pensions and to the health and safety of the European peoples, who in their idiocy continue to support the EU concept that has compromised their sovereignty and is driving them into the ground. 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 2-11-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BOMBSHELL: Apple demands Natural News stop writing about abortions or Satanism; threatens to block Natural News app from all Apple devices

Monday, February 11, 2019 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) In a series of shocking “demand” emails containing screen captures showing lists of Natural News articles, Apple has demanded Natural News stop publishing articles critical of abortions or Satanism, threatening to block the Natural News app from all Apple devices if Apple’s demands are not met. This is the first time that a dominant tech company has overtly come out in defense of Satanism while threatening to censor a prominent publisher that exposes the evils of Satanic influence. Many people will see this as yet more proof that Apple, along with other tech giants, is literally aligned with Satan and is exploiting its power of censorship to silence those who criticize Satanism. With Democrats now openly pushing infanticide and the legalization of the serial killing of infants, tech giants like Apple are serving as the censorship “speech police” to silence all criticism of the gruesome practice. In threatening Natural News over our coverage of infanticide and abortions, Apple is staking out the position of being pro-infanticide, and anyone who dares to speak up for innocent children is deemed by Apple to be engaged in “hate speech.” According to apple, opposing the murder of children is now “hate speech” Yes, you read that correctly: Speaking out to stop the mass murder of newborns is now “hate speech” according to the deranged, mentally ill Leftists who run Apple, Twitter, Google, YouTube, Facebook and Snapchat. Techno-fascism has now become a movement of mass infanticide that demands the silencing of those who oppose it. “Hate speech” means standing up for the innocent and demanding an end to the murder of children. Here’s one of the many screen shots sent to Natural News by Apple, along with a warning that these stories would result in our app being blocked: Some of the headlines named by Apple as “objectionable” include these important reports on Satanism, vampirism and blood harvesting from children, vaccines, cannabis, freedom of speech, the failed war on drugs, anti-Semitism and much more: Left-wing media run by actual demon-possessed anti-human EVIL entities… watch this stunning mini-documentary

You can now buy blood harvested from young people in America … “Young blood” for sale in San Francisco Covington Catholic student caught up in bogus “racist” incident with Native American provocateur BEGS local media to print the truth Bill Gates and the World’s Elite DO NOT VACCINATE their own children… and for good reason How California totally screwed up a potential windfall of tax revenues on legalized cannabis America’s “War on Drugs” declared a total failure as flow of deadly drugs across the open border continues to worsen Mandatory vaccination is something that Hitler would have happily pushed as compatible with the Third Reich The Left is trying to destroy free-speech social media platform Gab following Pittsburgh synagogue shootings declares video platform no place for Jew haters and those who espouse violence against people of faith Google Chrome browser gives “Critical Error” notice when you play Project Veritas videos EXPOSING crooked deep-state “Democratic” communists Top 5 harmful health narratives the U.S. government and the chronic sick-care industrial complex will NEVER abandon Racist New York Times was a holocaust denier, covered up mass genocide of Jews Tech giants’ censorship is an online ETHNIC CLEANSING campaign, equivalent to intellectual genocide Here’s another screen shot sent to Natural News by Apple, along with demands to remove all this content or face the consequences: There are more screen shots, too, sent to Natural News by Apple, indicating that Apple is trolling all Natural News content and trying to find examples of stories to be “offended” about. Some of the other content the Apple says is “offensive” includes articles about abortion, infanticide, censorship, the LGBT agenda and illegal migration. Fight back against Apple censorship We must all fight back against Apple censorship. There are several ways you can help us do that. We need your help to take action now and let Apple know that we will not be silent in the face of techno-fascism and censorship: First, fill out this Apple feedback form for the iPhone, and tell them you don’t want Apple censoring the Natural News app:

You can also Tweet to the official Apple account (assuming you haven’t yet been banned by Twitter, another evil tech giant). The official accounts of interest include: @Apple @AppStore @tim_cook

@AppleSupport When you tweet Apple, tell them to stop trying to control Natural News and stop censoring our app. Finally, watch and share my full explanation here: Like all the tech giants, Apple has been consumed by truly demonic forces and now demands the silencing of all those who oppose evil, murder or tyranny. Facebook Twitter Google+ 


:: 2-12-19 The Washington Standard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

YouTube Advances Artificial Intelligence For More Censoring Of Ideas

Tim Brown / February 12, 2019 /

YouTube has decided to stop suggesting “conspiracy videos” to users on its platform. It will no longer recommend videos “claiming the earth is flat or making blatantly false claims about historic events like 9/11.” So basically, anyone who questions the status quo, the official narrative parrotted by the mainstream media or offers up any idea contradicting that of a full-blown totalitarian grip on humanity, will be silenced. People, apparently, can no longer be trusted to watch a video about whether or not the Earth is flat and determine its merits on their own, so YouTube has decided it’ll just be your mommy and hide it from everyone. The change will not affect the videos’ availability, however. YouTube just wants to make it as difficult as possible for people to hear opposing ideas. If users are subscribed to a channel that produces YouTube’s definition of “conspiracy content,” or if someone searches for specific content, they will still see related recommendations, the company wrote according to NBC News. “It’s only the beginning of a more humane technology,” said Guillaume Chaslot, a former Google engineer, who helped to build the artificial intelligence used to curate recommended videos. In a thread of tweets posted on Saturday, he praised the totalitarian change promoting the plan to brainwash everyone into thinking exactly alike and having the same thoughts and ideas. He said this would be “technology that empowers all of us, instead of deceiving the most vulnerable,” Chaslot wrote. He called this plan a “historic victory.” Many support YouTube’s attempts to silence dissent by labeling it “conspiracy” content. But others are calling it what it is:

Guillaume Chaslot @gchaslot · Feb 9, 2019

Replying to @gchaslot Conclusion: YouTube's announcement is a great victory which will save thousands. It's only the beginning of a more humane technology. Technology that empowers all of us, instead of deceiving the most vulnerable. If you see something, say something. 16/

H o l l y @hollyhaygood You promote censorship of free speech, and explicit manipulation of algorithms to achieve the end goals of the elitist.#FlatEarth 9 5:32 AM - Feb 10, 2019

But by and large, most are concerned that there are other individuals out there who may have different ideas on how to run their own lives so they seek to control information that they determine to be wrong, whether it is or not. Believing the Earth is flat hurts exactly no one. The believer may never visit the moon or the International Space Station, but no one is hurt by a belief until that belief is forced on others. 

:: 2-7-19 Life News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trudeau Liberals pledge multimillion dollar fund to push homosexuality worldwide

OTTAWA, February 7, 2019 (LifeSiteNews) – Justin Trudeau’s Liberal government will spend $30 million over the next five years to push the homosexual and gender identity agenda in developing countries.  But that’s just the beginning. After that, Canadians will fork over $10 million every year in perpetuity – or as long as the Liberals are in power – to advance the homosexual agenda as part of their country’s international aid. Minister of International Development Marie-Claude Bibeau announced the fund Thursday in Ottawa along with openly homosexual Alberta MP Randy Boissonnault, Trudeau’s special adviser on LGBTQ2 issues. “Globally, LGBTQ2 communities continue to face discrimination and injustice because of who they are. Everyone matters, no matter who they choose to love, no matter where they live,” Bibeau said. According to a Global Affairs Canada press statement, the Liberals earmarked $30 million “in dedicated funding over five years, followed by $10 million per year to advance human rights and improve socio-economic outcomes for LGBTQ2 people in developing countries.” Bibeau’s office confirmed the Liberals intend to keep the cash flowing indefinitely. “There is no defined end date for this funding,” wrote a ministry spokesperson in an email to LifeSiteNews. “It is included in Global Affairs Canada appropriations from the International Assistance Envelope on an ongoing basis.” The non-stop multimillion dollar international homosexual promotion fund is intended to “further the aims of the Feminist International Assistance Policy,” according to a Global Affairs press advisory. Adopted in June 2017, the Trudeau government’s FIAP has as a key goal the promotion of global legal abortion. Indeed, the Liberals earmarked $650 million over three years in March 2017 to push abortion in the developing world, including funding campaigns to legalize abortion in countries where the unborn child is protected. Campaign Life Coalition, Canada’s largest pro-life, pro-family group and the political arm of the pro-life movement, denounced Bibeau’s Thursday announcement as more of the same. Funding the promotion of the LGBTQ agenda as part of international aid is another example of the Liberal government’s “ideological colonization” of nations it purports to help, says Campaign Life vice president Matthew Wojciechowski. “Similar to their ongoing funding for abortion advocacy in countries where abortion remains illegal, the Trudeau government continues to waste Canadian tax dollars on aggressively targeting the deeply held beliefs on sexual morality and the traditional family of those living in the developing world,” he told LifeSiteNews in an email. “It’s disturbing, and frankly unconscionable, that the Liberals are bent on pushing an unwanted ideology in countries where essential needs, such as clean water, maternal healthcare, and basic sanitation, are often lacking,” added Wojciechowski. But the Liberal move is unsurprising given Trudeau’s non-stop advocacy, both substantially and symbolically, of the homosexual and transgender agenda at home. The first Canadian prime minister to march in a homosexual Pride Parade, Trudeau most recently green-lighted the Royal Mint’s release of a new one-dollar coin designed to commemorate the 50th anniversary of his father’s decriminalization of homosexuality. A petition to protest the coin has 37,344 signatures to date. More substantially, the Liberals codified the unscientific gender identity theory in law in June 2017 with Bill C-16, which added “gender expression” and “gender identity” to Canada’s Human Rights Code and the Criminal Code’s hate crime section. Critics warned that under Bill C-16, Canadians face jail time for disavowing gender ideology, and free-speech advocate Jordan Peterson rose to fame for arguing the bill will result in “compelled speech.” Trudeau also anticipated Thursday’s announcement by declaring in November 2017 that Canada “will stand tall on the international stage as we proudly advocate for equal rights for LGBTQ2 communities around the world.” That was during his tearful apology in the House of Commons for Canada’s alleged past mistreatment of LGBTQ persons, including apologizing to Canadians convicted under former laws against buggery, gross indecency, and running bawdy houses. He vowed then to put “systems in place so these kinds of hateful practices are a thing of the past. Discrimination and oppression of LGBTQ2 Canadians will not be tolerated.” The Liberals introduced a bill the same month to expunge and destroy criminal records of those “previously convicted of consensual sexual activity with same sex partners,” he said. They also paid out a $145 million settlement on a class action lawsuit launched on behalf of LGBTQ persons fired from the civil service or discharged from the military because of their sexual orientation, a settlement described by media as “the largest of its kind in the world.” Moreover, the Trudeau Liberals are actively pushing the LGBTQ agenda in the public service. In February 2017, Canadians learned the Trudeau government is forcing public servants to take a pro-LGBT “gender equality” test, with unspecified consequences if they refused or failed to provide the appropriate “feminist” answers. The Canadian military under Trudeau responded to Trump’s 2017 ban on transgender military members by declaring they actively recruit LGBT people. To respectfully express your views, contact:

Marie-Claude Bibeau  Minister for International Development  House of Commons

Ottawa, Ontario Canada

K1A 0A6

Telephone: 613-995-2024


Chrystia Freeland  Minister for Global Affairs  House of Commons

Ottawa, Ontario Canada

K1A 0A6

Telephone: Telephone: 613-992-5234


For contact information on your MP, go here. 

:: 1-30-19 Free Republic :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bracken: Covington Gives a Glimpse of Civil War Two

American Partisan ^ | 27JAN19 | Bracken Posted on 1/30/2019, 6:38:59 AM by vannrox

During the attempted electronic lynching of the Covington Catholic high school boys on the steps of the Lincoln Memorial, the mask hiding the Left’s genocidal rage slipped and was momentarily visible. The reality of the confrontation was inverted 180 degrees by the duplicitous mainstream media so that a smiling white teenager was made to face the wrath of an Orwellian two-minute hate that stretched on for days, even after the factual record was corrected. Accelerated by social media, the virtual lynch mob called for, among other horrors, MAGA-hat-wearing teenage boys to be fed headfirst into wood chippers, or for them to be locked en-masse into their school and the school to be burned to the ground. This hurricane of socially sanctioned racial fury did not arise spontaneously, but was the result of deliberate cultivation over the past few decades by the political Left, academia, the mainstream media, and the Hollywood entertainment elite. Entire books could be written laying out the many already familiar examples of the Left encouraging racial animosity against whites, but that is not my goal in writing this piece. I am instead observing that before every notorious genocide, the same pattern of marginalizing and demonizing a designated scapegoat population has occurred. On the steps of the Lincoln Memorial, the national mainstream media signaled that it was now acceptable to vent seething racial hatred against white males, even teenage boys. This was further telegraphed when notable verified Twitter blue-check accounts were not suspended after doxing the boys and posting explicit calls for violence against them. (By way of contrast, I was permanently banned from Twitter for posting an anti-burka meme that did not even name a religion.) The Covington confrontation points to an ironclad historical pattern. Every previous genocide in modern times was preceded by a similar pattern of public demonization of state-designated scapegoats. But is correlation causation? Does the American Left intend to eventually commit genocide against white heritage American males? In my opinion, yes. Scapegoating is part of a clear pattern of conduct seen during every socialist power grab from the French Revolution until now. In the case of German national socialists, European Jews were the scapegoats of the Nazis during their climb to power. In the case of international socialists, AKA Communists, class enemies were usually but not always the designated scapegoats. Examples of class enemies would include the Kulaks in the Soviet Union, “landlords” in China, and “intellectuals” in Cambodia. But in other cases ethnic groups were targeted as scapegoats by Communists, to include the Ukrainians, Crimeans, Latvians and others. So, are today’s Democrats already planning to load their white heritage American enemies into boxcars for trips to a new Gulag? Probably not many at this time, but Barack Obama’s political mentor Bill Ayers certainly considered it. Ayers believed that so many Americans would bitterly resist Communism that 25 million would have to be “eliminated.” Today in the United States, a possible future genocide remains far down the track and around the curve, well out of sight, and beyond the power of most Americans to even imagine. But the historical record is clear. Broad social approval of class- or racially-based scapegoating is a necessary precursor stage to eventual genocide, and a combination of both variants was clearly seen in the Covington case. Will planned genocide ever be the overtly stated policy of the socialist-leaning Democrat (DemSoc) party? Probably not. Even Adolf Hitler never put “The Final Solution to the Jewish Question” into a formal written order, but the Holocaust happened nonetheless. Vladimir Lenin was less cautious, recording his orders for state terror and mass murder in his own handwriting. But today’s American Democrats are still far from that final stage of dealing with their enemies. For now, the demonization of their future scapegoats is only one indicator of the current phase of the Gramscian “long march through the institutions” stealth communization process that is now underway. So what is the overall process currently in play, and where are we on the timeline? I am going to assume that readers of this essay are already familiar with the Dunning-Kruger Effect and the Cloward-Piven Strategy. Summarized, the current Democrat strategy for political victory is to maximize the number of government-dependent morons, in order to overwhelm our national ability to pay for all of the government’s mandated social programs, to thereby collapse the system and bring about a revolutionary political climate. This is taken straight out of the Bolshevik and Alinsky handbooks. Vladimir Lenin supposedly put it this way: “The worse, the better.” As the government fails to keep up with its social welfare promises, the Democrats will blame their pre-designated scapegoats for every one of their own failures. In the United States, Public Enemy Number One will be older white Christian conservative heterosexual men who will be called obstructionists and saboteurs. Being morons, the Dunning-Kruger Democrats will fall for the party line, and also blame white heritage American scapegoats for the failure of their own party’s utopian promises. Why will the Democrats push for social welfare programs that are impossible to achieve, that in fact have failed in every other case ever attempted? Because they only care about attaining permanent power for themselves, and this process is a proven method for reaching that goal. The Democrat elites are content to rule the ruins of a failed nation, in perpetuity. And to do so, they will need a convenient scapegoat population to blame for their own failed policies, and that is why they are encouraging identity (racial) politics, as starkly seen in the Covington confrontation. They are preparing their time-tested psychological weapons of mass destruction for the next phases in the ongoing stealth communization process. You may observe the history of Venezuela over the past twenty years to see the entire process carried out from start to finish. The unexpected election of President Donald Trump indicated to Democrat party leaders that there were still too many white heritage Americans as a percentage of the electorate for them to cement their identity-politics socialist triumph in perpetuity. There are not yet enough moronic Dunning-Kruger Democrats to push the DemSocs over the top in national elections forever. The Calizuela Model Despite Trump’s 2016 victory, a glowing example of the solution to their national electoral shortfall is clearly visible to Democrat leaders. In my lifetime California was the wealthiest and most successful state in the union. It produced Republican governors and even sent Ronald Reagan to the White House. But due to open borders and unchecked immigration, California is halfway to becoming Venezuela, or as I shall term it, Calizuela. The former Golden State has gone from national leader to national embarrassment, with squalid tent cities for its burgeoning homeless population, complete with needle- and feces-strewn sidewalks. Amazingly, this observable failure is counted as a great political victory by the Democrat party. Calizuela is proof that flooding a state with government-dependent foreign idiots and rewarding them with driver’s licenses and voter cards can turn a formerly conservative Republican state into a one-party Democrat stronghold in a single generation. The proven Calizuela formula is blazingly clear to the Democrat Party bosses in the other 49 states: import as many poor and illiterate foreign immigrants as possible, because over 80 percent of them will sooner or later become reliable Democrat voters. (And this is the reason that Nancy Pelosi and the Democrats refuse to pay more than one dollar for an actual, physical border wall or barrier.) Now I will distinguish between two general types of immigrants. The first type I’ll term Value-Added Melting-Pot immigrants. VAMPs usually form stable two-parent families and want their kids to grow up to be red-blooded Americans, happily assimilating into our culture, while quickly learning English and adopting American customs and manners of dress. Typically they are college-educated professionals when they legally immigrate to America. They may even vote Republican, and often have conservative values and political views. On the other hand, we now also have millions of Feral Aggressive Clannish Low-Intelligence immigrants, or FACLIs in shorthand. They may or may not be illegal aliens, but the Democrat party does not care as long as they will eventually vote Democrat. The worst of the FACLIs belong to an unholy supremacist rape and murder cult that is attempting to force its totalitarian social-political system upon the entire world, at sword point if necessary. The Democrats are not bothered by the inclusion of these dangerous fanatics among their FACLI immigrants as long as they reliably vote Democrat. Unfortunately, ever since the passage of Senator Ted Kennedy’s infamous 1965 Immigration and Nationality Act, the FACLIs have vastly outnumbered the VAMPS arriving in America. Instead of assimilating and blending into the American social landscape like the VAMPs, the FACLIs cluster in self-imposed ghettos, marking their territories with vandalism and graffiti, driving out their previous inhabitants, and turning these conquered areas into smaller versions of the third-world shitholes they fled in the first place. Yet the Democrats actually prefer FACLI immigrants to VAMPs, despite their tendency toward illiteracy, criminality, and many other social pathologies. This is because they can be depended upon to vote Democrat, adding their numbers to the native-born Dunning-Kruger Democrats who are too ignorant to realize that there is no such thing as a free lunch. Additionally, high crime rates and inter-ethnic friction give the state a reason to use harsh police state tactics to maintain control. Writer Sam Francis described this dynamic as “anarcho-tyranny.” It hardly needs to be mentioned that for a nation’s ruling elite to knowingly import a feral, aggressive, clannish, low-IQ population in order to replace their independent-minded, freedom-loving and self-sufficient population in return for cheap votes is an act of treason against their own people. But in both America and Europe, we can see that the Kalergi Plan for population replacement is working all too well. A half-century after Senator Kennedy’s notorious immigration act, America needs a fifty-year immigration moratorium to save it from utter destruction, but there is little chance of this ever happening in the prevailing political environment.

The Calizuelification Process Once the Democrat Party reaches a ruling margin based on their importation of sufficient numbers of FACLIs to guarantee future electoral success, they weaponize the political and legal structures to ensure that they can never be defeated again. Ideologically corrupted law enforcement and tax agencies are turned against their political rivals. The Calizuela DemSocs use outrageous electoral district gerrymandering, conduct door-to-door “vote harvesting” by party hacks, and prepare boxes of pre-filled election ballots to ensure their victories. They even hand voter registration cards to illegal aliens at the DMV along with their official Calizuela driver’s licenses, with no questions asked and no voter fraud investigations ever conducted. The amazing political success of the Democrat Party in Calizuela is now being copied in every other state. Once Florida or Texas flips to solid Democrat, the DemSocs will permanently control the national political process in the United States. But history shows that they will not then rest on their laurels and relax their guard. Their Marxist fiscal mismanagement will leave the economy in a shambles, but rather than accept the responsibility, they will instead set to blaming their pre-designated scapegoats. These shall be the aforementioned white Christian conservative men, the ultimate irredeemable deplorables, who will then be targeted for state-sanctioned hate and worse. In the DemSoc mission to scapegoat white heritage Americans, it will actually be an advantage to them that their base, (the Dunning-Kruger Democrats plus ever-increasing numbers of FACLIs), are, by and large, morons. Due to their low average intelligence, they will not be susceptible to persuasion by reason or logic. Instead, they will carry the strength of invincible ignorance as their shield. The most erudite and sublime arguments of Locke and Jefferson will not hold a candle against machete-wielding MS-13 gang members high on meth. And there will be millions of them and others eager to turn their violent fury against the state-designated conservative white male scapegoats who will be portrayed in the media as purposefully sabotaging their awaited socialist utopia. Thus the DemSocs shall unify their base and wipe out any potential future rivals in one brilliantly calculated but incalculably evil maneuver. Kill Whitey will be on their lips, their fury fanned to white heat by the collaborating mainstream media. What these morons lack in wisdom they will make up in aggression, low impulse control and sheer numbers. History teaches that racial fury can easily be whipped to such a fever pitch that a majority population can be induced to go house-to-house with machetes, massacring their former neighbors. This happened in Rwanda in modern times, and in Haiti in 1804, when all of the remaining whites were slaughtered, down to the last infant. Surely one of the most evil things any government can do is to set the stage for genocide by designating a group for state-approved scapegoating.

The Heritage American Right’s Reaction But the Democrat party’s Dunning-Kruger plus Cloward-Piven strategy to turn every state into another Calizuela with uncontrolled FACLI immigration has at least one major obstacle in its path: conservatives have made a close study of Leftist revolutionary strategies from Robespierre and Lenin to Alinsky and Obama. The Right’s deep understanding of this process is the reason why so many millions of firearms and billions of rounds of ammunition have been purchased in recent years. Millions of precision rifles dispersed in the hands of scores of millions of heritage Americans will be a game-changer, delaying or blocking the usual pattern of Leftist revolutionary genocide. At some as-yet unknown breaking point, the Left’s unstoppable DemSoc political wave will collide with the immovable object of armed Right-wing resistance. Nobody can say when or where the precise Fort Sumter moment will occur, but when it comes, a bloody civil war will follow. However, unlike the 1861-65 festivities, there will be no convenient regional divide between the warring camps. Instead, the red-blue county-level election maps will be a more useful blueprint for the coming mayhem, and even then, counties will often be too broad of a measure. I would suggest readers might review my earlier essay The CW2 Cube: Mapping the Meta-Terrain of Civil War Two, as well as When the Music Stops, How America’s Cities May Explode in Violence, for an in-depth look at how a dirty civil war may unfold and manifest itself. In short, Civil War Two will quickly become an urban versus rural conflict divided along demographic and cultural lines. This type of dirty civil war will be fought at the zip code and neighborhood level. Front lines will be vague and constantly shifting, with three or more local factions often competing for supremacy. It will be a civil war of secret arrests, disappearances, IEDs and targeted assassinations that will have many of the worst attributes of Argentina and Northern Ireland in the 1970s, or even Rwanda and former Yugoslavia in the 1990s. And once this vicious civil war is in full swing, the odds are high that the power grid itself will become the target of ten thousand attacks. In such a fluid crazy-quilt battlespace as an all-out dirty civil war, shared infrastructure lines will run through both friendly and enemy territory. Every faction will have a veto on their downstream enemy’s power grid and water supply. Food supplies that today are trucked from hundreds or thousands of miles away will disappear in this dangerous environment. Brainwashed Dunning-Kruger Democrats and their FACLI reinforcements might not enjoy living around evil and oppressive white devils very much today, but they are going to enjoy life without electricity, food, and clean drinking water even less. They will discover that it’s much easier to turn Minneapolis into Mogadishu than the reverse. What will happen inside the blue hives that are presently organized as DemSoc vote-harvesting plantations, when the EBT system collapses? When no electricity, food or water is flowing in to sustain their populations? This dystopian dynamic is likely to occur in some cities or regions earlier than in others, and this will lead to the imposition of extremely harsh measures, including martial law and food rationing in other parts of the country. Alternatively, where government control is weak, local vigilantism will become rampant. But history is clear: no matter how draconian the emergency decrees, new laws will not by themselves restore the power grid, or purify and pump the water, or get the food supply chain moving again. That will require the end of the civil war and a return to civility and the normal rule of law. Civil War Two will be brutal in every corner of America, but it will be absolutely catastrophic for the inhabitants of the blue hives when their sustenance is cut off. The Dunning-Kruger Democrats and the FACLI immigrants will not be able to eat socialist slogans or drink officially-sanctioned racial hatred. The mainstream Right is finally beginning to understand the Calizuelification process that is now underway across America, and that the process is designed to have no readily apparent stopping point, braking mechanism or antidote. During every stage, the process of imposing tyranny by stealth is cloaked with a veneer of bogus legality. But thanks to the vision and wisdom of our founding fathers, our liberty has two clear and unbreakable lines of defense: the First and Second Amendments. Regarding freedom of speech, an important part of the Calizuelification process is the systematic deplatforming, throttling, shadow-banning and outright perma-banning of conservative voices on social media. (The mainstream news media and Hollywood have already been a willing part of the process for decades.) But even on a sharply tilted field, for the time being conservatives are still allowed to say what they want. America is not yet at the point that Europe has reached, where dissidents are arrested for complaining on the internet about the dire social consequences of unchecked mass FACLI immigration. Today American conservatives can speak their minds, even as the Leftists who control social media attempt to algorithmically turn their volume and impact levels down to zero. The Right will grumble, but they will accept increasing levels of censorship—until they don’t. That point is still unknown. The other and greater protector of our liberty is the Second Amendment, guaranteeing our God-given right to keep and bear arms. Any politicians or law enforcement officials who move to deny our right to possess classes of weapons that have been readily available for over a century will be declaring themselves to be domestic enemies of the Constitution. The Right has exhaustively studied the long history of Leftist revolution and genocide, and knows very well that every genocide is preceded not only by the scapegoating of official state enemies, but also by the strict curtailment of their right to keep and bear arms in the dubious name of “public safety.” This makes the Second Amendment a very bright and clear line, the crossing of which will surely mark the beginning of a new civil war. Make no mistake: no matter what excuses may be offered, when the government comes for the guns, they have declared war on the America people. Once widespread gun confiscation begins, politicians, law enforcement officials, and even news and entertainment personalities supporting the disarmament of Americans will be seen and targeted as legitimate domestic enemies. Readers may wish to peruse my earlier essay, Dear Mr. Security Agent, which is an open letter to members of law enforcement, or my short story What I Saw at the Coup. And the DemSoc Left will indeed make the try, because without disarming the Right, their long-term stealth communization of America will fail. Then, instead of chalking up another Communist victory using their old Bolshevik, Gramscian and Alinskyite handbooks, the Left will face a withering firestorm of right-wing counterattacks. Action will beget reaction until a dirty civil war erupts in full fury, but how will this conflict eventually be resolved? Consider that one side consists largely of millions of government-dependent Dunning-Kruger and FACLI Democrats who are incapable of feeding themselves even in normal times. Will they become more capable when their blue hives are cut off from electricity, food and water? And consider that their leaders are not much more intelligent than the hive-dwelling drones who elect them. During a Leftist revolution, all that is required for a telegenic leader to rise to power is the ability to shout utopian slogans and gather a following of like-minded idiots: witness the spectacular rise of the Communist nitwit Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez. The other side in the dirty civil war will largely be composed of self-sufficient and liberty-oriented students of history, springing from a long and storied line that produced the most successful modernizers and civilizers the world has ever seen—as well as its most effective warriors and generals. Many of them have served in America’s recent overseas wars, often in special operations units. The beginning of Civil War Two will definitively mark the end of the era of political correctness, and the artificial sense of superiority that PC brought to the Left by diminishing the audible voice of conservativism. Kipling’s Gods of the Copybook Heading will once again reassert their eternal rules over mankind. In the end, cold reality and natural law will prevail over Leftist social deconstruction and utopian fantasy. When it comes to High Noon on Main Street, when the fight boils down to scoped precision rifles against machetes at one hundred yards, I would not bet on the machete-wielders to prevail. No matter how angry or numerous they are today. Matthew Bracken was born in Baltimore, Maryland in 1957, and attended the University of Virginia, where he received a BA in Russian Studies and was commissioned as a naval officer in 1979. Later in that year he graduated from Basic Underwater Demolition/SEAL training, and in 1983 he led a Naval Special Warfare detachment to Beirut, Lebanon. Since then he’s been a welder, boat builder, charter captain, ocean sailor, essayist and novelist. He lives in North Florida.  Links to many of Matt’s short stories and essays may be found at, along with excerpts from his five novels. All of his short stories and essays may be reproduced on the internet, in part or in whole, as long as proper attribution is given, and they are not sold for profit without the permission of the author. 

:: 2-10-19 Y net :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fissure among Democrats as new Muslim lawmakers back BDS

Ilhan Omar and Rashida Tlaib, who entered the US House of Representatives last month, openly support the boycott against Israel; to counter them, prominent party members formed the Democratic Majority for Israel.

AFP|Published: 02.10.19 , 19:25

The support for a boycott of Israel by the first two Muslim women in the US Congress has opened a breach in the Democratic Party and threatens to create a fissure in the ironclad US-Israeli alliance. Ilhan Omar and Rashida Tlaib made their debut in the House of Representatives in January openly declaring their support for the Palestinian-led Boycott, Divestment, Sanctions movement, or BDS. The movement, launched more than a decade ago and modeled on the 1960s movement to pressure South Africa over apartheid, calls for people and groups to sever economic, cultural and academic ties to Israel, and to support sanctions against the Jewish state But for Israel partisans—including many Democrats and Republicans in Congress—BDS smacks of anti-Semitism and poses a threat to Israel.

Tlaib, 42, has Palestinian roots and represents a district of suburban Detroit, Michigan that is home to thousands of Muslims. She argues that BDS can draw a focus on "issues like the racism and the international human rights violations by Israel right now." Omar, 37, is the daughter of Somali refugees who was elected to represent a Minneapolis, Minnesota district with a large Somali population. She accuses Israel of discrimination against Palestinians akin to apartheid, but denies that she is anti-Semitic. Her remarks in January to Yahoo News however sparked anger among the large pro-Israel contingent in Congress, the powerful, largely Democratic US Jewish community, and Israel itself, where BDS is seen as a national threat. "When I see Israeli institute laws that recognize it as a Jewish state and does not recognize the other religions that are living in it, and we still hold it as a democracy in the Middle East, I almost chuckle," she told Yahoo News. "Because I know that if we see that in another society we would criticize it—we do that to Iran, any other place that sort of upholds its religion." Fissure among Democrats Omar and Tlaib sparked the BDS controversy during a period when Donald Trump's administration has strengthened relations with Israel and slashed aid to the Palestinians. But Republicans saw their support for BDS as both a threat to Jews and an exploitable rift among Democrats. "Democrats have made it clear that hateful, bigoted rhetoric toward Israel is not confined to a few freshman members. This is the mainstream position of today's Democratic Party and their leadership is enabling it," Republicans said in a statement on January 29. Republican Congressman Lee Zeldin urged his colleagues "to reject the anti-Israel and anti-Semitic hatred that we are starting to see infiltrating American politics and even the halls of Congress." Bids to legislate

The worry about the still small but growing support for BDS in the United States predates Tlaib's and Omar's political rise. A number of states have passed or proposed constitutionally questionable legislation and policies that would penalize supporters of the boycott movement. But the arrival of Tlaib and Omar in Congress was greeted with the first proposed federal law to fight to that end, in the Senate. Senator Marco Rubio argues that BDS aims to eliminate the State of Israel, and said his legislation would protect states' rights to exclude from public contracts any supporters of BDS. Republicans, the majority in the Senate, along with more than half of the Democrats approved the legislation. But a significant number of Democrats opposed it, because, they said, it violates constitutional guarantees of freedom of expression. 'Political football' That has left Democrats vulnerable to charges of anti-Semitism. To fight that, in January prominent party members formed the Democratic Majority for Israel, touting themselves as "The Voice of Pro-Israel Democrats," which for some came across as a rebuke of Omar and Tlaib. After Omar joined the influential House Foreign Affairs Committee, according to The New York Times, Jewish committee Chairman Eliot Engel privately made it clear that he would not ignore any "particularly hurtful" remarks she might make. "You hope that when people are elected to Congress, they continue to grow," he reportedly told her. "There is obviously a serious fight going on within the Democratic Party with respect to how to deal with BDS and some within their party who advocate for it," said Alvin Rosenfeld, who directs the Institute for the Study of Contemporary Antisemitism at Indiana University. "Should the party swing to the far left and appear to be way out of line with America's traditional ties to one of its strongest allies, Israel, the party will surely suffer at the polls," he told AFP. Amy Elman, a political science professor at Kalamazoo College, said anti-Semitism should not be used as a "political football by any party.",7340,L-5461137,00.html 

:: 2-11-19 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Brutal Murder of a Jewish Teen

A glimpse into the horrific Palestinian practice of “Pay for Slay".

February 11, 2019 Ari Lieberman

When police and security forces discovered 19-year-old Ori Ansbacher in Jerusalem’s Ein Yael forest on Friday, she was already dead. Police noted that she was murdered in a brutal fashion having been stabbed at least 12 times in the chest and neck. There were other signs of brutality but in deference to police requests and the dignity of the Ansbacher family, I will refrain from noting them here. Needless to say, this was a barbaric crime even by Palestinian standards of barbarity. Forensic teams scoured the site for evidence and within 24 hours, there was a significant evidentiary breakthrough that led to the doorstep of 29-year-old Hebron resident, Arafat Irfayia. So strong was the physical evidence that police noted that they could secure a conviction even without a confession. Following the crime, Irfayia hid in a mosque in the Arab village of El-Bireh, and subsequently made his way to a home adjacent to the mosque where Israeli security forces nabbed him. His Hebron home has already been mapped for demolition. On Sunday, Irfayia reenacted the crime for investigators. On day of the murder, Irfayia, who was known to law enforcement, left his Hebron home armed with a knife and made his way to Jerusalem, where he stumbled upon his innocent female victim. It was a crime of opportunity and unfortunately, Ori became a victim of Irfayia’s monstrous hate of Jews and deviant sexual proclivities.

The horrific nature of the crime instantly reverberated throughout Israel and revived calls for capital punishment for acts of terror with aggravating circumstances. Protestors assembled at Tel Aviv’s Rabin Square where they called for the death penalty for Ori’s killer. This sentiment was echoed by Minister of Justice Ayelet Shaked, who stated that prosecutors should seek the death penalty. Public Security Minister Gilad Erdan expressed a similar position noting that certain aggravating circumstances such as abuse of the victim and inability to rehabilitate should be considered when assessing a capital case. Though Israel has a death penalty statute, it has only been implemented once in the case of Adolf Eichmann, the notorious Nazi who played an integral role in the murder of six million Jews during the Holocaust. Eichmann was captured in Buenos Aires by a Mossad team and spirited out of Argentina to Israel where he was tried and sentenced to death by hanging. He was executed on June 1, 1962 and cremated with his ashes spread over the Mediterranean Sea, outside of Israel’s maritime boundaries. Those arguing against the death penalty reason that the death penalty does not serve as a deterrent as most of those who carry out these types of crimes expect to die and may even in fact yearn for death on the promise of being received by 72 virgins and lifetime pecuniary benefits for the terrorist’s family members. Moreover, the death of the terrorist serves to elevate him to martyrdom status. Many Palestinians maintain a death cult mentality, which is continuously stoked by religious and governmental indoctrination, agitation and propaganda. For example, in 2015 Palestinian Authority president, Mahmoud Abbas, aired a speech on PA television in which he stated “…We bless every drop of blood that has been spilled for Jerusalem, which is clean and pure blood, blood spilled for Allah, Allah willing. Every martyr (Shahid) will reach Paradise, and everyone wounded will be rewarded by Allah…” Both sides in this debate maintain valid arguments. Nevertheless, in the unlikely event that prosecutors in this case seek the death penalty, the body of the killer should be cremated to deny the enemy the ability to give the terrorist stardom status with grandiose funeral processions and a burial shrine. All traces of the terrorist should be erased. The tragic death of Ori Ansbacher highlights another disturbing Palestinian practice known as “Pay for Slay.” The Palestinian economy is a beggar economy subsisting on handouts from European Union nations, Norway and Switzerland. Yet this did not prevent the PA from doling out cash to more than 30,000 terrorists and their families to the tune of hundreds of millions of dollars per year. It is likely that Arafat Irfayia or his family will now receive a hefty stipend from the PA’s coffers, care of the unsuspecting European taxpayer. In response to the Taylor Force Act, passed by Congress in 2017, the Trump administration slashed funding to the PA. The legislation, named after a U.S. soldier who was murdered by a PA Arab, aims to force the PA to cease the repugnant practice of Pay for Slay. In 2018, the administration cut $200 million in economic aid earmarked for the PA. In addition, the administration cut funding to the United Nations Relief Works Agency (UNRWA), which the State Department classified as an “irredeemably flawed operation.” That is an understatement at best. UNRWA employees have given aid and comfort to terrorist organizations, distributed anti-Semitic literature at UNRWA-run schools and permitted Hamas to stockpile rockets at its educational facilities. It is an organization that serves to perpetuate conflict rather than end it. The brutal murder of Ori Ansbacher serves to underscore the reason why peace with the Palestinians is a far-fetched pipedream. While Israel takes action to apprehend its extremists and bring them to justice, the Palestinians provide their killers with pecuniary rewards and name streets, schools and squares after them. A society that revels in death and gore is not a normal society but is rather a death cult, undeserving of any form of statehood. 

:: 2-11-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Egypt pumps toxic gas into smuggling tunnel, killing two Palestinians

Palestinians resume night clashes along Gaza border with Israel; one mortar launched from Strip lands next to security fence.

By Anna Ahronheim February 11, 2019 11:19

wo Palestinians died Monday and several others wounded after Egyptian troops pumped toxic fumes into a smuggling tunnel stretching into the Sinai Peninsula from the Gaza Strip. The Hamas-run Gaza Interior Ministry was quoted by Wafa news as identifying the two as 39-year-old Hamas officer Abdul Hamid al-Aker, who was killed during a “security mission to inspect the tunnel,” and 28-year-old Sobhi Abu Qarshin. Abu Qarshin was said to have died during a rescue attempt. Several other security personnel were rescued by civil defense teams from inside the tunnel and were rushed to hospital, where they were described as being in moderate condition. The ministry did not say what gas was used by the Egyptians. Egypt has in the past flooded Hamas tunnels along the Gaza Strip with seawater or sewage, and has destroyed hundreds of homes on the Egyptian side of Rafah to remove the smuggling tunnels used by Gazans. In February 2017, three Palestinians were killed in a tunnel between Gaza and Sinai in similar circumstances. The men were killed after the Egyptian military pumped toxic gas into a tunnel they were repairing after Egyptian military blew it up.  In January, the Egyptian military announced that it had destroyed 37 cross-border tunnels linking the Gaza Strip to Egypt’s Sinai Peninsula over the past year. The Egyptian military began cracking down on tunnels stretching from the Hamas-run coastal enclave into the restive peninsula since the country’s September 2013 military coup, which saw Muslim Brotherhood’s Mohammed Morsi ousted and imprisoned. Israel’s military has also been investing extensive efforts in locating cross-border tunnels from Gaza and has destroyed 15 terror tunnels which infiltrated into Israeli territory this past year, including one tunnel which stretched into both Israel and Egypt’s Sinai Peninsula near the Kerem Shalom crossing. Israel denied claims the tunnel was used for smuggling, asserting Hamas intended to use it to bring terrorists and weapons from Egypt into the Gaza Strip for a possible future combined attack on the Kerem Shalom crossing from the Egyptian side. Israel has a 240-kilometer border with the restive Sinai Peninsula and Cairo, and in early January, Egyptian President Abdel Fattah al-Sisi said in an interview with CBS News that military cooperation between the two countries had reached unprecedented levels in the Sinai. Also on Sunday night, a mortar was launched toward Israel from the Strip during nighttime riots along the border fence, which saw Palestinians launching firecrackers and fireworks at IDF troops east of Jabalya in the northern Gaza Strip. The mortar, which was said to have been launched from east of the city of Deir al-Balah in the central Gaza Strip, landed inside the Strip next to the border fence. Meanwhile, a Palestinian man who attempted to swim into Israel from Gaza, was arrested by the navy after he crossed into Israeli water unarmed and transferred to the Shin Bet security services for further interrogation. 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc..

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc. 

:: 2--19 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Militant Iran taunts U.S. on revolution's 40th birthday

Parisa Hafezi

DUBAI (Reuters) - Hundreds of thousands of Iranians marched and some burned U.S. flags to mark the revolution’s 40th anniversary on Monday as Tehran showed off ballistic missiles in defiance of U.S. efforts to curb its military power. Soldiers, students, clerics and black-clad women holding small children thronged streets across Iran, many with portraits of Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini, the Shi’ite cleric who toppled the Shah in an Islamic uprising that still haunts the West. On Feb. 11, 1979, Iran’s army declared its neutrality, paving the way for the fall of U.S.-backed Shah Mohammad Reza Pahlavi.  State television showed crowds carrying Iranian flags in cold rainy weather, shouting “Death to Israel, Death to America” - trademark chants of the revolution. Sponsored The Islamic Republic has vowed to increase its military strength despite mounting pressure from Western countries to curtail its ballistic missile program. Those capabilities were on display during the march, including the Qadr F, a ground-to-ground missile with a 1,950-km (1,220-mile) range, Tasnim news agency said. “We have not asked and will not ask for permission to develop different types of ... missiles and will continue our path and our military power,” President Hassan Rouhani said in a speech at Tehran’s Azadi (Freedom) square. ECONOMIC “HARDSHIPS AND GRIEVANCES” U.S. President Donald Trump tweeted on Monday that the Iranian government had let down its people. “40 years of corruption. 40 years of repression. 40 years of terror. The regime in Iran has produced only #40YearsofFailure. The long-suffering Iranian people deserve a much brighter future,” he posted in both English and Farsi. Iranian Foreign Minister Mohammad Javad Zarif also responded on Twitter. “#40YearsofFailure to accept that Iranians will never return to submission. #40YearsofFailure to adjust US policy to reality. #40YearsofFailure to destabilize Iran through blood & treasure. After 40 yrs of wrong choices, time for @realDonaldTrump to rethink failed US policy,” he wrote. Iranians face mounting economic hardships many blame on the country’s clerical leaders, and pictures on social media showed some people also demonstrating against corruption, unemployment and high prices. “Our presence in the 40th anniversary of the revolution is to show our support for the Islamic Republic,” said one sign held by a protester. “But it does not mean we support corruption of some officials and their betrayal of the oppressed people. ”Reuters could not independently verify the pictures. Last year, Iran cracked down on protests over poor living standards that posed the most serious challenge to its clerical elite since a 2009 uprising over disputed elections. Prices of basic foodstuffs have soared since Trump withdrew Washington from world powers’ 2015 nuclear deal with Iran last year and reimposed sanctions on Tehran. In January, Rouhani said Iran was dealing with its worst economic crisis since the Shah was toppled. But he remained defiant on Monday as Iranians recalled the end of a monarch who catered to the rich. “The Iranian people have and will have some economic difficulties but we will overcome the problems by helping each other,” he said. U.S. AND ISRAELI THREATS Yadollah Javani, the Iranian Revolutionary Guards’ deputy head for political affairs, said Iran would demolish cities in Israel if the United States attacked. “The United States does not have the courage to fire a single bullet at us despite all its defensive and military assets. But if they attack us, we will raze Tel Aviv and Haifa to the ground,” Javani told the state news agency IRNA. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu dismissed the threat. “I am not ignoring the threats of the Iranian regime, but nor I am impressed by them,” he said. “Were this regime to make the terrible mistake of trying to destroy Tel Aviv and Haifa, it would not succeed, but it would mean that they had celebrated their last Revolution Day. They would do well to take that into account.” Washington and the Arab world have viewed Iran with great suspicion since the Islamic Revolution, fearing Khomeini’s radical ideology would inspire militants across the Middle East. Today, the United States, its Arab allies and Israel are trying to counter Tehran’s growing influence in the Middle East, where it has proxies in Syria, Lebanon and Yemen. Iran also has vast clout in Iraq, where Major-General Qassem Soleimani, head of the overseas arm of the Revolutionary Guards, was frequently photographed guiding Shi’ite militias in the war against Sunni Islamic State militants. Additional reporting by Bozorgmehr Sharafeddin in London, Babak Dehghanpisheh in Geneva and Dan Williams in Jerusalem; Writing by Michael Georgy; Editing by Andrew Cawthorne, William Maclean/Mark Heinrich and Sonya Hepinstall 

:: 2-11-19 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'IDF Special Forces operating in Afghanistan'

Iran claims: Israel sent troops to Afghanistan to gather intelligence on Iranian military movements.

Mordechai Sones, 11/02/19 18:52

Iranian media claim that Israel sent special forces soldiers to Afghanistan to gather intelligence about Iranian military movements. The Iranian news agency Tasnim reported that Israeli soldiers were operating from an American Air Force base in Shindand, in the western province of Herat, about 75 kilometers from the Iranian border. According to the report, the soldiers are gathering intelligence on Iranian movements in the Persian Gulf region. The Russian news site Sputnik reported the Israelis were working "under the flags of the United States and the United Arab Emirates." Sputnik quoted an expert on Israeli affairs, Semyon Tzippis, who said that the IDF soldiers' activities were carried out within the framework of the American forces stationed there, and that this was done with the knowledge of the Afghan government. Tzippis claimed these are elite IDF units taking advantage of their stay there also to practice operations in the difficult terrain there. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 2-11-19 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel strikes Quneitra, near Syrian border with Golan Heights - SANA

The state-run outlet said the tank targeted a hospital and observation post "with a number of shells."

By JERUSALEM POST STAFF February 11, 2019 20:26

An Israeli tank struck Syrian territory in Quneitra, near the Golan Heights border, Syrian state news agency SANA said on Monday, without providing further details. The media outlet cited its own reporter, who said the strikes only caused "material damage." The state-run outlet said the tank targeted a hospital and observation post "with a number of shells." Quneitra was recaptured by Bashar Assad's regime forces in July 2018, having been held by a rebel faction for the majority of the country's seven-year-long civil war. The area sits some 500 feet from the 1974 internationally-mediated ceasefire line. In late December, IDF forces fired at armed suspects approaching the Israeli border from Syria. Israel routinely hits Iranian targets in Syria, with officials taking credit for strikes near Damascus in January. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has repeatedly said that Israel will not allow Iranian entrenchment in Syria. 

:: 2-10-19 KTRK ABC 13 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mumps outbreak confirmed at ICE detention facility in Houston

Sunday, February 10, 2019 01:04AM   HOUSTON, Texas (KTRK) --

The Houston Health Department confirmed seven mumps cases at an U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement (ICE) facility in Houston Saturday afternoon.

Houston Health Dept @HoustonHealth

We confirm seven mumps cases at an ICE facility in Houston. All seven individuals are adult detainees who were detained during their infectious period. There is no evidence the disease was transmitted to anyone outside of the facility. 

21 1:49 PM - Feb 9, 2019

Officials said that all seven people were adults who were detained during the time they became sick.

"Since these individuals were isolated inside the facility during the period they were infectious, we do not anticipate these cases posing a threat to the community," said Dr. David Persse, Houston's local health authority and EMS medical director." The health department says they are working with the facility on infection control methods and will conduct an on-site visit soon. Mumps is a vaccine-preventable contagious disease caused by a virus. It typically starts with a few days of fever, headache, muscle aches, tiredness, and loss of appetite, followed by swollen salivary glands. Those experiencing symptoms of mumps or any highly contagious disease should immediately contact their doctor. Most people recover from mumps without serious complications. Mumps can be prevented with two doses of measles, mumps and rubella vaccine. Children should receive the first dose at 12 to 15 months of age, and the second dose at 4 through 6 years of age. Two doses of the vaccine are 97 percent effective. "Properly vaccinating your children isn't just about protecting your child, it's about protecting your entire family and your community," Dr. Persse continued. While rare, mumps outbreaks have previously occurred in Texas and Houston. 

[ :: 12-31-15/1-1-16 New Year’s Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, know what my word says, and there shall be terrorist’s attacks, for they cannot be put off, for you allow the terrorists to come in like Trojan horses and they are here and nobody wants to deal with them. etc.

:: 2-12-19 Bare Naked Islam :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Designated Terrorist Group CAIR sues Dept. of Homeland Security for having “too many Muslims” on its watch list

February 12, 2019 by BareNakedIslam

Gee, I can’t imagine why Muslims would be singled out for the Terror Watch List more than any other group? Surely, it isn’t as if they would hijack a plane and drive it into a tall building or sneak a bomb aboard a plane in their underwear? CAIR-Florida filed a constitutional challenge to the federal government’s watchlist system, including the TSA’s recently revealed Quiet Skies program. Omar Saleh, CAIR-Florida’s attorney stated, “Our clients who have never been charged with or convicted of any terror-related offense. (That’s why they are put on a “Watch List” in anticipation of what some of them are likely to do, considering their history) They are singled out and put on a watch list which subjects them to constant harassment and travel delays without notice or opportunity to address placement on this list. (Muslims are the reason real Americans are subjected to time-consuming security checks at the airport, something that didn’t happen until Muslims started hijacking planes)

This is a violation of their due process right and we want the Court to rule that the government’s arbitrary placement of those on the watch list simply by virtue of their religion is not only counterproductive, but unconstitutional.” (No, it’s precisely because of their religion and what religion commands them to do to unbelievers, that they are on the list in large numbers) Quiet Skies punishes those who—through family, community or the workplace—have relationships with individuals the federal government has designated as a “known or suspected terrorist.” The program imposes indiscriminate surveillance upon a designee’s family members, friends, co-workers, and travel companions at airports and on airplanes. (That’s because they pose a higher risk) 

:: 2-11-19 American Greatness :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Not ‘All Americans’ Are ‘Proud That We Have More Women in the Workforce Than Ever Before’

By Dennis Prager| February 11th, 2019

In his State of the Union address, President Trump announced, “All Americans can be proud that we have more women in the workforce than ever before.” It was one of the few times he received a standing ovation from both Democrats and Republicans. I would not have stood and cheered. Either the president or whoever wrote that line honestly thought it was something worth celebrating, or the president simply wanted to say something that would sound wonderful to both Democrats and Republicans, as well as to Americans who do not otherwise support him. Whatever the reason, both the fact that there are more women in the workforce than ever before and the fact that Trump thought mentioning it would bring credit to his administration constitute a victory for the feminist left. Getting women to leave home for the workplace has been one of the central goals of modern feminism. Feminists deny this, claiming they don’t prefer women work outside the home; they only want women to have the choice to do so. But if that were true, why did congressional Democrats—the women in white, feminists all—jump up and cheer? The answer is obvious: Feminists consider women who eschew a career to take care of their home, their children and their husband to be less than women who place career first. But even if one prefers that women work outside of the home, “All Americans can be proud that we have more women in the workforce than ever before” is simply not true. As feminists often note, many women work outside of the home not because they want to but because they have no choice: They have to support themselves, their household and/or their children. What if every woman in America were in the workforce? Would we be proud of that? By the “more of women than ever” logic, we should be. On the other hand, if the president had said, “All Americans can be proud of the fact that more women than ever now have the choice to work inside or outside the home,” that would be true. That is something I, too, would have cheered. But the members of Congress did not stand and cheer because more women have the choice to work outside the home. They cheered because more women than ever before (SET ITAL) are (END ITAL) working outside the home. According to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, in 2017, nearly 75 million women were in the American civil workforce. But it is inconceivable that 75 million women want to be in the workforce. So, again, why all the cheering? We know why Democrats did: They want women to eschew homemaking and time with children in favor of work outside the house. But why did Republicans stand up and cheer? One reason bears testimony to the thesis of a recent column I wrote: The greatest fear in America is fear of the left. The last thing Republican members of Congress wanted was to be photographed sitting quietly after the president of the United States announced, “All Americans can be proud that we have more women in the workforce than ever before”—especially while every Democrat was standing and cheering. The left-wing media, meaning virtually all mainstream media, would have depicted every such Republican “sexist” and “misogynist.” A second reason bears testimony to another fact of contemporary life: Republicans have been far more influenced by leftism than Democrats have been by conservatism. While many of the Republicans who cheered did so out of fear of the left and/or to support their party’s beleaguered president, many sincerely believe the record number of women in the workplace is something worth celebrating. But believe it or not, there are still many women and men who do not agree. We all acknowledge that with enough money and/or familial support, a woman can raise fine children and maintain a happy home and a loving marriage. Nevertheless, we also know that doing all three is difficult enough when a woman devotes full time to those three goals. But when a woman works outside the home, devoting full time to home and family is impossible. So, yes, more women than ever are in the workplace. But before we stand and cheer, it is worth asking: Are women happier today? Are families doing better today? Are marriages happier with wives at home or in the workplace? Do young people grow up happier and better-adjusted with mothers at home or with mothers in the workplace? Is society’s emphasis on work and career inhibiting more young women from marrying and having children? Is society better off or worse off when a record number of women leave home to enter the workplace? Only when those questions are answered will we know whether to cheer. 

:: 2-12-19 Justus Knight :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2nd Amendment Enforcers: You Won’t Believe Who Just Stood Against New ‘Gun Laws’!

February 12, 2019 JustusAKnight

There are moments in time, even today, where you can see a small sliver of our Constitution is preserved. It is depressing how far back in the headlines this news is pushed; back in the sections that no one reads, …they would sure hate this sort of news to get out! But have faith, the 2nd Amendment is finding enforcers throughout the U.S.! Today’s broadcast will once again cover the many critical headlines facing our world today. From Trump singing the AI Executive order, Russia’s underwater nuclear doomsday device to the headlines story of a Constitutional victory! These and much, much more as we move into today’s broadcast. Sit back, hit play and prepare to be informed about things you want to know, things you need to know and things you have to know! As always, PLEASE HELP SHARE wherever you can if you like the broadcast! Your thumbs up and comments are always appreciated!!

God Speed and God Bless, Justus 

:: 2--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Republic or Monarchy?

By Hal Lindsey

Just after he and his colleagues had hammered out an agreement on the US Constitution, a woman came up to Benjamin Franklin and asked, “Well, Doctor, what have we got, a republic or a monarchy?” He answered, “A republic, Madam, if you can keep it.” And that has been the question ever since. Can we keep it? Alexis de Tocqueville was a French aristocrat who traveled extensively in the United States as he studied American democracy in the 1830s. As an aristocrat, he feared the volatility of a government vulnerable to the whims of the masses. He was also a religious skeptic. But in America, he found a force that calmed democracy’s inherent instability. That steadying influence was Christianity. He called America’s religious faith, “the great counterbalancing force to the instability and tyranny of democracy.” His words remind me of John Adams’ famous quote on the same topic. “We have no government, armed with power, capable of contending with human passions, unbridled by morality and religion. Avarice, ambition, revenge and licentiousness would break the strongest cords of our Constitution, as a whale goes through a net. Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate to the government of any other.” One of the ways avarice, ambition, revenge and licentiousness threaten to break the strong cords of our Constitution is embodied in a quote Ronald Reagan often used. “A democracy… can only exist until the majority discovers it can vote itself largess out of the public treasury. After that, the majority always votes for the candidate promising the most benefits with the result the democracy collapses because of the loose fiscal policy ensuing, always to be followed by a dictatorship.” Scholars debate the quote’s source. But in this case, it’s the thought that counts. And the thought is unsettling. Will America endure as a land of reliance on God, hard work, and productivity? Or will it eat the seed grain? Will one generation consume on itself the entire storehouse of seed meant to be planted for the next generation’s harvest? We’re seeing that scenario play out in several nations around the world. Governments are trying to extricate themselves from the unsustainable promises made by their socialist counterparts in the previous generation. It’s like they’re caught in quicksand. They want to return to a time of greater personal responsibility, but dependence on government keeps pulling them back down. While much of the world works to get out of socialist quicksand, a new generation of Americans seem intent on plunging in. A quick look at the ongoing tragedy in Venezuela should serve as a stark warning. But today, artificial intelligence engines feed individual Americans only those news items they want to read. In other words, news is being tailored to reinforce existing prejudices on all sides — especially for those who favor socialistic ideas. But socialism is not the disease. It is a symptom of the disease — just one of many symptoms. The disease itself is identified in Romans 1:25. “They exchanged the truth of God for a lie.” Across America, members of the intelligentsia worry that democracy here is broken. And they don’t see how to fix it. But if we look at what’s really wrong with America, the solution becomes obvious. The nation is spiritually ill. Therefore, the solution is also spiritual. We need a revival among Christians and a great awakening to the Gospel among the rest. God gave us this amazing land. Only He can repair it. But don’t look for a miracle imposed from the outside. God’s repair will only come when we invite the miracle into our own hearts. 

:: 2-11-19 Clairon Ledger :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Socialism hits a Trump in the road

Daniel L. Gardner, Guest Columnist Published 8:37 a.m. CT Feb. 11, 2019

National news cycles have become even more predictable since Donald Trump won the presidency. Driven by the left, today’s news always blames President Trump. Virginia’s state leaders have been subjects of allegations of racism and sexual assault. Predictably, it’s Trump’s fault. This phenomenon did not begin with Trump, but is a continuation of predictable news cycles from his predecessor’s term. Bad news during President Obama’s term was always blamed on George W. Bush. Nevertheless, when George W. could not be blamed, we learned there’s “not even a smidgen of corruption” in the IRS; Benghazi was just “a bump in the road;” and, Ft. Hood was “workplace violence.” The left has always framed and driven news cycles, continuously herding the masses toward revolution. In the last 100 years alone we’ve seen Lenin lead the masses to the left. Stalin followed his lead, only with more malice. Hitler rose to power receiving his mantle from the left, as did Mao and Pol Pot. More recently, Venezuela’s leftist government bankrupted one of the richest nations in the Americas in fewer than 20 years. History is replete with the left’s continual drive toward strong, centralized, totalitarian governments at the expense of individual freedoms and rights. The USA is caught up in this cycle and will inevitably be swept into a socialist revolution leading to a totalitarian state comprised of a ruling class and the people. To be specific, America’s left includes establishments of both major political parties, mainstream national media, academia, the federal bureaucracy, and the mega-rich such as George Soros who has had his fingers in politics from Moscow to Washington for decades. Unfortunately, many in the middle class today believe America has only two classes: the rich and everybody else. They neither see nor appreciate the benefits of middle class living in the land of the free. The cycle will sweep them into a wave of socialist ideology that crashes into a righteous revolution against “the rich.” After America’s first revolution, leaders ventured to form a government with power going to the states and the people. Washington, Madison, and Jefferson did not want to return to a strong central government that was typical in their day. They wanted individual freedoms and rights for all citizens, and tried to grant these freedoms via the Constitution and Bill of Rights. Even though the Constitution granted more power to individual states and the people, the federal bureaucracy began growing and assuming powers not specifically listed in the founding document. And though our founders tried to build in checks and balances to prevent a totalitarian central government, human nature prevailed and politicians quickly learned how to build their own kingdoms within the federal establishment. Fortunately, America’s march toward socialism hit a Trump in the road in 2016, confounding more than one hundred years of revolutionary plans and strategies. All of the left’s energy and attention has since been diverted from solidifying federal control to attacking the Trump in the road. The number one goal of the left is to get rid of Trump and get back to the business of socializing America. President Trump’s time in office will only slow America’s march toward a strong, socialized federal government. America’s establishment is marching steadily toward the next revolution that will fundamentally change the U.S. from a majority middle-class nation into a mafia-ruled monopoly. 

:: 2-7-19 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Marrying socialism and climate change

The shortsighted folly of Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez

By Benjamin Backer - - Thursday, February 7, 2019


For the past few months, many mainstream Democrats have been pushing the Green New Deala radical, socialist policy that aims to dramatically reduce the United States’ emissions and convert American energy usage solely to wind and solar. The policy has massive economic implications with an estimated price tag of $5.7 trillion and countless jobs that would need to be replaced. In addition, its hope for solar and wind to carry the burden of all energy production is completely unrealistic. Despite that, its biggest flaw may be its promotion of socialism, which inherently goes against emissions reduction and the success of climate change mitigation. In fact, for anyone who wants true climate change reform, socialism is the last route that should be taken. The free market, however, has been at the helm of impactful success in the environmental sphere. From clean energy to transportation, the market has led the way on environmental action. To the shock of many, the Toyota Prius is a perfect example of this. In the late 1990s, the market demanded a more fuel-efficient and cost-effective vehicle. Shortly after, Toyota and Honda released their respective hybrids, which have led to countless innovations in the transportation sector. Today, with Tesla, Nissan and nearly every automobile manufacturer creating electric cars through the demand of the free market, transportation is on its way to driving down emissions at a substantial level. When it comes to clean energy sources like nuclear and hydropower (which etc. and the news story continues.. 

:: 2-9-19 The American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is Spain finally done being socialist?

By J.R. Vidueira February 9, 2019

A political earthquake is shaking, rattling, and rolling Spain — and the aftermath may be good for freedom-loving people in Europe and elsewhere. Spaniards are finally fed up with socialist policies, it seems. In hyper-progressive Madrid, the latest polls show the right-of-center Popular and Vox parties ahead of the ruling Socialist Party just three months before the next local elections — meaning that conservatives would retake control in Spain's capital if elections were held today. And this comes just weeks after Vox — whose leaders espouse views similar to those of American conservatives — captured 12 seats in Andalusia's elections, handing the reins of power in Spain's southern region to a new center-right coalition after 36 years of Socialist rule. Now, on Sunday, some 20,000 demonstrators are expected to take to the streets of Madrid to protest Socialist President Pedro Sánchez's "high treason" against Spain for his appeasement of Barcelona's separatists. Protesters will demand that Sánchez call for national elections — so they can replace him. "Mr. President: Don't deny the popular outcry ... Stop damaging the nation and damaging yourself. Try to redeem yourself. Let the people vote," counseled an editorial in the right-of-center El Mundo daily on Thursday. It's a popular sentiment these days, and not just with the right. Emotions are especially high after Sánchez seemed cave to demands from radicals in Barcelona who have proclaimed (unconstitutionally, of course) their independence from Spain. Sánchez even agreed to use an "impartial" mediator in upcoming talks. Combined with uncontrolled illegal immigration, controversial progressive social laws, and generally ineffective socialist policy, these events have led to a surge of Spanish patriotism and conservatism over the past year. Across the country, many Spaniards now display the Spanish flag outside their homes or hanging from their balconies, showing their loyalty to their constitution, culture, and country. Yet while all this has been happening, Barcelona's municipality, Catalonia, has decreed that all business signs must be in the ancient Catalan language and has even made learning in Spanish a near impossibility in the public schools. Most of the media portray the backlash against these authoritarian policies as a "far-right, anti-immigrant" movement led by radical forces. Politico, the New York Times, CNN, and the BBC have all used similar words — "far-right," "anti-immigrant," "extreme" — to describe the emerging Vox Party after it shocked the establishment in December. But Vox is not an exclusionary movement, as these progressive critics assert. Indeed, it's a classically liberal, low-tax, pro-family, less-government-regulation, and patriotic party that's exactly the opposite of fascist or extreme. Its slogan: Make Spain Great Again. It does resemble Trump's Republican Party more than any other party in Europe — doubtless the reason for the rising fear among those on the left and in the media. Much like Trump's GOP, the party is not "anti-immigration," just anti-illegal immigration — it wants to stop the flood of illegal aliens pouring across the southern border, which in Spain's case means Andalusia's beaches. There's a good reason to do that. Samuel Linares, who coordinates Red Cross activities near Málaga in Andalusia, told the New York Times that the situation there is at a "critical point that clearly exceeds our infrastructure capacity." In other words, Spain is facing a genuine "humanitarian crisis" along its southern border, to quote a famous American politician. But it's a problem that the Left apparently believes should be ignored — which is what the leftists want to do with the controversies surrounding new "progressive" laws, one of which is often labeled "feminazi" by its opponents for bestowing more rights to women than to men. The result: Spaniards are fed up, and they're standing up for their freedoms, their constitution, and their country.   Even the establishmentarian, not always conservative Popular Party is sounding more and more like its new ally. Its leader, Pablo Casado, called for this Sunday's protest in Madrid's Columbus Square to "stand for freedom and oppose a government that commits treason against Spaniards," as he put it on Thursday. Even greater fireworks may be on display later in the week in the nation's Supreme Court. That's when Vox's secretary general, Javier Ortega Smith, begins prosecuting the high-stakes trial of 12 Catalonian separatists who led the illegal effort to secede from Spain in the fall of 2017. The "trial of the century," as it has been labeled by the Spanish media, will have repercussions not just in Catalonia, but also in the northeastern region of Spain, home of the Basque separatists. Indeed, it's likely to be at the top of the headlines as Spain nears its May regional elections as well as the upcoming national election, whenever that's finally called by the current president. But for conservatives, a victory has already been won: just the emergence of a new, market-friendly, pro-life, pro-family political party in a "social-democratic" European nation is an unforeseen and unexpected development that may yield substantial and positive economic changes in Spain. And a more conservative Spain is likely to influence other nations in Europe and elsewhere — possibly substantially. For example, it's sure to impact the European Union's policy toward Latin America, since that's an area in which the E.U. often follows Spain's lead. All of this makes for a unique moment in the history of one of the world's most fascinating countries. Sadly, it's a story the mainstream American media have largely ignored.  J.R. Vidueira is the former editor of  and HISPANIC Magazine, a general-interest glossy that covered the cultures and people of Spain and the Americas.   Read more: 

Follow us: @AmericanThinker on Twitter | AmericanThinker on Facebook

:: 2-11-19 The Washington Examiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

We already know Ilhan Omar is an anti-Semite. The question is, do Democrats care?

by Philip Klein | February 11, 2019 10:48 AM

That Rep. Ilhan Omar, D-Minn., has made another statement peddling an anti-Semitic trope on Twitter wasn't particularly surprising. Her anti-Semitism has been obvious to any honest observer ever since she became a public figure. The only remaining question is: Do Democrats care? To recap, on Sunday night, the freshman Democrat, who was given a slot on the House Foreign Affairs Committee, reacted to a story about Republican House Minority Leader Rep. Kevin McCarthy's plan to "take action" against the anti-Semitism being exhibited on a regular basis by Omar and her " sister" freshman Rep. Rashida Tlaib, D-Mich. "It's all about the Benjamins baby," she wrote, using a song reference and slang term for $100 bills to attack Jewish influence in politics. Ilhan Omar @IlhanMN It's all about the Benjamins baby ?Glenn Greenwald @ggreenwald     GOP Leader Kevin McCarthy threatens punishment for @IlhanMN and @RashidaTlaib over their criticisms of Israel. It's stunning how much time US political leaders spend defending a foreign nation even if it means attacking free speech rights of Americans 

29.2K 6:58 PM - Feb 10, 2019 reference to the pro-Israel lobbying group.

The idea of Jews using money and power to advance foreign interests and exert a nefarious influence on policy is an age old anti-Semitic smear. It also isn't true, by the way, that Omar was referring merely to AIPAC. She later retweeted former Harry Reid deputy chief of staff attacking the influence of Sheldon Adelson — the linked article doesn't mention AIPAC at all. So it's clear that her attack is on Jewish money and influence. It's also one that Omar has advanced in some form or another for years. For instance, she previously infamously tweeted, "Israel has hypnotized the world, may Allah awaken the people and help them see the evil doings of Israel." She later feigned ignorance of how anybody could have been offended, but obviously didn't learn anything from the gullible Jewish liberals who earnestly tried to explain to her the implications of what she said. It's not worth litigating why her latest statement is anti-Semitic in excruciating detail. It is, however, worth stating a few things for the record. To start, the "PAC" in AIPAC does not stand for "Political Action Committee" but for "Public Affairs Committee." That is, AIPAC does not donate money to candidates, it tries to lobby members of Congress in both parties to make sure support for Israel is bipartisan. Furthermore, Republicans don't need AIPAC to convince them to be pro-Israel. In fact, it's quite the opposite. I've had plenty of Republican lawmakers and staffers confide in me over the years that they're increasingly frustrated with AIPAC for working to water-down various letters in support of Israel to get Democrats on board and thus preserve the idea that support for Israel is bipartisan, even though a Republican-only letter in a given instance could have been much more supportive of Israel. The truth is that Republicans are pro-Israel because their voters overwhelmingly are — all you need to do is look at polling data (shown below), or go to conservative conferences at which statements of support for Israel often get the most resounding applause. Also, there's nothing wrong with any group engaging in the democratic process to influence policy. And it isn't even as if AIPAC is particularly influential or all powerful. Former President Barack Obama's Iran nuclear deal went against everything AIPAC had been advocating for years, Israel was loudly opposed to it, and he pushed it through anyway and earned the support of critical mass of Democrats in Congress. This really isn't about Omar, however. She's one member of Congress from a district that sent anti-Semite Keith Ellison to the House for 12 years. None of her anti-Semitic statements will cause her problems back home. Instead, with the help of the media, her statements will get spun as mere criticism of Israel, and her status as a brave truth-teller on the Left will only grow. What's more interesting is what this says about the Democratic Party. For years, I've been warning about how liberals were normalizing anti-Semitism by broadening the type of discourse that gets excused away as mere criticism of Israel. Obama's Secretary of Defense Chuck Hagel had decried the influence of the "Jewish Lobby" in Congress. In selling the Iran deal, Obama suggested that those opposing the deal were being influenced by donors, and that they weren't thinking about what was in the best interests of the U.S. Liberal websites accused Sen. Chuck Schumer of dual loyalty for his criticism of the Iran deal. All that's happening with Omar and Tlaib is they're just being a bit more explicit. So the question is, when do Democrats draw a line in the sand, if ever? The reluctance to say anything up until this point reflects an understanding of an ugly truth: that these views are representative of where a lot of their party is, and at a time when they're trying to present a unified front, they want to avoid an all out war on a tense issue. The data from Pew Research Center points to a widening gap between Republicans and Democrats, and particularly conservatives and liberals, when it comes to Israel. Though the parties were once relatively just as likely as Republicans to say they sympathized with Israel over the Palestinians, the gap has dramatically widened over time, with 79 percent of Republicans now saying they sympathize more with Israel, compared with just 27 percent of Democrats (who are now nearly as likely to say they sympathize more with Palestinians). But the ideological breakdown is even more stark. Conservatives back Israel by an 81 percent to 5 percent margin, while liberals actually favor Palestinians by nearly two-to-one. Political parties like to talk about issues that united their party, but Israel is an issue that objectively divides the Democrats, as conservative/moderate Democrats are the polar opposite -- favoring Israel two-to-one. So Omar and Tlaib really present a test to Democrats about which type of party they want to be. The British Labour party has already been taken over by anti-Semitic leader Jeremy Corbyn, and there's no reason why the same thing couldn't happen in the U.S. Rising star Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, D-NY, just this month touted what an "honor" it was to have " such a lovely and far-reaching" conversation with him.  Just last week, pushing back against those calling out her anti-Semitism, Omar said, "Our domestic policy values need to be aligned with our foreign policy values. No exceptions!" The clear suggestion is that if you want to be on board with the resurgent liberal agenda, it isn't enough to back sweeping economic and social policies at home, you have to adopt her hostility toward Israel. House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and Sen. Chuck Schumer may not share Omar's foreign policy vision, but if they don't call out anti-Semitism within their own ranks, they will only signal to others that it's perfectly acceptable as long as it's spun as mere criticism of Israel. (Disclosure: In 2008, the author took a trip to Israel funded by the AIPAC-linked American Israel Education Foundation.) UPDATE: Nancy Pelosi and Democratic leaders are now demanding that Omar apologize, a positive development. Let's see if this is a one off statement in response to the latest tweet, or a part of a new commitment to snuffing out anti-Semitism within their ranks. The underlying forces within the Democratic Party that produced this moment, as described above, aren't going to be washed away with one statement. 

:: 2-4-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are modern telecommunications fueling a global infertility crisis?

Monday, February 04, 2019 by: Rhonda Johansson

(Natural News) Fewer people are having children, it would seem. Scores of research suggests that more couples are opting to remain childless, leaving many experts to claim a “baby bust” to explain the rapidly declining fertility rates currently being experienced worldwide. According to the latest data from the U.S.-based Population Reference Bureau (PRB), the worldwide fertility rate in 2018 was 2.4 births per woman, down from around five in the 1960s. But why are so many couples choosing to remain childless? The answer may be that not all of them deliberately choose to be. Experts from various fields are warning that radiofrequency electromagnetic fields (RF-EMF) exposure may be damaging health, particularly fertility. In April 2018, an international consortium called for a moratorium to be made on the potential health hazards of 5G (fifth generation cellular technology) in the European Union. The declaration, which appealed to both the government and several health institutions to look at how RF-EMF from 5G technology could damage health, explained that it would be “unethical to ignore the available evidence waiting a possible ‘a posteriori’ demonstration of health damages in the presence of a present and potentially manageable risk for public health.” In particular, the members of this consortium (which included several organizations from 27 countries), noted the potential health hazards 5G may have on fertility. While several studies were referred to, one study published in Cell in 2015 was highlighted. Here, scientists from Zanjan University of Medical Sciences in Zanjan, Iran, found that 2.45 GHz radiation (the postulated amount of frequency people would be exposed to under 5G technology) radically changed the sperm parameters of the tested mice. Animals that were constantly exposed to this radiation displayed histomorphometric changes in their testicles, effectively decreasing the quality of sperm produced. This, in turn, made it more difficult for the males to impregnate females (who, the researchers noted, may also have experienced changes in their reproductive systems.) “Decline in male fertility, as one of the parameters in this study, is considered as a major concern during the past several decades. It has been suggested that direct or indirect exposure to RF-EMW as the main environmental factor plays a dominant role in the observed decline,” the researchers noted. Several more studies have suggested a link between direct and indirect exposure to these frequencies and decline in fertility. And while correlation does not signify causation, the fact that there is a link between these two factors does spell a troubling potential health hazard once 5G becomes the standard. Call to mind that fertility may not be the only thing being affected by this new technology. Lawmakers are concerned that this new technology may increase the risk of cancer. In December 2018, Senator Richard Blumenthal (D-Conn) and Representative Anna Eshoo (D-Calif) sent a letter to FCC Commissioner Brendan Carr asking for guidance on 5G. “To ensure we communicate accurate information to our constituents … we respectfully request you provide to our offices the 5G safety determination from FCC and relevant health agencies,” they wrote. “Most of our current regulations regarding radio frequency safety were adopted in 1996 and have not yet been updated.” In particular, they noted that the current FCC’s specific adoption rate (SAR) limits did not apply to devices operating above 6 GHz. (Related: Experts WARN: 5G technology will blanket the Earth with ultra-high microwave frequencies.) Current research on 5G technology has provided evidence that high levels of radiofrequency radiation significantly increased the risk of cancer. 

:: 2-3-19 One hundred percent Fed up :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

CHILLING VIDEO: AMERICAN ANARCHIST SHOT DEAD In Acapulco, Mexico After Claiming City Is “Safer Than Chicago”

Feb 3, 2019

Democrat leaders are defiantly standing against President Trump’s request for $5.7 billion to build a wall on our southern border. It’s no secret their resistance to funding President’s wall is all about stopping Trump from following through on his most popular campaign promise to the American people, that he would build a wall on our southern border. Every day, there are new stories about illegal aliens who are committing crimes against law-abiding American citizens, yet incredibly, the media continues to make President Trump the villain for wanting to secure our borders and keep the rampant crime in Mexico on their side of the border. This horrific story of an American anarchist, who was murdered in a resort town in Acapulco, Mexico is a stark reminder of how much worse the crime rate in Mexico is, compared to the that of cities in America with the highest crime rates. The Daily Mail reports – An American woman posted a chilling video on social media in which she describes the murder of her anarchist boyfriend by assailants in the Mexican resort town of Acapulco. The woman who says she is the victim’s partner, Lily, said via social media that she saw the gunmen go straight for her boyfriend, who she calls John Galton, and his friend Jason Henza, 43. ‘Lily’ was later confirmed to be a woman who goes by the name Lily Forester. Both Lily and John are anarchists who, in early 2016, fled drug charges in the U.S. Henza made it to a private hospital with bullet wounds in an armpit, leg, and hand. The hospital said he checked out that same day. The dreadlocked couple, both in their 20s, posted a video to Facebook two months ago calling for attendees at the conference. In his post, a bearded Henza said in a blood-splattered shirt: ‘We were attacked. I’ve been shot three times. I’m not doing so good.’ ***WARNING*** While the video below does not show any violence, it does show Henza speaking to the camera after he was shot and his girlfriend pleading for help. Some of the images may be disturbing to some viewers. When asked about the high crime rates in Acapulco, the blue-eyed anarchist with scruffy facial hair said: ‘I’d say it’s safer than any big city I’ve lived in in the U.S., like way safer than Chicago or something like that.’ Guerrero state, home to Acapulco, has a murder rate of 64.2 per 100,000 residents, more than two times that of Chicago. Acapulco has become a hotbed for violence between drug gangs. Criminals are crossing our southern border on a regular basis. Sadly, Democrat Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi and Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer are willing to subject the American people to unvetted foreigners illegally crossing our borders, as long as it means keeping President Trump out of the White House in 2020. 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

[ :: 3-25-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, do you not see the signs throughout all the world, do you not see the coming judgment that shall come, do you not see the blood that shall be flowing in the streets soon?  Do you not see all the signs, or are you so asleep, that it will take disaster to wake you up?  Where are you my church, where are you? 

[ :: 3-4-12 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. They are saying it can’t come here because it has never come here and yet destruction covers the face of the earth, the face of the earth.  You can see the things that are going on, you can watch as the blood flows in the streets of many countries.  You can see as they prepare to go to war to fight a war they cannot win or that will bring more disaster even to this country and yet they push to do the very things they desire and want to do.  They want everything, but want to do nothing in return, oh what a time, what an hour. Etc.

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 2-4-19 Bare Naked Islam :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

AUSTRALIA: Guns For Hire vs African Muslim gangs

February 4, 2019 by BareNakedIslam 32 Comments

MELBOURNE RESIDENTS are taking their security into their own hands by hiring private armed security guards to protect their families and property from the African (mainly) Muslim gangs that are intimidating, robbing, and violently assaulting Australian citizens. But that’s not all… 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.

[ :: 2-24-13 am service (first word) :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::::]

etc.. Even the clouds are speaking forth the coming of my Son, are you hearing, are you seeing, are you understanding? For I say unto you, many, many disasters shall take place, the shortage of food shall even be greater, the drought shall expand

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.

[ :: 4-22-16 pm service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. For truly blood shall flow in the streets and things will be very bad in that sense and in the weather also that you have already seen a change in like I have said you would see.  Drought shall affect very many places and food shall be scarce, but I have given unto you my word and my promise that I will take you through these days victoriously. etc

:: 2--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Are We Seeing So Many Bare Shelves at Grocery Stores Across the Country?

By Samantha Biggers

Over the past few months, my husband and I have kept an eye on the store shelves in our area. We don’t shop daily or even weekly, but the trend of increasingly bare shelves has been incredibly disturbing. This made me curious as to what others have been experiencing. As a member of various online prepping communities, I see a lot of conversations and concerns, but one thing that has stood out to me is the amazing number of people chiming in to report sparse or bare shelves or just not being able to find a specific item they like. We visited many different stores. Over several months we visited various regional and national grocery stores, drug stores, and dollar store chains. You may be able to guess where these pictures come from but I am not going to mention store names because I fear that by doing so I will contribute to a damaged reputation for these stores. I don’t want to affect the financial well being of the hardworking families that rely on their employment with these stores. The main grocery warehouse for a major regional chain is quite close, and they are a well-capitalized company with no significant financial difficulties, but even they seemed to have problems keeping some items on the shelf. Here are the most commonly out of stock or in short supply items. The pictures in this article were not taken during snowstorms. They were taken during a typical shopping day in the winter time in the USA. My husband and I wanted to make sure that snow was not making the results worse than they actually are. This research is intended to inform, not foster unwarranted fears. Please excuse the blurry quality of some images, we were moving fast and also trying not to be too obvious when exploring stores. Trash bags of all sizes. Store brands of trash bags were missing, or in short supply, at all the stores we visited over the past few months. A lot of people think bare shelves are the result of food stamp benefits being issued early. Food stamps being issued early had only a slight effect on store stock, but it was more noticeable in some areas due to stock already being low.

Food stamps were issued early, with many people receiving their February benefits by January 20th on average. While this did lead to some people buying more groceries and supplies during January, this would only explain some of the low inventory that happened within the last few weeks, not the low stock that we have seen over the course of many months. Excuses are rampant when it comes to bare shelves. I have tried to listen in on workers when I am out shopping. It is not too hard to do because they talk among themselves when stocking and it is impossible not to catch a few things.

“We have not had that in weeks.” “We have not got that in forever. Not sure if we ever will.”

Someone very close to me also works at a major box store retailer, and when comparing statements, it is incredible how close the stories of workers match no matter what part of the country they are in.

Here are the most common stories workers are being told: The trucks are late. Our store was not designed for the number of shoppers that we have now. Business is so good we cannot keep up supply.

And here’s the problem with those stories. It is not profitable for stores to be understocked. If they are turning customers away due to not having items, then they are losing money. If business is that good, then it would make sense for their corporate headquarters or distribution people to make sure that more trucks are sent so they can sell more and have a more profitable store. Empty space and turning people away costs money. Why on earth would any business keep a store understocked and not able to meet demand unless there was an excellent reason that is beyond their control? I have spoken to various people that work in retail. I have omitted names to protect the privacy of those that were kind enough to share their experiences with me so I could bring this information to you so you may be better prepared for items being short. Here’s what a long time hourly worker at a major big box store had to say: “I’ve worked all over in the store. Things have been weird the last two years here. We are carrying much more prep related items. Freeze dried food, 20lb bags of rice and flour, 25lb bags of sugar, bulk displays of peanut butter and canned chicken, big displays of canning jars, lids and five-gallon pails. The store never carried these items five years ago. We even remodeled the store to accommodate these large bags etc. Produce has been bad in the last year. The home office is consistently trying to find new suppliers for produce. I’ve seen the emails myself. We are out of many items that I feel we shouldn’t be. Pasta is one; we are constantly running out of pasta. This makes me think there are some shortages of semolina wheat, but I have no proof. We are always just on the verge of running out of canned goods and other grocery items. If we didn’t get trucks six days a week, the store would be out in 48 hours. Things like toilet paper also run very low. There have been several RX’s that I couldn’t even get refilled. Ciprofloxacin, Prednisone, and Losartan to be exact. I hear customers complaining that they have to wait a couple days for their RX’s to come in. So yes I believe something is up, but that’s all I know. I hope this info helps you.” According to my source, it is challenging to keep pasta in stock. A regional box store chain worker in Washington State said: “There are empty spaces because we run out before shipment comes in. Especially days where certain trucks don’t come. Our store just like any big box store faces zoning issues. Bringing things to the front to make it look nice and full. Rule of thumb has always been to pull at minimum two items forward. So if you have three facings of the same item, you will want to bring a total of 9-12 forward. It depends if they’re stacked. They want the shelves to look full and nice. I’ve been working retail for a while, and they always want this done in every store. At the end of my shifts at my store, they would have us zone if we had time. They would always say that if only one was pulled to the front as soon as someone grabbed that can, it would look empty again.” Store employees are bearing the brunt of customer frustration. Employees are taking abuse and harassment due to empty shelves. Customers direct their frustration at the most available target, the cashiers and stockers. They are never happy with the answer and get very frustrated if the employees have no information. During my interviews and research, I have gathered that customers are constantly giving workers a hard time about there not being something on the shelf or asking if there are any on the back. The thing that a lot of people are missing is that there is no “in the back.” Stores have very little storage if any in the back. Most of the time the back is just where things are loaded and unloaded and stored until they can be put out and that happens fast. This is not the old days where there were storage areas for lots of extra stock at smaller stores. Our goods are almost always in motion or on shelves. Storage costs money.  Part of the problem is the “warehouse on wheels business model.” One reason we have been able to enjoy lower costs of goods over the years is due to products being always in motion and not setting in a warehouse that has a lot of upkeep costs. Real estate and storage are expensive, so if you can keep the goods flowing in trucks and not maintain a warehouse, big companies can afford to charge less and still make a profit. Of course, the main problem with this model is that if the trucks stop moving or experience delays, there are supply disruptions. If there are not enough drivers, the situation can get bad enough that even if goods are setting in a container at one of the many ports in our nation, there is no one to get them where they need to go. There are several possible causes of bare or scant shelves at stores. There are many theories presented by various individuals regardless of political opinions. I am going to explore some of the more common ones and discuss. Trucker shortages are causing problems. A shortage of truck drivers is a common argument anytime there is an issue with store stocking or various supply issues. Yes, it is true that there is a problem finding enough truckers, but this alone is not enough to explain short shelves throughout the country. According to a long haul trucker I interviewed that has been in the industry for 18 years and managed a fleet of 40 trucks, the shortage is real. Numbers are down over 100,000. After hearing first hand what drivers are facing, it is easy to understand the challenges the shipping industry is having. Electronic logging regulations have crippled our nation’s shipping industry. In the past truckers were allowed to keep their timesheets manually. Now government regulations require electronic monitoring to prevent drivers from driving too long and becoming a danger to themselves and everyone on the highways. To some, this may sound like a good idea, but on closer inspection, it is incredible how many problems it has caused Truckers are only allowed a 14 hour work day but only 11 hours can be spent behind the wheel.  14 hours sounds like a lot, but that is the time from clocking in to clocking out regardless of how many hours or miles are driven. So if you are stuck in traffic for 3 hours and only travel 20 miles in that time, and get paid by the mile, a large portion of your workday is gone, and you barely made anything during those 3 hours. There is not enough time to make it up. According to government rules you were on the road that whole 3 hours if setting in traffic so you can only drive 8 hours more during that day. According to my sources, drivers were able to show “Sleeper” while waiting to load which would extend their workday; now once the clock starts, you have 14 hrs. To complete your day regardless of what happens during that 14 hrs. Many people cannot make a living this way. Driver conditions are appalling. Have you noticed more trucks just sitting on at on ramps? Some of this is because truckers must get off the road at the end of their 11 hour drive time or 14 hour work day, whichever comes first. This means they are stuck on the side of the road at an exit and possibly without services until they can legally clock back in. Even if they are 20 minutes away from a good and more comfortable place to safety stay, take a hot shower, get some hot food, they have to stop. This is easy to have happened no matter how good the driver is at planning. This can lead to late deliveries of goods and makes it hard to plan supply chains. Older drivers are retiring, and there is no incentive for younger people to replace them. With little money to be made and unpleasant working conditions, no wonder no younger people want to pursue a career in truck driving. When you have a limited amount of hours that you can be on the clock and limited driving times and this is all related to conditions that are often beyond your control, and you are getting paid by the mile, you have no idea how much money you will have at the end of a pay period. Driving a long haul truck requires training and licensing that disqualifies many people. You don’t just go apply for a job being a truck driver and hit the road the next day. Here are the main requirements to legally drive a semi-truck. Obtain a commercial drivers license Attend a truck driving school Have a clean driving record and work history. Be at least 21 Years old Pass a drug and alcohol test Undergo a physical examination Given that we live in a country with 70,000 drug overdoses a year and many of them being younger people, substance abuse and lack of physical fitness are enough to disqualify many from considering truck driving without making some major life changes. Then there is the issue that some states have legalized marijuana but it will still disqualify someone from being able to obtain a CDL. Another major deterrent is the cost of truck driving school. The average cost for a CDL is $3,000-$7,000. Some companies may offer reimbursement upon hire but it may not be given back to you all at once. Going into debt to be a trucker is not something some people could do even if they really wanted to. Here’s what a typical day for a truck driver is like, post electronic regulations. This information was given to me by someone that manages a fleet of 40 trucks:

5:00 am Start Truck and Do a Pre-Trip

5:45 am Drive to a Shipper (Big Box Store Distributor for example)

6:30 am Arrive and sign in at Shipper

11:00 am Pull to the staging area to load the truck

3:00 pm Get Loaded

3:30 pm Get Paperwork and leave the shipper.

4:30 -6:00 pm Sit in traffic trying to get to the open road

6:00 pm-7:00 pm Drive

7:00 – 7:30 pm: Post-trip inspection

Total miles traveled about 100 on an 800-mile trip before you have to stop and wait until you can legally work again. 8:00 Dispatch calls and wants to know why you didn’t make delivery AND the electronic logs have you shut down till the next day. This means the trip is going to take you another day. When the pay is “by the mile” that driver made an average of $42 for that day while the pay for an 800-mile trip is $336 (company driver). “A lot of drivers go to a fast food chain to make more money and be home without the headaches.” That’s right folks, our nation’s truckers are better off with a fast food job with a guaranteed rate of pay than working at a job that pays by the mile. The trade war with China is impacting supplies. The recent trade war issues cannot help but affect the inexpensive Chinese goods we are used to. Many of the items that seem to be in low supply are those made in China. We may have to get used to not having access to cheap Chinese household supplies like trash bags and batteries. As the situation continues, supplies could dip lower. There are a lot of containers setting in shipping yards with goods that have already come into the US. How these goods are distributed and who gets what can vary. Stores with significant purchasing power have their own supply networks and can decide how they want to distribute based on any factors they choose. This means that if you are in an area that a company doesn’t see as a priority, your store may not get the truck delivery that everyone is hoping for. There are just fewer grocery stores than before for many different reasons.  Over the years the small town and area we live in have seen a loss in grocery stores and variety stores that sell grocery and essential household items. Over the last 18 years, we have lost ⅓ of our grocery stores, pharmacies, and dollar style stores. There have been no replacements. Other towns in our area have seen similar reductions in stores so I know that it is not just our town. Online shopping, thin margins, competition from other chains, and other factors have all played a role. Poor and high crime areas get overlooked when new grocery stores are planned. With margins being thin, it is not a massive surprise that companies carefully research demographics. While this may seem unfair and even racist to some, it is the reality we face. When a more impoverished neighborhood loses a grocery store, it is often not replaced, thus creating a food desert within a city or community. Grocery store chains also pick and choose where they open stores based on factors such as average income, traffic patterns, and crime rates. This means low-income areas or areas where grocery store chains suspect they may have higher than average shoplifting rate, get overlooked, and residents are left to find groceries at convenience stores or variety stores such as Dollar General. This limits access to fresh foods, leading to people eating a diet that is not good for their overall health and well-being. (Source: Charlotte Observer) When fewer grocery stores are servicing the same population or an increasing one, this puts a strain on the stock of stores that are closest. Weather issues also play a role. While weather can definitely lead to last-minute buying or panic buying, stores used to be able to handle common weather events. Also, supply disruptions and spotty shelves are not something that used to continue for weeks after a major snowstorm or similar event. While a majorly devastating weather-related event like a hurricane can understandingly cause disruption, a small snowstorm should not cause such a long-lasting issue. Storms are ordinary weather events. Money flow and credit contribute to the problem as well. There has been a lot of economic instability. Chain stores that were once staples of the American way of life have fallen victim to creative financing schemes, online shopping, and high fuel and transport costs. The icing on the cake is that regardless of cost, the transport system is not able to function efficiently due to government over-regulation. In the midst of a changing market, it is considered retail suicide to admit to any issues that could undermine consumer confidence or stock market value. Businesses often run on a credit based system. The terms may be 30-90 days depending on the vendor. If someone cannot pay or it is expected that they will not be able to pay on time, this can affect the supply chain. Credit is tight right now, and some vendors may not see some stores as a trustworthy firm to do business with. If you are not sure if you will get paid for goods delivered, then it is tempting to sell to someone else or delay shipping.  There are a lot of factors that will need to be addressed to prevent this from getting worse. It is hard to predict exactly how far this situation will go. One of the most concerning aspects is that the shipping industry is crippled by government over-regulation that has led to it not being worth it for people to work as truck drivers. The trade war with China may take some time to sort out as well. We may have to suffer through some growing pains and higher prices, especially if we are in a situation where manufacturing has to be brought back from overseas. The changes and challenges that the world of retail sales and brick and mortar stores are facing include thin margins, competition from online retailers, poor financial management, and rising costs of real estate and utilities. A lack of qualified workers means that many stores are also finding it hard to keep a competent labor force that can meet physical requirements and a possible test for drugs and alcohol for insurance reasons. Low wages and high rent mean some retail jobs are not enough for many to be able to meet basic household needs. Even though the stock market is high and unemployment is low, retail businesses are struggling. This is telling because if we are having these issues within the retail sector, during a time when economic indicators are positive, a shift in the opposite direction could easily be the end for struggling businesses, even those that have been part of the American economic landscape for decades. Here’s what you can do to be better prepared while this situation continues to unfold.  Keep plenty of food and water on hand. Seventy-two hours worth of food is great for a short term disaster, but I think setting a goal of having at least a months supply on hand is a good goal. If you have dogs or cats, remember to have some extra food for them as well. You do not want to be faced with feeding your dog your food or either of you going hungry. My husband and I have four dogs, so this is a big concern of ours. Store some extra trash bags and batteries. You know you will use them at some point. I buy kitchen trash bags in a 200 pack online which is enough to last a long time. If you can keep an extra supply of prescription meds on hand, do so. I realize that some meds only allow for monthly refills, but there are plenty that you can get a 90 day supply of so you can make it through a shortage.  Be aware of what is going on in your area. After talking to many people throughout the USA, it is clear that some areas are more short on some items than others. Keep your own stock of all items that you find essential or the luxuries you like. There are items that may be available at some times that are not at others. Consider ordering items online that you would normally get locally if you cannot find them. I understand the importance of shopping locally but if your area is experiencing shortages on some items that you cannot find a reasonable substitute for, then online is an option. Daisy wrote an excellent post about substitutions when the shelves are close to bare or limited. Have you noticed empty store shelves in your area? Are you also facing bare shelves? What is missing in your area? In what part of the country do you live? What reasons are the stores giving for out-of-stock products? Share your experiences in the comments below. About the Author

Samantha Biggers lives on a mountain in North Carolina with her husband in a house they built by hand. When not writing she is working in the vineyard, raising Shetland sheep and growing gourmet mushrooms. Her writing mostly appears on Backdoor Survival and Lew Rockwell. She can be reached at . 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness like you have never seen, spiritual darkness, etc. they are not only trying to divide truth from false, they are trying to divide the races in a way you have never seen, it is all political, all of the one world order etc

:: 2-4-19 Government Slaves :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why are Democrats NEVER indicted? “Justice” has become a twisted contradiction of truth

02/04/2019 / By JD Heyes

It’s been a little more than a week since political operative Roger Stone, a well-known association of POTUS Donald Trump, was inappropriately arrested by platoons of FBI agents armed with automatic weapons and sporting body armor. We know that Stone has been accused of lying to Congress, of “obstruction,” and “witness tampering.” We also know he was targeted by special counsel Robert Mueller’s Democrat and Hillary Clinton donors because he allegedly sought to discover what damaging emails and documents WikiLeaks may have had on the twice-failed presidential contender, which is no different from every other mainstream media (MSM) reporter at the time. We also know that Stone is the latest GOP operative/political figure/supporter of the president to be indicted by Mueller, though not a single one of them has been implicated, much less charged, in connection to the special counsel’s original mandate: Americans are no closer to learning about how all of these indictments by Mueller fit into the Left’s narrative of “Russian collusion” during the 2016 election cycle. That’s because there was no Trump-Russia “collusion” to “steal the election” from Hillary. There was, however, plenty of collusion with Russian sources — by Democrats and Clinton’s campaign.     Consider:

A Democrat-aligned opposition research firm, Fusion GPS, was involved from the beginning.

Fusion GPS hired Christopher Steele, an anti-Trump former British spy who relied on Russian sources for his bogus “dossier.”

Fusion was paid by Democrat-aligned legal firm Perkins Coie.

Perkins Coie was paid by the Clinton campaign and the Democratic National Committee.

And yet, you’ll notice, not a single Democrat has been indicted by Mueller. Oh, there have been some Democratic Deep State figures fired from the Justice Department and FBI — Peter Strzok, Andrew McCabe, and James Comey, to begin with — but none of them have been charged for committing some of the exact same process crimes as Stone and former Trump National Security Advisor Michael Flynn: Lying to federal investigators or lying to Congress. (Related: BOMBSHELL: Christopher Steele admits he wrote “Russia dossier” so Hillary could challenge 2016 election results: PROOF Deep State is real.) There aren’t any serious efforts to charge Democrats at all As William L. Gensert, writing at American Thinker, noted of the Stone arrest: Another Trump figure has fallen — the end is near, and the noose is tightening. All Trump associates now fear for their lives and freedom. Yet some people who have committed crimes much more serious than any of the Mueller indictments remain, as always, unafraid. That list, by no means comprehensive, includes, Hillary Clinton, James Comey, [James] Clapper, [John] Brennen, Steele, Strzok, [Lisa] Page, McCabe, Ohr (Mr. and Mrs.), [Susan] Rice, and [Sally] Yates. Some are guilty of lying to Congress or the FBI, mishandling classified information, obstruction, conspiracy, destroying evidence, and much more. A case could be made that the Mueller investigation itself destroyed evidence when it wiped clean the Strzok and Page cellphones to delete text messages requested by IG Horowitz. Yet being a Democrat means never having to say you’re sorry because the rule of law only applies to Republicans and conservatives. There are no pre-dawn, guns-drawn raids to arrest Democrats. More to the point, there aren’t even any efforts to arrest Democrats by any means.  Hillary herself is probably the most guilty of actual crimes, while many of the other Democrat-aligned figures — Comey, Clapper, Brennan, Rice — are guilty of covering for her. She and hubby Bill pimped out the Clinton Foundation to the tune of $140 million in ‘donations’ by foreign governments and interests in the expectation that she would become president. The roundabout payments to Steele were overt violations of campaign finance law: Paying a foreign national to use his connections with a foreign government to interfere in a U.S. election. The list of violations by Democrats goes on and on. But not the list of arrests. At this point, barring a complete dismantling of the Justice Department and FBI, it seems impossible for those two government institutions to regain the trust of the bulk of Americans. 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 2-4-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Globalists Hoping To 'Orwellian Memory Hole' The 'Clinton Body Count' And Other Unpleasant Truths As The War Upon Independent Media Rages On

- This Is How Their 'Newsguard App' Can Blow Up In Their Faces And 'Red Pill' The Masses

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die February 4, 2019

In this new story over at Breitbart that the Drudge Report had linked to on Friday morning they report on the Democrats latest collusion with 'big tech' and their attempt to steal the 2020 election with the Newsguard news-filtering browser extension partnering with Microsoft to 'blacklist' websites they deem unreliable, websites such as the Drudge Report. Using a tactic similar to far-left smear peddlers 'Sleeping Giants', who endlessly falsely spreads smears of 'racism' and 'white supremacist' to advertisers in attempts to put pro-Trump media outlets out of business, a temporary download of the Newsguard extension to do a little experiment as seen within this story finds Newsguard labels Clinton propaganda outlets such as CNN, MSNBC and the NY Times and Washington Post as 'highly trustworthy' while websites such as the Drudge Report, Breitbart, Infowars, and the Gateway Pundit are 'untrustworthy' as seen in the screenshot below. In this new story over at Breitbart they report that a left-wing journalist mafia now runs Silicon Valley with extreme-left lie peddlers 'buzzfeed' leading the purge, actually getting youtube to re-adjust their algorithms in their attempt to stop the spread of 'conspiracy theories' and 'misinformation'. Yet Hillary Clinton and her supporters would immediately call the 'Clinton Body Count' a 'conspiracy theory' even though the mainstream media has NEVER bothered to investigate the mysterious and never-ending string of dead bodies that follow Bill and Hill where ever they go. What the globalists, including buzzfeed and youtube, are doing is actually attempting to 'Orwellian memory hole' any and all information that paints the globalists and globalism in a bad light, attempting to forever bury what might be 'unpleasant truths' to those who don't want such 'truths' being found out. As this new story over at The Freedom Articles points out, topics such as 9/11, the JFK assassination and even topics such as natural health are being buried from view in search results as even youtube themselves point out in this blog entry. What is youtube attempting to do with this censorship? From this Wikipedia entry on the 'Orwellian memory hole'.: A memory hole is any mechanism for the alteration or disappearance of inconvenient or embarrassing documents, photographs, transcripts or other records, such as from a website or other archive, particularly as part of an attempt to give the impression that something never happened. The concept was first popularized by George Orwell's dystopian novel Nineteen Eighty-Four, where the Party's Ministry of Truth systematically re-created all potential historical documents, in effect, re-writing all of history to match the often-changing state propaganda. These changes were complete and undetectable. With very real financial blacklisting going on of the Independent media as Breitbart reports in this story, with Newsguard actually urging advertisers to boycott independent and Conservative media, the 'war upon the truth' is absolutely ongoing now this very moment and should the left have their way, all of their crimes and treason against the American people will forever be hidden away and anybody talking about their corruption labeled a 'conspiracy theorist', crazy or worse. And with all of these latest attacks via big tech just their latest attempt to put us all out of business before the 2020 election, as Susan Duclos emphasized within this January 30th ANP story, ANP and many independent media outlets across the board are absolutely facing an existential battle for survival with outright stasi tactics being used against us. In another recent story over at Breitbart we learn that CNN's Jim Acosta has once again gone on the attack against President Trump, with Acosta claiming that POTUS's attacks upon the media could lead to journalists being murdered. Yet Acosta never once brings up the mainstream media's attacks upon President Trump and his supporters, calling us 'Nazi's' and worse, msm lies that have already led to law-abiding American citizens being attacked in the streets by the rabid left. Yet most of us who are in the independent media understand that in putting ourselves out there, there's always the possibility that some deranged lunatics will come after us so we prepare for just such a scenario. Andrew Breitbart likely paid for his 'search for the truth' with his life back on March 1st of 2012 so with February now here and March 1st just around the corner, we'll honor Breitbart's life and his search for answers with a promise to ANP readers that in the days, weeks and months ahead leading up to 2020, we'll take Breitbart's #WAR to the 'powers that be'. And with ANP and other independent media under all-out and continuous attack, we thank everybody who reads and shares our stories and want to give a very special thank you to everybody who is able to donate to ANP to help keep us in this fight - a battle that is nothing less than for the future of America with everything on the table in 2020. According to this January 31st story by Aaron Kessel over at Activist Post, several different think tanks and US government officials are tied to the formation of Newsguard and as his story points out, Newsguard is another globalist attempt to steal the 2020 election and sway the masses similar to the website 'PropOrNot' and their list of 'untrustworthy' news outlets, a list that found practically EVERY right-leaning independent news outlet across America on it including the Drudge Report, Infowars, Breitbart and ANP. Kessel points out in his story that PropOrNot "was found to be backed by none other than the Foreign Policy Research Institute. And what is the Foreign Policy Research Institute? A think tank with the mission of indoctrinating the U.S. with its foreign policy agenda." And as Breitbart pointed out in this January 29th story, Newsguard had actually labeled buzzfeed's 'Moscow Trump tower' story as 'trustworthy', a story we now know was utter BS. First, from Activist Post.: The Foreign Policy Research Institute is dedicated to bringing the insights of scholarship to bear on the foreign policy and national security challenges facing the United States. It seeks to educate the public, teach teachers, train students, and offer ideas to advance U.S. national interests based on a nonpartisan, geopolitical perspective that illuminates contemporary international affairs through the lens of history, geography, and culture. His story continues and points out just why we should be so concerned - what we've been witnessing is nothing less than a deep state/US government attempt to shut down independent thought and the free flow of information.  So here we have two attempts to censor information, both appearing to come from think tanks and several government officials as advisors on “NewsGuard.” Which, if we’re being honest should have a name change to “Propaganda Guard” because they are guarding propaganda by telling everyone it’s real news, like the examples stated above. You can’t judge sites with a rating of green, orange, blue, gray and red. This isn’t a terror advisory, Tom Ridge (I can only guess the idea came from Ridge). When Ridge was the former secretary of Homeland Security under George Bush, he came up with the coded terror alert system after 9/11. The system is elementary at best and doesn’t really require any type of thinking to come up with, so who knows who came up with it. But it’s extremely flawed. Knowing that both “Propaganda Guard” (NewsGuard) and PropOrNot had government involvement should scare the sh*t out of you because both companies are about as unbiased as The Washington Post was towards Hillary Clinton during the 2016 election. Both have a stake in the future foreign policy of America; NewsGuard through its former government advisors, and PropOrNot through the more hilariously connected Foreign Policy Research Institute. Neither company has a right to shape the opinions of Americans or anyone else by giving news websites like Activist Post and many others any type of rating. That’s up to the readers themselves to decide, not a shadowy firm with “trained analysts” who are creating a censorship blacklist of information or opinions they don’t like … you know, like the ones that hinder corporations or the military industrial complex’s forever war machine. As one wise commenter pointed out in a comment left on the 1st video below, with the new Newsguard app proving big tech executives think the American people are stupid, maybe the American people can turn this around on Newsguard, visiting only the websites that Newsguard gives a 'red' ranking to, with those banned and censored websites sure to 'red-pill' the masses. While any websites that are ranked 'green', such as CNN, the MSNBC, the Washington Post and all of the other globalists propaganda peddling websites are forever avoided, Americans deciding they prefer to be 'red-pilled' than blatantly lied to again and again and again and again. 

[ :: 3-11-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. It is not the books that man writes, it is the word, the living word, the logos, the rhema, stay in my word, walk in my word, function in my word and you shall see what the EU is about ready to do, you shall understand what Russia is planning and purposing now, you shall even see China who is the last army that moves down into that valley after my church is gone. You will understand these things, for it is very clear in my word exactly what I shall do and you will not say, well, it must be fifteen years off, you will not say it must be ten years off, you will not say it must be five years off, for you shall see the signs clearly and you shall understand the hour, you shall understand the time and you will know.

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you that you have ten, twenty, thirty years, far later.  But many of them do not understand the word because the word starts in the very beginning in Genesis and as you follow the things through the Bible you get a clear picture of what it was like and what it shall return to, etc

[ :: 1-28-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see Russia go to war very soon now, you shall see Babylon destroyed in twenty four hours, you shall see the great earthquake, you shall see these things etc

:: 2-4-19 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The device can fire a strobe-like beam that disrupts an opponent’s eyesight, hindering their ability to aim a weapon at night.

By Debbie White 4th February 2019, 4:57 pm Updated: 4th February 2019, 4:58 pm

THE Russian Navy has unveiled a sinister new weapon that makes enemies hallucinate and throw up by DAZZLING them. Described as a non-lethal weapon, the equipment has been fitted to two warships, the Admiral Gorshkov and Admiral Kasatonov, part of Russia’s Northern Sea fleet, say reports. The 5P-42 Filin, a futuristic dazzler-type device, can cause troops to miss their targets by blinding them, inducing delirious conditions and making them want to be sick, reports The Filin – meaning Eagle Owl – equipment can fire a strobe-like beam that disrupts an opponent’s eyesight, hindering their ability to aim a weapon at night. It is also capable of “effectively suppressing” night vision technology, laser distance sensors and range-finding systems for anti-tank missiles from as far as three miles (5km), according to manufacturer Ruselectronics. The weapon’s development included testing on volunteers who shot assault rifles, sniper rifles and machine guns at targets that were protected by the Filin. They all experienced trouble aiming because they were unable to see the target. Exposure to the weapon also affected the volunteers’ physical condition. Forty-five per cent of them reported feeling dizzy, sick and disorientated. And 20 per cent of the volunteers were said to have experienced “a ball of light moving in front of the eyes”. Aerospace Defence explained that the new type of weapon can be used by “law enforcement agencies for covert operations and counter-terrorism efforts”. It says the high-intensity “optical radiation” dazzles enemies “in order to have time for their neutralisation”. During covert operations, an opportunity to ‘blind’ an enemy gives a considerable tactical advantage. Sergey Abramov, Ruselectronics spokesman Sergey Abramov, spokesman for Ruselectronics, explained: “It deprives criminals of an opportunity to provide accurate fire or keep track of combat troops transfer.” The RIA Novosti media agency said that each Russian frigate has received two sets of the “visual optical interference stations”. Ruselectronics told RIA that “volunteers” involved in testing of the device “noted the hallucinogenic effect of exposure, described by one as ‘a spot of light floats before my eyes’.” A further two warships – currently being built – are also expected to carry the weapon. 

:: 2-5-19 Word Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Takedown Bow Is A Huge Survival Advantage- Survival Bow: 16 Rock Solid Reasons To Get One Today

kriss98 Uncategorized February 5, 2019

The mighty yet under appreciated survival bow. While firearms rightfully get a ton of attention, the survival bow gets less than it should. A takedown bow is a huge survival advantage. It should find a home in our survival arsenal and bug out bag. Survival bows break down into a compact assembly making them ideal for packing into a bug out bag or stashing in a bug out vehicle. It’s such a valuable survival tool that I was able to come up with 16 reasons to own one and learn survival archery. This takedown bow only weights 2.7 lbs. So it can easily be a part of a skilled survivalist’s bug out bag without having to compromise much on overall bag weight. Whenever you’re looking at adding a new piece of survival gear to your arsenal, weight matters. Bows: A decent takedown bow will cost about $150 and last you a lifetime…if you take care of it. Arrows: Twelve arrows to go with it will put you back about $30. Now let’s compare that with a basic hunting rifle. Even a Synthetic Handi-Rifle (one of the lowest priced hunting rifles I know of) is going to cost at least $250 and that’s before ammo expenses.  Most “affordable” hunting rifles are in the $450 range. So for the money, a folding takedown bow is a solid investment. Hunting: They can take down most animals with a good shot. They are able to take down something as small as a squirrel or as large as a deer. Self Defense: They can take down a human if necessary. Now, I’m not going so far as saying that I’d prefer a survival bow if up against someone with firepower. That’s not what I’m saying… However, if the stranger has a knife, then a takedown bow would be a good weapon to have. Basically, it can be an effective self-defense weapon in many situations, which adds to its versatility. You can buy one without having to register it like you do a gun. Walk into your favorite hunting store, buy it, and walk out with no questions asked. You can even buy one online and have it shipped directly to your door. Plus, if you put a survival bow and arrow in the right person’s hands, it can be nearly as deadly as a gun. silent When you shoot it, it won’t garner any unwanted attention. With guns, everyone within a mile or two will know someone just shot a gun and may just decide to investigate. You can shoot a bow without letting every neighbor know that you just got dinner. An overall excellent survival tool for stealth and evasion. Sure, arrows won’t last forever, but they will last much longer than a bullet. If used properly a dozen arrow will last years. So 100 arrows and you may be set for life. If you get 100 bullets you’ll be good for a month (depending on how bad it gets). Ok…I admit this one’s pure speculation, but let’s say a criminal breaks into your truck and sees a rifle, shotgun or handgun…you know it’s gone. If they see a folded up takedown bow:  They might not know what it is  Have no idea how to use it  Have no clue what it’s worth  They might take it or maybe they might not…with a gun, you can kiss it goodbye 100% of the time. The overall design of a survival bow and arrow is so simple. This makes them a light and portable bow but also makes them easier to repair. If you ever need to prove your skills to another group of survivalists, shooting a takedown bow accurately will impress them. Garnering respect in times of anarchy might just keep you alive. If your survival group gets split up you might have to try and join a new survival coalition and most will only want those who can pull their own weight. Being a survival bow and arrow marksman has many uses…they will recognize that you’re one to pull your own weight. If you practice and hone your skill, it is one that will stay with you the rest of your life. No matter how bad things get, the knowledge and ability cannot be taken away from you (especially if you learn to make a bow out of wood). It can obviously be used to kill (animals or humans). It can also be used for signaling. If you are coordinating with a group and you want to notify that group visually, then you could shoot an arrow to a predetermined location that would signal something to your team members (and do it silently). Also, some of the individual parts of a takedown bow can also be used for other tasks. The bowstring is typically between 4 and 6 feet in length and is very strong. Strong bowstring can be used for:  Building shelters  Setting up snare traps in the wild  Substitute it for fishing line  To create a bow drill for making fire with sticks  The arrows are also multi-use parts which are perfectly suited to be used on the tip of a short spear to gig frogs, fish or small game. Broadheads can also be latched to a longer spear to take down larger prey. If a child finds a loaded gun without a trigger lock, they could easily pull the trigger hurting themselves or someone else by accident. If a child finds a takedown bow, they will have to unfold it, notch an arrow, and pull back on the drawstring and let go (in my opinion this is a low probability event). You can make your own longbow and craft arrows using primitive bushcraft skills if you know what you are doing. I’m not suggesting making your own bow is easy or even that it’s a great use of your time and energy, but it can be done. You can’t say the same thing for most other weapons. Ever heard of a bow and arrow jamming? Me neither. There are no complex mechanical parts that will fail you when you need it the most. Revolvers are the guns least likely to jam since they are much simpler in design than other types of guns but survival bows are even simpler. You can purchase as many survival bows as you want. You can purchase 20 of them to give away as gifts. The government is not currently trying to regulate the bow and arrow market at all. I’ve yet to hear the term “Bow and Arrow Control”. It’s a survival weapon that’s completely off the government’s radar. Time To Sound Off

So what do YOU think? Did I miss anything? Do you disagree with my assessments? Are you going to get one today? Let me know in the comments so we can continue this conversation.

Remember: Prepare, Adapt and Overcome, “Just In Case” Jack 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. Think it not strange, but it is that hour and it is that time and no one seems to be binding up those spirits, nobody seems to be casting them out, nobody understands them. For the world tells you that you are bipolar, no you are demon possessed, saith your Father God. etc..

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. etc.

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc

:: 1-28-19 Renew America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pagan Progressivism, cultural Marxism, unconscious Satanism, Nimrod's tower, spirit of Antichrist: Ties that bind

By Linda Kimball January 28, 2019

"Now the serpent was more subtle than any beast of the field which the LORD God had made. And he said unto the woman, Yea, hath God said, Ye shall not eat of every tree of the garden?" Genesis 3:1, KJB

Across our scientifically enlightened paganized society the idea of Satan and Satanism are uncomfortable subjects for most people, including many Christians, particularly 'woke' social justice evangelicals. It wasn't always this way. The apocalyptic prophet Fyodor Dostoevsky for example, knew that Communist revolutionaries such as Karl Marx were demonically possessed but would only become aware of it until too late. While Satanism is the knowing worship of Satan and is historically rare there is also historically widespread unconscious Satanism (1 Cor. 10:20): "...the whole world lies in the power of the evil one." 1 John 5:19 ESV Unconscious Satanism undergirds ancient and modern pagan worship of creative energy symbolized by the serpent and grounded in ancient Mesopotamian literature with its evolutionary account of origins and one-dimensional pagan model of reality. From the time of Babylon mankind has been worshipping creative energy symbolized by the serpent prominently featured within Ageless Wisdom traditions from all around the world. The legendary history of Greece, Rome, Phoenicia, Egypt, and India, for instance, are filled with stories of man's serpentine ancestry: "When Aenas was about to worship at the tomb of Anchises, his father...a serpent appeared and glided among the altars, tasted the food Aeneas had placed there and then departed.... Aeneas did not know whether it was the genius loci or his father's (serpent) spirit." (The Worship of Creative Energy as Symbolized by the Serpent, Charles Edward Herring) The solar deity Kneph, was a serpent in a fiery circle and Osiris and Isis were essentially identical with Kneph, "The worship of Isis, the moon-goddess, was equally entwined with ophiolatry. Her emblem was the horned viper...The Egyptians often represented Isis and Osiris together, as two serpents." (The Cult of the All-Seeing Eye, Robert Keith Spenser, p. 35) All of the pagan gods and goddesses worshipped and served by the world's nations were symbols of creative energy symbolized by serpents that really exist. They are fallen, wicked Watchers, serpentine seraphim: "There are "good" serpentine beings (seraphim) who guard God's throne (so Isaiah 6's seraphim), and there are fallen, wicked serpentine beings (seraphim) who rebelled against the Most High at various times, and who became the pagan gods of the other nations." (Michael Heiser, "Serpentine/Reptilian Divine Beings in the Hebrew Bible: A Preliminary Investigation," cited by Bryan Godawa, "Enoch Primordial," p. 363) The Serpent Biting Its Tail: Symbol of the Pagan Model of Reality In addition to creative energy symbolized by the serpent, the serpent biting its tail is another important occult pagan symbol. This serpent symbolizes the one-dimensional pagan reality of monism: The cosmos is all that is, or ever was, or ever will be." Carl Sagan  All Ageless Wisdom traditions feature monism, said Dr. Gary North. Monism erases the Creator-creature distinction and is common to all occult systems, "....from the magical sects of the East to the gnostics of the early church period, and from there unto today's preachers of cosmic evolution and irresistible karma." Monism teaches, "....we are all gods in the making. Out of One has preceded the many, and back into One are the many traveling. Eastern mystics, philosophical Hegelians, and followers of Teilhard de Chardin are all agreed on the reality of ultimate monism." (Unholy Spirits: Occultism and New Age Humanism, Gary North, p. 60) While pagan monism posits the cosmic or natural dimension with its two heavens, existence in the natural dimension of space and time is not the only form of existence. Timeless is the supernatural realm (third heaven) of the eternally existing, omniscient, omnipotent, omnipresent Holy Triune God of Revelation. There are three heavens. The first is the immediate sky, or earth's atmosphere. (Genesis 2:19; 7:3, 23; Psalms 8:8; Deuteronomy 11:17) All people who have had out-of-body experiences by way of near-death or drugs, astral plane travels, or through shamanism for example, can testify to the existence of their own souls as well as of the abode of demons and fallen angels, the serpentine "spirits of wickedness under the heavens" (Eph. 6:12) and their chief, "the prince of the powers of the air." (Eph. 2:2; Gen. 3:1) According to the Apostle Paul, fallen serpentine powers thrown down from the third heaven are dispersed in a multitude throughout the first heaven. It is with this timeless abode of fallen angels and demons that shamans interact and to which astral plane travelers from the time of Nimrod to our own have been visiting. The second heaven is the starry heavens or outer space. (Deuteronomy17:3 ; Jeremiah 8:2; Matthew 24:29). The third heaven is outside of time and space, meaning the first and second heavens, thus outside the reach of man's science. The timeless third heaven is where God the Father with Jesus Christ seated on His right and the holy angels and spirits of righteous men in possession of eternal life dwell and to which Paul was taken. (Deuteronomy 10:14; 1 Kings 8:27; Psalms 115:16; 148:4; 2 Cor.12:2 ) Wicked Serpentine Seraphim Within Church and State For the scientifically enlightened West and America serpent energy was repackaged during the nineteenth century as evolutionary science by a brotherhood of powerfully influential Western occultists at the highest levels of church, society and government. Thus today unconscious Satanism abounds throughout the West and America. Its' spirit flows through evolutionary ideologies and evolutionary 'religions' such as Marxism, Secular Humanism, Progressivism, western Satanism, New Age Spirituality, inner circle Masonry and Progressive Christianity. According to New Age insider and unconscious Satanist David Spangler, Lucifer is the angel of Nature's primary creative energy – evolution: "The true light of this great being can only be recognized when one's own eyes can see with the light of the Christ, the light of the inner sun. Lucifer works within each of us to bring us to wholeness, and as we move into the New Age, which is the age of man's wholeness, each of us is brought to that point which I term the Luciferic Initiation, the particular doorway through which the individual must pass if he is to come fully into the presence of his light and his wholeness." "Lucifer comes to give us the final gift of wholeness. If we accept it, then he is free and we are free, that is the Luciferic Initiation. It is one that many people now, and in the days ahead, will be facing, for it is an initiation into the New Age." (David Spangler, Reflections on the Christ, Findhorn Lecture Series, 3rd ed., 1981; p. 45) The modern animist and occult traditions of the spiritually pagan and mystically pantheist American and global occult brotherhood for example, are revamped versions of Ageless Wisdom Teachings grounded in creative energy (serpent power). Writing in affirmation, Corinne McLaughlin and Gordon Davidson, the politically influential co-authors of " of "Spiritual Politics: Changing the World from the Inside Out," reveal that concealed behind today's spiritual revolutionary politics (i.e., Cultural Marxism and Progressivism) are Ageless Wisdom teachings preserved by occultists since the Egyptian pantheon (27th-30th centuries B.C). These ancient teachings, said the authors, have been handed down over the ages to modern occultists in the time of the Renaissance and the Enlightenment and on into our own time: "For centuries, the Ageless Wisdom in the West was shielded from an unprepared public.... The unveiled truths were handed down only orally by individual teachers to tested disciples or by certain religious groups and secret societies, such as the Cabbalists, Druids, Essenes, Sufis, Knights Templar, Rosicrucian's, Freemasons, and others who carefully guarded the teachings down through the centuries. A study of these secret societies would reveal powerful influences on the history of nations...." (Spiritual Politics, McLaughlin, Davidson from "Reinventing Jesus Christ: The New Gospel," Warren Smith, crossroad) In the classic work, "Earth's Earliest Ages" English theologian G.H. Pember (1837-1910) examines the explosion of Ageless Wisdom – spiritism (open communication with evil spirits), ancient Egyptian Hermetic magic, Theosophy, Buddhism, reincarnation and evolution, karma, the Mysteries, astrology, mesmeric healings and evolutionary thinking sweeping across Christendom It was during the Renaissance that many influential Christians at the highest levels of Church and society had returned to the occult Ageless Wisdom Teachings and serpent power. Hence Pember observes that ancient occult traditions are no longer veiled in mystery but boldly presented by the emerging occult brotherhood as the fruit of modern science, especially evolutionary philosophy, which the brotherhood assert was included in the instructions given to the, "...initiates of the Hermetic, Orphic, Eleusinian, and Cabbalistic mysteries, and were familiar to Chaldean Magi, Egyptian Priests, Hindu Occultists, Essenes, Therapeutae Gnostics, and Theurgic Neo-Platonists." (Pember, pp.243-244) Wicked Seraphim and the Spirit of Antichrist In Fyodor Dostoevsky's novel, "The Brothers Karamazov," (1879-1880) the Grand Inquisitor is an unconscious Satanist and type of Antichrist. The Grand Inquisitor is an important part of the novel because the character represents Dostoevsky's penetrating insight into the fallen human psyche and one of its' most important endowments: moral freedom. In particular, the Grand Inquisitor is the spirit of Antichrist. Like his father the devil he is the murderer of God the Father and false witness and crucifier of Jesus Christ. He is also the symbol of the principle of nihilism (negation) and rebellion in mortal men such Hegel, Max Stirner, Karl Marx, Nietzsche, the global occult brotherhood and Western and American ruling class God-haters who, though not the actual devil, are of one mind with him, thus do his work. They are unconscious Satanists and, collectively, the Spirit of Antichrist The Grand Inquisitor is a god-man who has usurped the throne of the Holy Triune God. He is a conscious swindler, a Big Liar who knows that God the Father exists, yet perversely chooses to rebel against and conceptually murder Him and crucify His Son despite that he knows his own life is by the grace of the personal God of life and revelation. In "Political Apocalypse: A Study of Dostoevsky's Grand Inquisitor," Ellis Sandoz writes that when Marx found himself compelled to negate his own being (inner person, soul/spirit, self) because of his perverse desire to show that "man owes his existence (only) to man," and to establish that the "entire so-called history of the world is nothing but the creation of man," he virtually recapitulated Aquinas' argument for the existence of the Triune God: "A being only considers himself independent when he stands on his own feet; and he only stands on his own feet when he owes his existence to himself. A man who lives by the grace of another regards himself as a dependent being (and) I live completely by the grace of another if I owe him not only the maintenance of my life, but if he has, moreover, created my life – if he is the source of my life. When it is not of my own creation, my life has necessarily a source of this kind outside of it. The creation is therefore an idea very difficult to dislodge from popular consciousness. The fact that nature and man exist in their own account is incomprehensible to it, because it contradicts everything tangible in practical life."(pp. 113-114) Being of one mind with the devil, the Grand Inquisitor (Marx) suggests that in order to affirm that man is god, the denial of the existence of the one true God has in the past been necessary (i.e., Nimrod), thus to further his swindle, he asserts antitheism rather than atheism, which is merely a negation of God that nevertheless postulates the existence of man through this negation. The complete negation of the Triune God requires monism, thereby making man and nature (matter, energy, time, space) of the same substance. For the conscious swindler, the prudent course is to flatly deny the existence of the Holy Triune God and enforce this dictate by way of psychological terror and if need be, by murder. Believers must be psychologically manipulated and terrorized into confusion, apathy and groveling submission, and even better, accommodate the Christian Church to the serpent-powered world system by way of harsh scorn, cruel ridicule, scoffing, slander and charges of insanity. After seizing control of Russia, Marx's disciples enforced the denial of the Triune God by way of terror, murder, psychoactive drugs, and enforced teaching of Darwinism. With the exception of murder, the disciples of the occult brotherhood and our Godless ruling class utilize the same methods as Marx's disciples: terror, psychoactive drugs, and enforced teaching of Darwinism. The Inquisitor also knows that if men are deprived of the Holy Triune God they will worship something else. Thus as Marx, the Inquisitor proffers the natural (pagan) religion of scientific socialism and dialectical materialism (divine thinking matter animated by creative energy). But when Darwin published his own theory, the Inquisitor immediately perceived its' philosophically pagan materialist implications. The idea that humans evolved by chance and natural selection from a process of evolutionary energy working on primordial water or lifeless chemicals lay the axe at the very foundation of the Genesis account of creation ex nihilo and provided the scientific framework to support the economic infrastructure on which Marx could build his godless communist utopia: "...the biggest thing going for Darwinism was that it finally broke the tyranny in which Christianity had held the minds of men for so many centuries." (F. Hoyle and C. Wickramasinghe, "Evolution From Space," 1983, pp. xiii-xxii, 81 and 145)

Progressivism, Marxist Communism & National Socialism: Types of Nimrod's Tower In his book "Utopia: The Perennial Heresy," Catholic philosopher and historian Thomas Molnar (1910-2010) notes that the two recurring themes of modern utopian ideologies (new Nimrod's Tower) are monism and evolutionary conceptions. At the root of these two themes there is: " defiance of God, pride unlimited, a yearning for enormous power and the assumption of divine attributes with a view to manipulating and shaping mankind's fate." (p. 227) In order for god-men to build a new Tower (create a God-less world and new man): "the order of being must be obliterated (and reinterpreted) as essentially under man's control." Taking control "requires the decapitation of being – the murder of God." (Eric Voegelin, "Science, Politics and Gnosticism," p. xv) Thus the Grand Inquisitor (global occult Brotherhood and Godless ruling class) is a modern Nimrod and spirit of Antichrist, making him an ominous sign pointing to the return of pre-flood and Babylonian rebellion against the one true God, monism, Ageless Wisdom, contact with evil serpentine beings, and creative energy symbolized by the serpent. The Grand Inquisitor is the false witness and crucifier of Jesus Christ. He is the Master of the Universe who, being of one mind with Satan, has conceptually murdered the Holy Triune God as revealed through Jesus Christ in order to take control of and reinterpret being, matter, energy, space, law, and time, making him an Antichrist: "And he shall speak great words against the most High, and shall wear out the saints of the most High, and think to change times and laws: and they shall be given into his hand until a time and times and the dividing of time." Daniel 7:25 Linda writes on worldview and related subjects. 

[ :: 3-25-18 am service  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Beware of the torpedo that can be directed from over two thousand miles away and yet hit its target.  Beware of the missiles that shall come, beware of the destruction of Babylon in the twenty-four hour period.  Watch out for the earthquakes, they’re coming, they’re coming, they’re coming, the next time that it shakes at all in Alaska will be your sign that it has come and it shall go clear to Mexico and you shall see as the Great Lakes empty out and the water flows down into New Orleans, and all, all the restrainers break.  For they thought they got away with what they got away with, but I warned them, beware, beware, beware.   

:: 2-3-19 SF Gate :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ten earthquakes strike the coast of Northern California in less than 24 hours

By Michelle Robertson, SFGATE Updated 4:40 pm PST, Sunday, February 3, 2019

Ten earthquakes of preliminary magnitudes between 3.0 and 4.5 struck off the coast of Northern California between Saturday and Sunday, the United States Geological Survey reports. The series of earthquakes rumbled beneath the Pacific Ocean, between 3 miles and 27 miles west of Petrolia in Humboldt County. The first earthquake struck early Saturday morning at a magnitude of 4.3, while a second earthquake, of 3.2 magnitude, rumbled about 30 minutes later. Three additional earthquakes hit between 4:30 p.m. and 5:38 p.m. Saturday in the same area, registering magnitudes between 2.9 and 3.6, USGS reported. A 3.0-magnitude earthquake struck that night, at 11:37 p.m. The geological activity continued into Sunday. USGS reported four earthquakes near Petrolia between 2:18 p.m. and 4:05 p.m. The earthquakes ranged in magnitude from 3.4 to 4.5. LATEST WEATHER: Storm's harm less than feared More than 240 people, from Mendocino to McKinleyville, said they felt the 4.5-magnitude earthquake that struck Sunday at 2:18 p.m., according to the USGS's online "Felt Report" page. There was no initial word on damage or injury resulting from the quakes. The National Weather Service office in Eureka said Sunday afternoon there was no tsunami danger. See the latest USGS quake alerts, report feeling earthquake activity and tour interactive fault maps in SFGATE's earthquake section.

Read Michelle Robertson's latest stories and send her news tips at . 

:: 2-4-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nearly half of French and Germans say Islam 'clashes with their values', along with more than a third of Americans and Britons, poll finds

Around half of French and Germans polled in the survey also said they would 'mind a little' or 'mind a lot' if one of their close relatives were to marry a Muslim

However barely a quarter said they were familiar with the teachings of Islam

In Britain only 13 per cent expressed a 'favourable' view of the Islamic religion

By Tim Stickings For Mailonline Published: 11:08 EST, 4 February 2019 | Updated: 13:34 EST, 4 February 2019

Almost half of people in France and Germany believe there is a fundamental clash between Islam and the values of their society, a poll has found. Around one in two French and Germans also said they would 'mind a little' or 'mind a lot' if one of their close relatives were to marry a Muslim. However, barely a quarter of people in either France or Germany said they were familiar with the teachings of Islam. The YouGov survey also polled Britons and Americans with only 13 per cent of people in the UK saying they had a 'favourable' view of Islam. The poll also indicated that more than a quarter of people in Britain and Germany do not personally know any Muslims. In the survey of more than 1,000 voters in each country, people were asked if Islam was 'generally compatible with the values of society in your country' or whether there was a 'fundamental clash' between them. In Germany some 47 per cent chose 'fundamental clash', along with 46 per cent in France, 38 per cent in Britain and 36 per cent in the United States. Only 20 per cent of Germans and 22 per cent of French respondents said Islam was 'generally compatible'. YouGov's Joel Rogers de Waal said: 'Substantial portions of Western respondents in the survey perceived a clash between Islam and the values of society in their country. 'General impressions of Islam were comparatively less favourable than that of other world religions among significant numbers of Western respondents. 'For instance, all four Western samples had a discernibly higher number of respondents who felt unfavourable to Islam, compared with other religions.' In Germany eight per cent said they had a 'very favourable' or 'fairly favourable' view of Islam, compared to 53 per cent who had an unfavourable opinion. The numbers were similar in France where 10 per cent expressed a favourable view of Islam, with 49 per cent unfavourable. For comparison, Christianity was seen favourably in Germany by 41 per cent to 16 per cent and in France by 35 per cent to 15 per cent, with many expressing no opinion. Some 59 per cent in France and 63 per cent in Germany told the pollster they were either 'not very familiar' or 'not at all familiar' with Islamic teaching. An equal number, 72 per cent in each country, said they were either 'very concerned' or 'fairly concerned' about the 'possible rise of extremism' in Islam. Asked about their relatives marrying a Muslim, the largest single group in each country - including Britain and the U.S. - said they would not mind. However 48 per cent of people in Germany and 47 per cent in France said they would either 'mind a lot' or 'mind a little', along with 33 per cent in the United States and 27 per cent in Britain. When asked whether they personally knew a Muslim, 41 per cent of Americans said they did not, compared to 27 per cent in Britain, 26 per cent in Germany and 17 per cent in France. 

:: 2-5-19 Chicago Trubune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alien ship may be among us, Harvard astronomer insists, despite grumbling and criticism from peers

The Washington Post By Avi Selik 2-5-2019

Before he started the whole alien spaceship thing last year, the chairman of Harvard University's astronomy department was known for public lectures on modesty. Personal modesty, which Avi Loeb said he learned growing up on a farm. And what Loeb calls "cosmic modesty" - the idea that it's arrogant to assume we are alone in the universe, or even a particularly special species. You can find a poster for one of these lectures in Loeb's office today, though it's a bit lost among the clutter: photos of Loeb posing under the dome of Harvard's enormous 19th-century telescope; thank-you notes from elementary schoolchildren; a framed interview he gave the New York Times in 2014; his books on the formation of galaxies; his face, again and again - a bespectacled man in his mid-50s with a perpetually satisfied smile. Loeb stands beside his desk on the first morning of spring courses in a creaseless suit, stapling syllabi for his afternoon class. He points visitors to this and that on the wall. He mentions that four TV crews were in this office on the day in the fall when his spaceship theory went viral, and now five film companies are interested in making a movie about his life. A neatly handwritten page of equations sits on the desk, on the edge closest to the guest chairs. "Oh, this is something I did last night," Loeb says. It's a calculation, he explains, supporting his theory that an extraterrestrial spacecraft, or at least a piece of one, may at this moment be flying past the orbit of Jupiter. Since publishing his controversial paper, Loeb has run a nearly nonstop media circuit, embracing the celebrity that comes from being perhaps the most academically distinguished E.T. enthusiast of his time - the top Harvard astronomer who suspects technology from another solar system just showed up at our door. And this, in turn, has left some of his peers nonplused - grumbling at what they see as a flimsy theory or bewildered as to why Harvard's top astronomer won't shut up about aliens. What you can't call Loeb is a crank. When astronomers in Hawaii stumbled across the first known interstellar object in late 2017 - a blip of light moving so fast past the sun that it could only have come from another star - Loeb had three decades of Ivy League professorship and hundreds of astronomical publications on his résumé, mostly to do with the nature of black holes and early galaxies and other subjects far from any tabloid shelf. So when seemingly every astronomer on the planet was trying to figure out how the interstellar object (dubbed 'Oumuamua, Hawaiian for "scout") got to our remote patch of Milky Way, Loeb's extraordinarily confident suggestion that it probably came from another civilization could not be easily dismissed. "Considering an artificial origin, one possibility is that 'Oumuamua" - pronounced Oh-mooah-mooah - "is a lightsail, floating in interstellar space as a debris from an advanced technological equipment," Loeb wrote with his colleague Shmuel Bialy in Astrophysical Journal Letters in November - thrilling E.T. enthusiasts and upsetting the fragile orbits of space academia. " 'Oumuamua is not an alien spaceship, and the authors of the paper insult honest scientific inquiry to even suggest it," tweeted Paul Sutter, an astrophysicist at Ohio State University, shortly after the paper published. "A shocking example of sensationalist, ill-motivated science," theoretical astrophysicist Ethan Siegel wrote in Forbes. North Carolina State University astrophysicist Katie Mack suggested to the Verve that Loeb was engaging in a common practice in which an astrophysicist poses a theory that they might not believe. "Sometimes you write a paper about something that you don't believe to be true at all, just for the purpose of putting out there," she told the publication. Most scientists besides Loeb assume 'Oumuamua is some sort of rock, be it an asteroid ejected from some star in meltdown hundreds of millions of years ago, or an icy comet wandering the interstellar void. But it's moving too fast for an inert rock, Loeb points out - zooming away from the sun as if something is pushing it from behind. And if it's a comet spewing jets of steam, the limited observations astronomers made of it showed no sign. Loeb argues that 'Oumuamua's behavior means it can't be, as is commonly imagined, a clump of rock shaped like a long potato, but rather an object that's very long and no more than 1 millimeter thick, perhaps like a kilometer-long obloid pancake - or a ship sail - so light and thin that sunlight is pushing it out of our solar system. And while he's not saying it's definitely aliens, he is saying he can't think of anything other than aliens that fits the data. And he's saying that all over international news. "Many people expected once there would be this publicity, I would back down," Loeb says. "If someone shows me evidence to the contrary, I will immediately back down." In the meantime, he's doubling down, hosting a Reddit AMA on "how the discovery of alien life in space will transform our life," and constantly emailing his "friends and colleagues" with updates on all the reporters who are speaking to him. In a matter of months, Loeb has become a one-man alternative to the dirge of terrestrial news. "It changes your perception on reality, just knowing that we're not alone," he says. "We are fighting on borders, on resources. ... It would make us feel part of planet Earth as a civilization rather than individual countries voting on Brexit." So now he is famous, styling himself as a truth-teller and risk-taker in an age of overly conservative, quiescent scientists. "The mainstream approach [is] you can sort of drink your coffee in the morning and expect what you will find later on. It's a stable lifestyle, but for me it resembles more the lifestyle of a business person rather than scientists," he says. "The worst thing that can happen to me is I would be relieved of my administrative duties, and that would give me even more time to focus on science," Loeb adds. " All the titles I have, I can dial them back. In fact, I can dial myself back to the farm." Loeb grew up in an Israeli farming village. He would sit in the hills and read philosophy books imagining the broader universe, he says, a fascination that led him into academia and all the way to 'Oumuamua. "I don't have a class system in my head of academia being the elite," he says, as he leads a reporter into the locked chamber of the Great Refractor - an enormous 19th-century telescope where he sometimes does photo ops. "I see it as a continuation of childhood curiosity - trying to understand what the world is like." He joined the Institute for Advanced Study in Princeton, N.J., in the late 1980s ("Where Einstein used to be," he notes) and later took a junior position in Harvard's astronomy department, where "for 20 years no one had been promoted from within ... They tenured me after three years.") As he tells it, his life story sounds like a cerebral version of "Forrest Gump" - Loeb always singemindedly pursuing his science and intersecting with the giants of the field, whom he regularly name-drops. Stephen Hawking had dinner at his house. Steven Spielberg once asked him for movie tips. Russian billionaire Yuri Milner once walked into his office and sat on the couch and asked him to help design humanity's first interstellar spaceship - which he is now doing, with a research budget of $100 million and the endorsement of Mark Zuckerberg and the late Hawking. Loeb mentions casually that when he was 24 years old he got a private audience with the famed physicist Freeman Dyson - and then pauses for effect beneath the 20-foot shaft of the Great Refractor, grinning until he realizes the reporter doesn't know who Freeman Dyson is. At midday, Loeb leaves the telescope and his office and descends to a bare white classroom to introduce the basics of astrophysics to a dozen new students. If he's mastered the national news interview by now, his lecture begins a bit stilted. He looks down at the table as he speaks. He asks the freshmen at this most prestigious of universities to go around the table and list their hobbies. Ten minutes later, Loeb goes off script. "Did anyone hear the name 'Oumuamua?" he asks. "What did it mean?" Almost everyone nods, and freshman Matt Jacobsen, who came to Harvard from an Iowa farm town, volunteers quietly: "There was speculation that it was from another civilization." "Who made that speculation?" Loeb asks, smiling. There's an awkward silence in the room, and then Jacobsen cries, "Was it you? Oh my gosh!" and the professor smiles wider.      This story first appeared in the Washington Post

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 2-4-19 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Australia floods: Crocodiles seen in 'once in a century' waters

4 February 2019

Authorities in Townsville, Australia have warned residents to beware of crocodiles and snakes spotted in floodwaters in residential areas. More than 1,100 people have been evacuated from the town amid a "once in a century" flood. On Sunday, the city authorities released a dam which had swollen to double its capacity following a week of record rainfall. Authorities have said more heavy rain is expected in coming days. Emergency workers and the army said they had received more than 1,000 calls for help. They've been using boats and helicopters to move people to higher ground. "Crocodiles may be seen crossing roads, and when flooding recedes, crocodiles can turn up in unusual places such as farm dams or waterholes," said Queensland's Environment Minister Leeanne Enoch. "Similarly, snakes are very good swimmers and they too may turn up unexpectedly." One local resident, Erin Hahn, shared pictures of a crocodile sitting in shallow water at the end of her father's drive. Another was photographed climbing a tree in the floodwater. Local police also warned people of other dangers in the floodwater, including leaking sewage. Townsville has received more than a metre (3.3ft) of rain in the past week - more than 20 times the average for the time of year. "This is unprecedented, we've never seen anything like this before," said Queensland Premier Annastacia Palaszczuk. "It's basically not just a one-in-20-year event, it's a one-in-100-year event," she said. Authorities were forced to open the gates at the Ross River dam on Sunday evening to lower water levels - releasing up to 1,900 cubic metres of water a second. Northern Queensland has a tropical climate and experiences monsoon rain from December to April. But the current conditions in the Townsville area are rare. Australia's Bureau of Meteorology said the monsoon rainfall had missed other parts of the state which are in the grip of an intense drought.  Australia records hottest month eve Drought seen from the air  Why Australia's extreme heat might be here to stay

January was the hottest month on record for Australia as a whole, with the southern city of Adelaide reaching a record 47.7C. The heat has sparked bushfires, including more than 40 blazes on the island state of Tasmania which have been burning for over two weeks. Extreme temperatures have also caused a rise in hospital admissions, widespread power outages, and reports of mass wildlife deaths. 

:: 2--19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Post-ISIS, Americans join Kurdish fighters in Syria

By Hollie McKay | Fox News

When ISIS overran swaths of Syria’s autonomous Kurdish region of Rojava in 2014, scores of Westerners and some self-proclaimed freedom fighters flocked to the region to volunteer with the local Kurdish militia, known as the People’s Protection Units (YPG), even at the risk of being prosecuted in their homeland. And although ISIS is almost territorially defeated – reduced to a couple of villages near Syria’s borders with Iraq – the region remains a hub for Americans and other Westerners, even those without any formal military training, who are eager to volunteer their services. INSIDE RAQQA: FROM ISIS 'CALIPHATE' TO CRUMPLED CITY OF LANDMINES AND LOSS One American in the militia is Hunter Pugh, 25, who hails from the small Pennsylvania town of Bloomsburg. He had been working at what he describes as a “toxic” job in the restaurant industry, and was concerned about the growing sexism and “poisonous rhetoric” of the Trump era. So, he packed his bags and headed for Syria in May 2018. Despite having no prior military or weapons experience, Pugh told Fox News in an exclusive interview that he became a YPG “infantryman” -- enduring several weeks of combat training along with “ideological” training to attain a deeper understanding of the group’s beliefs, which stem from their jailed leader Abdullah Öcalan. While some contend the YPG is rooted in Marxism, Pugh said that it has now evolved into “more anarchism and communalism” and that they are fighting for “democratic values” and equality – and that the road ahead for peace is a winding one. “ISIS has changed tactics. There are more sleeper cells, and more suicide attacks and car bombs,” he said. Pugh said that in recent weeks the YPG – which has been backed by the United States as the ground force under the umbrella of the Syrian Democratic Forces (SDF) in the mission to defeat ISIS since 2015 – has had to form closer ties to the Assad-led Syrian regime for its own protection in the weeks following President Trump’s announcement that the U.S. will withdraw all 2,200 troops on the ground. “Initially in the struggle here in Syria, the YPG and the regime had armed conflicts. Now they have had to work together more against common enemies like the Free Syrian Army,” Pugh said, referring to the Turkish-supported umbrella of fighters who have led the way in fighting the Assad government in the long-running civil war. “And it is becoming more apparent that the regime is formally willing to give them the autonomous region that they want.” WHY TRUMP'S SYRIA WITHDRAWAL IS THE RIGHT MOVE Trump shocked both Kurds and much of the international community when he suddenly declared in December that he would be withdrawing all 2,200 U.S. troops in Syria – allowing NATO-ally Turkey to take control of the final ISIS cleanup and security situation. The U.S. has stood firmly against the Iran, Hezbollah and Russia-backed Syrian regime since the beginning of the country’s uprising in 2011. While the pullout appears to have been halted amid the international outcry over concern for the Kurdish allies, along with the worry that ISIS terrain was not yet cleared and that it would enable adversaries such as Russia to assert greater control, Trump has doubled down that the pullout will happen in coming months. However, Turkey views the Kurdish fighters as a wing of the Kurdistan Workers’ Party (PPK) – a Kurdish separatist group it has long regarded as a terrorist outfit – prompting some analysts to espouse the potential for fighting between Turkey and the U.S.-backed Kurds, but for “Kurdish Genocide.” For its part, Turkey welcomed Trump’s withdrawal announcement and has sought to remind the world that Turkey, as a NATO ally, can protect America’s regional interests. Ankara has also highlighted that it has bared the brunt of much of the humanitarian crisis engulfing Syria, having taken in 4 million as refugees since the neighboring nation’s brutal civil war ignited almost eight years ago. Pugh declined to comment on other Americans who also had gone over to Syria to join the fighting fray, but noted that there are a “number of YPJ internationalists who are still here and continue to fight.” “Every country is represented. They come here to put their faith into action for this movement,” he asserted. Pugh, who says that he views Kurdistan as his “new home,” underscored that not all Westerners come to bear arms and that many find other roles within the Kurdish community.  TRUMP SHOULDN'T PULL OUT OF SYRIA RIGHT NOW – OUR PRESIDENT FIRST NEEDS A TOUGHER ANTI-IRAN STRATEGY Thomas McClure, a 24-year-old native of the United Kingdom, is involved in research and getting the newly-minted “Rojava Information Center” off the ground. He is one of just several hundred foreign volunteers in the region, having gone there some eight months ago. “For a long time I was inspired by what was going on here, I wanted to support what was going on here and bring stories to a wider audience. A lot of people from the West come to volunteer to fight, but I thought this was a better fit for me,” he said. “ISIS prisoners here are constantly being interviewed, I wanted people to hear more civilian voices. Everyone has these amazing stories and they toss them away like they are nothing.” McClure noted that since Trump’s stunning December tweet, which subsequently brought about the resignations of Defense Secretary James Mattis and Special Envoy to the region Brett McGurk, the Kurds have been taking it all in stride and valiantly preparing for the next phase. “People felt angry, they felt betrayed, but they aren’t going to beg for help. All they can do is prepare themselves,” McClure explained. “I have never met a Kurdish person who likes the idea of making an alliance with the (Assad) regime, especially given the way the regime treated them before the start of the revolution, but the way Turkey treats them is worse on the scale.” And his information center may very well be busier than ever. “Turkey has made their intentions very clear. Everyone is making themselves ready for another war,” he said, adding that thousands of men and women, ages 18 and over, have been undertaking voluntary self-defense classes in the region. “It’s just a question of when.” 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 2-4-19 The Washington Examiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Washington Post went all-in on Brett Kavanaugh but spiked a similar story about a Democrat

by Becket Adams | February 04, 2019 04:24 PM

If the Washington Post didn’t have double standards, it would have no standards at all. Virginia Lt. Gov. Justin Fairfax’s office issued a statement Monday rejecting claims by a woman who alleges he sexually assaulted her in 2004, when they both attended the Democratic National Convention. Almost as notable as Fairfax’s denial is the fact that the Washington Post was first approached by the alleged victim more than a year ago and decided not to publish her story. The Post explained Monday that it declined to report the woman’s allegations due to an absence of corroborating evidence. It’s good to see that the newspaper has found a renewed interest in the standard of proof it abandoned entirely when it broke the story of similar allegations of sexual misconduct leveled last year against Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh. Recall that it was the Post that first got Christine Blasey Ford to go on the record with her allegations. The accusation against Virginia’s lieutenant governor was published first by the right-wing news site Big League Politics, which last week unearthed a 35-year-old photo reportedly showing Virginia’s Democratic Gov. Ralph Northam dressed in either blackface or KKK robes at a party ( more here on that). Fairfax stands to take over the governorship, should Northam's blackface scandal force the current governor out of office. “Lt. Governor Fairfax … has never assaulted anyone — ever — in any way, shape or form,” reads a statement from Fairfax’s office. “The person reported to be making this false allegation first approached the Washington Post … more than a year ago, around the time of the Lieutenant Governor’s historic inauguration. “The Post carefully investigated the claim for several months," the Fairfax statement said. "After being presented with facts consistent with the Lt. Governor’s denial of the allegation, the absence of any evidence corroborating the allegation, and significant red flags and inconsistencies within the allegation, the Post made the considered decision not to publish the story. Tellingly, not one other reputable media outlet has seen fit to air this false claim.” The Post published a slightly different, but mostly similar, version of events Monday: “The Washington Post, in phone calls to people who knew Fairfax from college, law school and through political circles, found no similar complaints of sexual misconduct against him,” the paper reported. “Without that, or the ability to corroborate the woman’s account — in part because she had not told anyone what happened — The Washington Post did not run a story.” The article added, “She said she never told anyone about what happened at the time or in the years that followed until shortly before she approached The Post.” Notably absent from the paper's explanation is any indication that it had indeed found “significant red flags and inconsistencies within the allegations” in the accuser's story, as Fairfax's office claims. But let's put that aside for a moment and focus on the fact that the Post claims it didn't publish the alleged victim's story due to a lack of evidence. What’s the paper’s excuse for running multiple stories repeating totally uncorroborated allegations of sexual abuse aimed at Kavanaugh? When the Post got Ford on the record amid the fight over Kavanaugh’s Supreme Court nomination, the paper didn’t seem to be so concerned by the fact that she couldn't provide a single piece of evidence to verify her claim that the judge tried to rape her when they were both in high school — or even that they'd ever met. Note that, absent the leaks, her allegation could have been properly investigated by senators from both parties on the Senate Judiciary Committee without the resulting damage to privacy and reputation. But the Post, less worried in that case about the lack of evidence behind the allegation, plowed ahead. In fact, as the Hamilton Lincoln Law Institute’s Ted Frank noted Monday, there are fewer red flags in the Fairfax accuser's story then there were in Ford's. Unlike Ford, Fairfax’s accuser identifies the exact year and location of the alleged assault. Unlike Ford, Fairfax’s accuser belongs to the same political tribe, and therefore speaks against interest in at least one sense. There are other things that bother me about the Post’s uneven treatment of the Fairfax and Kavanaugh accusers. For example, the paper’s first original coverage of the allegation against the lieutenant governor came only after Fairfax had issued a statement defending himself. Kavanaugh was afforded no similar benefit. It’s fine if the Post passed on the Fairfax story because of a genuine lack of evidence. And there definitely doesn’t appear to be that much to go on, other than the word of a single accuser. But it’s hard to see the Post’s decision to spike her story as anything but politically biased considering how the paper gorged itself on nearly every flimsy and fantastic allegation hurled in Kavanaugh’s direction, no matter how ridiculous, again with no evidence to back any of it up. It's funny how editorial standards change, depending on the target’s party affiliation. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 2-3-19 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel starts building massive fence on Gaza border

By - Associated Press - Sunday, February 3, 2019

JERUSALEM — Israel says it has started reinforcing its border fence with the Gaza Strip, erecting a galvanized steel barrier 20 feet high that will run the length of territory. Israel’s Defense Ministry issued a statement Sunday saying it had commenced construction of an above-ground barrier that complements a subterranean wall aimed at thwarting Hamas attack tunnels beneath the border. The fence’s construction comes after months of mass protests by Palestinians in Gaza along the border. Nearly 190 Palestinians have been killed by Israeli fire since they began last March. An Israeli soldier was killed by a Palestinian sniper last July. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu says the new barrier “will prevent terrorists from Gaza from penetrating into our territory on the ground.” 

[ :: 7-3-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you shall see more problems throughout the world, bigger terror attacks, etc

:: 2-4-19 Aljazeera :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Car bomb attack in Somalia's Mogadishu kills at least 11 people

Blast occurred close to Mogadishu mall, killing at least 11 people and wounding several others, says police official.

4 Feb 2019

A powerful car bomb has exploded at a shopping mall in the Somali capital Mogadishu, killing at least 11 people, security officials said. Police officer Mohamed Hussein said 10 people were also injured in Monday's blast in an explosives-laden car parked near a mall close to Mogadishu's local government offices. "Several dead people were removed from a wrecked building at the blast scene. So far death toll is 11 civilians and 10 others injured," Hussein told Reuters news agency. Another security official, Ahmed Moalin Ali said some of the victims died in a building that collapsed as a result of the blast in Hamarweyne market. "The blast occurred close to Mogadishu mall and it has caused death and destruction..." police officer Ali said. "The terrorists parked a vehicle loaded with explosives in the vicinity of the mall to kill the innocent civilians." "I saw the dead bodies of four people recovered from the debris of a collapsed building and three others were strewn dead outside after the blast had blown them," said shopper Munira Abdukadir. "I was not far away from the blast location, but I was lucky to have survived, several people were wounded and some were screaming before the ambulances arrived," said another witness, Abdulahi Mohamed. While there was no immediate claim of responsibility, the al-Shabab armed group has regularly carried out such attacks in the past. The group's stated aim is to remove the Western-backed central government and establish its own rule based on a strict interpretation of Islamic law. In a separate incident, local security officials said the armed group killed the Maltese manager of Bossasso port in Somalia's semi-autonomous Puntland state on Monday. 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 2-2-19 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How to Destroy the Bill of Rights: Start with the 9th and 10th Amendments

By Robert Curry February 2, 2019

Are you worried about the Democrats' plans for the First and Second Amendments? You are right to be concerned. The leftists who have taken over and transformed that political party have made it clear that they intend to eliminate those two fundamental protections of American liberty. Freedom of speech and "the right of the people to keep and bear Arms" are in their crosshairs – along with the Electoral College and much else besides – and they mean business. But have you noticed what has already happened to amendments farther down the list that makes up the Bill of Rights? The Ninth and Tenth are already dead letters. Here is the Ninth: The enumeration in the Constitution of certain rights shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people. And here is the Tenth: The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people. Are you worried about the Democrats' plans for the First and Second Amendments? You are right to be concerned. The leftists who have taken over and transformed that political party have made it clear that they intend to eliminate those two fundamental protections of American liberty. Freedom of speech and "the right of the people to keep and bear Arms" are in their crosshairs – along with the Electoral College and much else besides – and they mean business. But have you noticed what has already happened to amendments farther down the list that makes up the Bill of Rights? The Ninth and Tenth are already dead letters. Here is the Ninth: The enumeration in the Constitution of certain rights shall not be construed to deny or disparage others retained by the people. And here is the Tenth: The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people. The Ninth and the Tenth Amendments, the final two of the Bill of Rights, are best considered as a complementary pair, each reinforcing the other. Together they make clear the Founders' intent. The Ninth says our rights are not limited to the enumerated rights. The Tenth says the powers of the federal government are limited to the enumerated powers. Here is the vision of the Founding stated in fewer than fifty words: a federal government of strictly limited powers and a people guaranteed vast liberty and consequently unbounded opportunity. To point out that the central government we now live under, the Beltway Leviathan, is no longer a federal government of strictly limited powers is only to state the all too obvious. A central government that can prevent a farmer from plowing across a "vernal pool" (standing water after spring rain) on his own land, can force schools to allow boys who "identify" as girls access to the dressing rooms and showers traditionally set aside for real girls, and can force you under penalty of law to buy insurance designed by that same government is well on its way to being totally unlimited, if it is not there already. By way of a reminder, here is what the American Founders meant by a federal government of strictly limited powers, as described by James Madison in Federalist 45: The powers delegated by the proposed Constitution to the federal government are few and defined. Those which are to remain in the State governments are numerous and indefinite. The former will be exercised principally on external objects, as war, peace, negotiation, and foreign commerce[.] ... The powers reserved to the several States will extend to all the objects which, in the ordinary course of affairs, concern the lives, liberties, and properties of the people, and the internal order, improvement, and prosperity of the State. Farmers plowing their fields in the spring, boys and girls taking showers at school, and Americans weighing the costs and benefits of health insurance are far removed from "war, peace, negotiation, and foreign commerce." The central government that rules over us today is not only virtually unlimited, but no longer even "federal" in the Founders' meaning of the word. The Framers' focus was defining and limiting federal power. They did so by distributing power among the Executive, Legislative, and Judicial Branches of the federal government. They went even farther by dividing the legislative power, crafting two legislative bodies, the Senate and the House, with separate powers and potentially competing interests. In addition, they created a zone of liberty around you, the individual American, by means of the Bill of Rights. Perhaps their greatest limitation on the power of the central government was preserving the political independence of the states. The independent political power of the states was what made the American system of government "federal." The states' ability to counterbalance the power of the government created by the Constitution was at the core of the federalism of the Founders. Madison and the other Founders put great emphasis on the importance of the independence of the states to the preservation of Americans' liberty. Jefferson put it this way: What has destroyed liberty and the rights of man in every government which has ever existed under the sun? The generalizing and concentrating all cares and powers into one body. Lord Acton, the great historian of liberty and admirer of the Founders, gave us this: Federalism: It is coordination instead of subordination; association instead of hierarchical order; independent forces curbing each other; balance, therefore, liberty. The Framers of the Constitution aimed to preserve our unalienable rights by preventing the concentration of political power in the central government. Their vision for America has largely been abandoned. Our modern obsession with national politics, the natural result of the centralization of enormous political power in Washington, is not what the Founders intended for America. It makes sense to consider the Ninth and the Tenth Amendments, written by James Madison, were to be the final acts of the original Founding and, at the same time, also a summary statement of the Founders' work. Jefferson's opening claim that begins with the words "We hold these truths to be self-evident" is just over fifty words in length. Madison's closing statement is just under fifty words. There is greatness in those hundred words. If we set out to restore the Founders' vision of American liberty, Madison's closing statement together with Jefferson's opening one can show us the way. Robert Curry serves on the Board of Directors of the Claremont Institute and is the author of Common Sense Nation: Unlocking the Forgotten Power of the American Idea from Encounter Books. You can preview the book here.

Read more: 

Follow us: @AmericanThinker on Twitter | AmericanThinker on Facebook

:: 2-3-19 Independent Tribune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dearest Socialism, let us count the ways

By Larry Cothren Feb 3, 2019

A reader recently posed a question that is at once a legitimate conversation starter and a commentary on the current state of affairs in this country. Corresponding via email, this self-described independent indicated he proposed the question to me because he finds it difficult to talk to “most Trump supporters.” His questioning, he said, “seems to make them mad.” If his definition of a “Trump supporter” is someone who embraces the concepts of free markets, limited government, individual liberty, respect for the rule of law, and someone who sees government’s central role as protector of the citizenry, then, well, call me a “Trump supporter.” Abhor the style, embrace the policies. Now, to the question: The reader wanted to know why it is considered acceptable for the federal government to take land to build a wall, one that most Americans oppose, but not acceptable to Trump supporters for the government to take money from billionaires to help people who actually need help. As Democrats vie for attention in the crowded marketplace of political discourse, that question is fundamental to our future as a nation. Broken down, two essential questions emerge from that email: Do we enable the federal government to confiscate the fruits of capitalism and squander trillions of dollars for social programs and a massive bureaucracy? Do we want to ignore the need for orderly, controlled immigration in the name of open borders? While the moral equivalence between the two concepts in the reader’s query—national security versus welfare—escapes me, the questions nonetheless cut to the core of much of the political debate before us. Anyone who thought the 2016 election was monumental (and it was) should buckle up tightly because the next presidential election may actually set the tone for an entire generation, or two. That depends on how long it takes the electorate to come to its senses. Here’s why: Radical Democrats—which increasingly is to say, simply, Democrats—have embraced socialism as the party platform heading to 2020. They’ll cloak the confiscation of income and wealth in any number of euphemistic terms, but it’ll remain what it is, socialism. We’ll hear the term democratic socialism, which is an oxymoron if ever one existed, and we’ll hear about how the rich should be paying their “fair share.” We’ll hear about the rights we have to free education, free healthcare, and how a green society benefits mankind. Much of it will have one goal—to entice millennials and Gen Z voters to turn out in droves. That’s why we’ll hear all the rhetoric about free government services over the next 20 months or so.      A reader recently posed a question that is at once a legitimate conversation starter and a commentary on the current state of affairs in this country. Corresponding via email, this self-described independent indicated he proposed the question to me because he finds it difficult to talk to “most Trump supporters.” His questioning, he said, “seems to make them mad.” If his definition of a “Trump supporter” is someone who embraces the concepts of free markets, limited government, individual liberty, respect for the rule of law, and someone who sees government’s central role as protector of the citizenry, then, well, call me a “Trump supporter.” Abhor the style, embrace the policies. Now, to the question: The reader wanted to know why it is considered acceptable for the federal government to take land to build a wall, one that most Americans oppose, but not acceptable to Trump supporters for the government to take money from billionaires to help people who actually need help. As Democrats vie for attention in the crowded marketplace of political discourse, that question is fundamental to our future as a nation. Broken down, two essential questions emerge from that email: Do we enable the federal government to confiscate the fruits of capitalism and squander trillions of dollars for social programs and a massive bureaucracy? Do we want to ignore the need for orderly, controlled immigration in the name of open borders? While the moral equivalence between the two concepts in the reader’s query—national security versus welfare—escapes me, the questions nonetheless cut to the core of much of the political debate before us. Anyone who thought the 2016 election was monumental (and it was) should buckle up tightly because the next presidential election may actually set the tone for an entire generation, or two. That depends on how long it takes the electorate to come to its senses. Here’s why: Radical Democrats—which increasingly is to say, simply, Democrats—have embraced socialism as the party platform heading to 2020. They’ll cloak the confiscation of income and wealth in any number of euphemistic terms, but it’ll remain what it is, socialism. We’ll hear the term democratic socialism, which is an oxymoron if ever one existed, and we’ll hear about how the rich should be paying their “fair share.” We’ll hear about the rights we have to free education, free healthcare, and how a green society benefits mankind. Much of it will have one goal—to entice millennials and Gen Z voters to turn out in droves. That’s why we’ll hear all the rhetoric about free government services over the next 20 months or so. Sanders should have learned better over, oh, the last six decades of watching socialism fail. Ocasio-Cortez, meanwhile, is an apt representative of the clueless-but-involved voting block. Unlike the 77-year-old Sanders, her youthful idealism—she’s 29—gets in the way of a sane, clear-eyed view of the world. That points to the glaring flaw in the left’s socialism lovefest: How to pay for the guaranteed jobs, free college, and Medicare for all. In an article that appeared on last August, economist Brian Riedl maintained “that the democratic socialist agenda will face resistance not only from other lawmakers but from basic math.” The proposals—a.k.a. the freebies—the left wants to dole out would cost $42.5 trillion over a decade, according to Riedl. He calculated the 30-year cost of these programs to be $218 trillion. Riedl points out that his numbers “come from the Congressional Budget Office, top liberal think tanks, and the lawmakers themselves. They are the left’s own figures.” It’s a safe bet, nonetheless, that Dems will ignore basic math and make repeated appeals to voters with the promise of free stuff from the federal government. They’ll seize the political opportunities opened by promises that they’ll never be able to fulfill, especially not on the backs of working Americans. They won’t even be able to fund their dreams with their favorite targets, the rich, as they continue to stoke the fires of class envy. Given their skills at controlling the political narrative—aided by a willing national media—Democrat candidates will sweep the country with a renewed promise of change. In fact, yesterday’s hope and change is sure to become tomorrow’s empty, rebranded battle cry from the far left. Expect Dems to get their message out, loudly and clearly, facts and history be damned. One only needs to take note of how the controversy over a border wall has evolved from a Donald Trump campaign promise into an albatross that may send Trump to the margins, a defeated president with two successful years and two years of miserable wrangling with Nancy Pelosi’s merry band of radicals. The writer is a former journalist who teaches marketing at Hickory Ridge High School. He can be reached via 

:: 2--19 Algemeiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez Takes Heat for Corbyn Praise

avatar by Benjamin Kerstein

Freshman Congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez was criticized on Monday after she praised UK Labour party leader Jeremy Corbyn, who is viewed by many Jews as an antisemite. Ocasio-Cortez, a Bronx native, tweeted after a phone conversation with Corbyn, “It was an honor to share such a lovely and wide-reaching conversation with you, @jeremycorbyn!” “Also honored to share a great hope in the peace, prosperity, + justice that everyday people can create when we uplift one another across class, race, + identity both at home & abroad,” she added. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez It was an honor to share such a lovely and wide-reaching conversation with you, @jeremycorbyn! Also honored to share a great hope in the peace, prosperity, + justice that everyday people can create when we uplift one another across class, race, + identity both at home & abroad. Jeremy Corbyn @jeremycorbyn

Great to speak to @AOC on the phone this evening and hear first hand how she’s challenging the status quo. Let’s build a movement across borders to take on the billionaires, polluters and migrant baiters, and support a happier, freer and cleaner planet. 32.3K 6:58 PM - Feb 3, 2019 Twitter Ads info and privacy 9,805 people are talking about this

Her tweet was a response to a previous one from Corbyn, who wrote, “Great to speak to @AOC on the phone this evening and hear first hand how she’s challenging the status quo.”

“Let’s build a movement across borders to take on the billionaires, polluters and migrant baiters, and support a happier, freer and cleaner planet,” Corbyn said. Great to speak to @AOC on the phone this evening and hear first hand how she’s challenging the status quo. Let’s build a movement across borders to take on the billionaires, polluters and migrant baiters, and support a happier, freer and cleaner planet. 38.2K 4:35 PM - Feb 3, 2019 Twitter Ads info and privacy 12K people are talking about this

Corbyn, a far-left MP who took control of Labour in 2015, is known for his vehement anti-Israel positions. In recent years, his party has been hit by several antisemitism scandals, including some stemming from statements made by Corbyn himself. Polls indicate that the overwhelming majority of British Jews consider him an antisemite, and ex-Chief Rabbi of the UK Jonathan Sacks has compared him to the late Enoch Powell, a notoriously racist British politician. Concerned commentators reacted quickly to Ocasio-Cortez’s tweet, including New York Times columnist Bret Stephens, who wrote, “Jeremy Corbyn is an anti-Semite, @AOC, a view widely shared by Jewish members of the U.K. Labour Party. Please educate yourself before you embarrass yourself. Again.” Bret Stephens @BretStephensNYT Jeremy Corbyn is an anti-Semite, @AOC, a view widely shared by Jewish members of the U.K. Labour Party. Please educate yourself before you embarrass yourself. Again.

Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez@AOC It was an honor to share such a lovely and wide-reaching conversation with you, @jeremycorbyn! Also honored to share a great hope in the peace, prosperity, + justice that everyday people can create when we uplift one another across class, race, + identity both at home & abroad.  … 3,625 9:23 PM - Feb 3, 2019 Twitter Ads info and privacy 2,071 people are talking about this

Tablet journalist Yair Rosenberg wrote, “Imagine that 85% of Muslims polled said they thought a particular European leader was Islamophobic. Would you take that leader’s phone call and laud it as a step toward greater justice and equality? If not, please grant Jews the same consideration.”

(((Yair Rosenberg)))@Yair_Rosenberg · Feb 3, 2019 Replying to @AOC @jeremycorbyn

FYI:  …

(((Yair Rosenberg))) @Yair_Rosenberg Put this another way: Imagine that 85% of Muslims polled said they thought a particular European leader was Islamophobic. Would you take that leader's phone call and laud it as a step toward greater justice and equality? If not, please grant Jews the same consideration. (((Yair Rosenberg))) @Yair_Rosenberg 85% of British Jews think Jeremy Corbyn is anti-Semitic (

-corbyn-is-antisemitic-1.469654 …). 87% of Jews refused to vote for his Labour party in the last election, and for good reason:

will-vote-for-labour-in-the-general-election …@aoc might want to have her staff screen her calls more carefully.  …

1,889 7:53 PM - Feb 3, 2019 Twitter Ads info and privacy 386 people are talking about this

Share Share On Facebook Tweet Share On Twitter Print Print Article Email Email This Article

February 4, 2019 1:12 pm 2 New Congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez Takes Heat for Corbyn Praise avatar by Benjamin Kerstein Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (D-NY) looks on during an event organized by the Women’s March Alliance in the Manhattan borough of New York City, Jan. 19, 2019.

Freshman Congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez was criticized on Monday after she praised UK Labour party leader Jeremy Corbyn, who is viewed by many Jews as an antisemite.

Ocasio-Cortez, a Bronx native, tweeted after a phone conversation with Corbyn, “It was an honor to share such a lovely and wide-reaching conversation with you, @jeremycorbyn!” “Also honored to share a great hope in the peace, prosperity, + justice that everyday people can create when we uplift one another across class, race, + identity both at home & abroad,” she added. Her tweet was a response to a previous one from Corbyn, who wrote, “Great to speak to @AOC on the phone this evening and hear first hand how she’s challenging the status quo.” “Let’s build a movement across borders to take on the billionaires, polluters and migrant baiters, and support a happier, freer and cleaner planet,” Corbyn said. Corbyn, a far-left MP who took control of Labour in 2015, is known for his vehement anti-Israel positions. In recent years, his party has been hit by several antisemitism scandals, including some stemming from statements made by Corbyn himself. Polls indicate that the overwhelming majority of British Jews consider him an antisemite, and ex-Chief Rabbi of the UK Jonathan Sacks has compared him to the late Enoch Powell, a notoriously racist British politician. Concerned commentators reacted quickly to Ocasio-Cortez’s tweet, including New York Times columnist Bret Stephens, who wrote, “Jeremy Corbyn is an anti-Semite, @AOC, a view widely shared by Jewish members of the U.K. Labour Party. Please educate yourself before you embarrass yourself. Again.” Tablet journalist Yair Rosenberg wrote, “Imagine that 85% of Muslims polled said they thought a particular European leader was Islamophobic. Would you take that leader’s phone call and laud it as a step toward greater justice and equality? If not, please grant Jews the same consideration.” Conservative author Christina Sommers also chimed in, referencing the antisemitism scandals surrounding the leadership of the Women’s March, which severely damaged the movement’s reputation. “Dear Ms. Ocasio-Cortez, Mr. Corbyn is anti-Semitic. You do not want to do to the Democratic Party what @lsarsour & @TamikaDMallory did to the #WomensMarch,” Sommers tweeted. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez @AOC · Feb 3, 2019 It was an honor to share such a lovely and wide-reaching conversation with you, @jeremycorbyn! Also honored to share a great hope in the peace, prosperity, + justice that everyday people can create when we uplift one another across class, race, + identity both at home & abroad. Christina Sommers @CHSommers Dear Ms. Ocasio-Cortez, Mr. Corbyn is anti-Semitic. You do not want to do to the Democratic Party what @lsarsour & @TamikaDMallory did to the #WomensMarch. … 1,821 10:50 PM - Feb 3, 2019

A left-wing Jewish writer, however, appeared to succeed in raising Ocasio-Cortez’s consciousness on the issue. “I’m a huge huge fan of yours,” tweeted Elad Nehorai to Ocasio-Cortez. “I hope you’ll take a look at the amount of Jews trying to call attention to Corbyn’s long, documented history of anti-Semitism.” “The left’s blind spot in this regard can still be fixed,” he continued. “But we need leaders like yourself to listen.” Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez @AOC · Feb 3, 2019 It was an honor to share such a lovely and wide-reaching conversation with you, @jeremycorbyn! Also honored to share a great hope in the peace, prosperity, + justice that everyday people can create when we uplift one another across class, race, + identity both at home & abroad. Elad Nehorai @PopChassid I’m a huge huge fan of yours. I hope you’ll take a look at the amount of Jews trying to call attention to Corbyn’s long, documented history of anti-Semitism. The left’s blind spot in this regard can still be fixed. But we need leaders like yourself to listen. 3,873 7:32 PM - Feb 3, 2019 Twitter Ads info and privacy 992 people are talking about this “Thank you for bringing this to me,” replied Ocasio-Cortez to Nehorai. “We cannot + will not move forward without deep fellowship and leadership with the Jewish community. I’ll have my team reach out.” Elad Nehorai @PopChassid · Feb 3, 2019 Replying to @AOC @jeremycorbyn

I’m a huge huge fan of yours. I hope you’ll take a look at the amount of Jews trying to call attention to Corbyn’s long, documented history of anti-Semitism. The left’s blind spot in this regard can still be fixed. But we need leaders like yourself to listen. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez @AOC

Hi @PopChassid - thank you for bringing this to me. We cannot + will not move forward without deep fellowship and leadership with the Jewish community. I’ll have my team reach out. ?

6,434 8:04 PM - Feb 3, 2019 Twitter Ads info and privacy 2,086 people are talking about this 

:: 2-4-19 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How to get your child to just say no to socialism

By Justin Haskins | Fox News

Despite mountains of historical evidence revealing the dangers associated with socialism, support for Karl Marx’s collectivist ideas is steadily increasing. In an August 2018 Gallup Poll, 51 percent of young people aged 18-29 said they have a favorable opinion of socialism, compared to just 45 percent who said they view capitalism positively. Compare that to 2010, when 68 percent of young people said they view capitalism favorably. That’s a remarkable 33 percent decline in just eight years. Many parents who support the traditional American values of self-responsibility, individual liberty and free markets, have been left to wonder how they can teach their children the truth about collectivism and resist the rise of socialism. Below are strategies for talking to young people about the dangers of communism, socialism and other progressive ideas. DEMOCRATS NOW PUSHING MANY OF THE SAME SOCIALIST POLICIES THAT DESTROYED VENEZUELA Explain the meaning of socialism and why it’s immoral Every conversation about socialism should begin with a discussion about what it actually entails. Survey data show most Americans have no clue what socialism is, despite the fact that it’s regularly discussed in the media. Socialism is the collective ownership and management of property. In a purely socialist society – an idea Karl Marx called “communism” – all or nearly all property is owned and managed by the collective. Under such a scheme, people have very little power over their own lives. Even their homes are owned collectively. In the case of democratic socialism, this means that people are forced to live according to the desires of the majority. In many situations, a small group of people is given power by the majority, and that group typically ends up becoming tyrannical, as we’ve seen in China, North Korea and Venezuela. With this model in place, minorities don’t really have any rights. If the majority thinks people should live or work in a certain way, everyone is required to obey, even if it violates their deeply held beliefs. For example, in a socialist country, vegetarians would be required to be part owners in a slaughterhouse. In socialism, individual “rights” are mere illusions. Even free-speech rights are limited if they are deemed “harmful” to the rest of society – which means these “rights” don’t really exist at all. This is why human rights abuses are so common in countries that try to enact socialism. Emphasize charity, not government coercion For most young Americans, socialist ideas are appealing because they genuinely want to help those who are suffering. They believe single-payer health care, a “Green New Deal,” and other similar policies are compassionate. Conservatives have a tendency to dismiss these ideas without providing alternatives. This leaves younger people feeling frustrated. “Government social programs might not be perfect,” young liberals and socialists often tell me, “but at least liberals and socialists are trying to fix difficult problems like poverty. Conservatives and libertarians don’t care what happens to people who are suffering.” Whenever parents discuss socialism, they should always explain that it’s important to engage in charitable activities. Advocates of freedom do support helping others, they just don’t believe the government is best equipped to do it. This idea is best reinforced when families engage in charitable activities together. Parents must show their kids that motivated, compassionate conservatives care for those most in need and make the world a better place. This conversation allows parents to make a very important moral argument: Charity is morally positive, because it means people are voluntarily helping those in need, but government welfare programs – however well-intentioned they might be – are not forms of charity. They require the government to use force and coercion. Those who don’t want to pay for a government program because they think it isn’t helpful – or perhaps believe it’s harmful – are forced to pay their taxes and participate anyway. Those who refuse can end up in prison. Or, put simply, conservatives support people freely helping others, while those on the left advocate for forcing, manipulating and controlling people to accomplish their goals. Explain that there’s never been a successful socialist nation in world history Here’s a startling fact about socialism that every child should hear: During the past century, tens of millions of people have been killed, exiled or imprisoned by socialist and communist parties, and no country has ever successfully enacted a system that matches Marx’s vision for the world – a reality even the staunchest Marxist will admit. Kids often respond to this fact by saying that there are many examples of socialism working successfully. Like Sen. Bernie Sanders, I-Vt., and Rep. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez, D-N.Y., they point to Denmark, Norway and Sweden. The idea that Nordic nations are little socialist utopias is a gigantic myth. Denmark, Norway and Sweden are absolutely not “socialist” nations. Some parts of their economies have been socialized, like health care and higher education, but they are still market-based economies, and in many respects, their citizens are freer than Americans. For example, in the Heritage Foundation’s “2019 Index of Economic Freedom,” Denmark, Norway and Sweden all score higher than the United States in numerous categories, including “property rights” and “business freedom.” Furthermore, history has repeatedly shown that government can’t fix many of our most complex societal issues, even when it socializes just one part of the economy. For example, since the ObamaCare health insurance exchanges first opened, insurance premiums have doubled and deductibles have skyrocketed. Talking about the dangers of socialism with kids isn’t easy. Children are constantly being bombarded with pro-socialist messages from Hollywood, the music industry, professional sports and, most importantly, their teachers and professors. But if parents aren’t willing to put in the time to address these important ideas, who will? 

:: 2-1-19 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democratic Socialism — philosophy of poverty

By Alexander G. Markovsky, opinion contributor — 02/01/19 10:00 AM EST


The views expressed by contributors are their own and not the view of The Hill

The road from imperfect capitalism to socialist idealism is soaked with the blood of those who failed to appreciate the fairness of economic equality. Yet the socialist believers will not relinquish ideas that have been disproved repeatedly by historical precedents, and no amount of reality can shake their convictions. For them, acceptance of reality equates to a denial of faith.  It’s always the same — this time it is different; this time socialism is democratic. So, what is this mysterious democratic socialism? How is it different?  For the most of us who are not familiar with the terminology and Marxism, ponder this:  Social democracy is a political ideology that has as its goal the establishment of socialism through the implementation of a policy regime that includes, but is not limited to, high taxation, government regulation of private enterprises, and the establishment of a universal welfare state. In 1903 Marxist Russian Social Democratic Labor Party (RSDLP) was having the Second Party Congress to adopt the Party platform of transition from capitalism to socialism. The leaders of the Party, Julius Martov and Pavel Axelrod, aimed at a peaceful regime change via democratic process. After gaining power, they would use the authority of government bureaucracy to destroy capitalism by overburdening it with taxation and regulations. A radical faction led by Vladimir Lenin rejected this approach and demanded a revolutionary tactic with the imposition of the dictatorship of the proletariat.  Evidently, neither faction had illusions that this unnatural social organization could be implemented on a voluntary basis.  In the end, the Party split into Bolsheviks and Mensheviks. The Bolsheviks ultimately won, became the Communist Party of the Soviet Union, and eventually liquidated their comrades in arms in accordance with Marxist comradeship ritual.  Nowadays, the Mensheviks’ concept adopted by American socialists is being promulgated by Bernie Sanders and his disciples as an alternative to Marxism. This Marxist’s Trojan horse is intended to enact socialism by installing the Hugo Chavezes of this world through the democratic process. Democratic socialism is not a new version of socialism; it is just another method of establishing socialism.  This slow-roll strategy designed to do to the United States incrementally what Russian Bolshevism did to Russia in 1917 abruptly.  Notwithstanding its heavy Russian accent, democratic socialism is bringing under one roof all the true believers and intellectuals disheartened and disillusioned by the ugliness of Stalinism, Maoism, and other socialist “isms” but still yearning for equality, fairness and righteousness. It is also intended to ascertain ideological cohesion among pseudo-patriot advocates of strong governmental authority and left-wing lunatics, to whom capitalism is a common enemy.  Regardless of how the socialists come to power and what variants between political flavors of Christian democratic socialism, Soviet-style revolutionary socialism, Democratic socialism or any other kind of socialism are, they are all based on the same blueprint — Karl Marx’s "scientific socialism" — and share the common mantra: “fair and equitable” distribution of wealth. Hence, the differences are superficial. The ultimate goal of socialism is economic equality.  If the untutored graduates of Boston University and supporters of socialism absorb human history, they may realize that the only historical datum that points to economic equality goes back to the era of primitive communism. There were no property and no wealth, resulting in total economic equality — in poverty.  Ironically, this is the only way economic equality can be achieved. There is no equality in wealth.  Those who criticize socialism for its failure to create wealth are missing the point. Socialism is not about wealth creation; it is about wealth distribution. In this context, socialism works, it works as it supposed to. Venezuela, Cuba, North Korea, etc. are not socialism’s failures; they are actually a fulfillment. We have to be mindful that every ism — communism, socialism, fascism, etc. — has its supporters and benefactors. Those who imagine themselves on the receiving end, have every reason to think they will be better off with socialism.  In 1846 French philosopher and socialist Pierre-Joseph Proudhon criticized Karl Marx’s theories in his book “System of Economical Contradictions: or, The Philosophy of Poverty.” Since then, the generations of true believers have been endlessly stepping on the same rake expecting different results. In this manner, they have been proving time after time that Proudhon was right then and he is right now — socialism, whether democratic or otherwise, is the philosophy of poverty.

Alexander G. Markovsky is a senior fellow at the London Center for Policy Research, a conservative think tank hosted at King’s College, New York City, which examines national security, energy, risk-analysis and other public policy issues, He is the author of "Anatomy of a Bolshevik" and "Liberal Bolshevism: America Did Not Defeat Communism, She Adopted It.” He is the owner and CEO of Litwin Management Services, LLC. He can be reached at 

:: 2-3-19 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Venezuelan air force general becomes first high-ranking official to defect

By Eileen AJ Connelly February 2, 2019 | 8:27pm

A Venezuelan air force general on Saturday became the country’s first senior military official to defect from President Nicolás Maduro’s government, announcing support for mass protests to oust the socialist dictator. In a YouTube video posted Saturday, Gen. Francisco Yanez claimed that “90 percent” of the armed forces are against Maduro. Maduro began a second six-year term last month after a widely criticized election that barred political opponents from the ballot. Since then, the country’s economic and humanitarian crisis has only worsened. Venezuelan opposition leader Juan Guaidó, who last month claimed the mantle of “interim president,” on Saturday repeated his call to military and political leaders to “get on the side of the Venezuelan people.” Most of the country’s top military brass have backed Maduro in the weeks since the protests started. Venezuela’s aerospace command tweeted a picture of Yanez with the word “traitor” stamped on his face Saturday. The military helped Maduro survive mass protests in 2014 and 2017 by jailing activists and suppressing protests. But surrounded by thousands of roaring supporters, Guaidó, the 35-year-old president of Venezuela’s National Assembly, declared that protests will continue until Maduro agrees to new elections overseen by international observers. Maduro spoke at a rally in the capital Caracas that government workers said they were forced to attend. The ruler suggested he would call new elections for the National Assembly, instead of a presidential ballot. He maintained the protests are part of a US-led coup attempt. The Trump administration last month recognized Guaidó as the interim president has been leading international calls for Maduro to step down. Last year, US officials reportedly held secret meetings with rebellious military leaders to discuss plans to overthrow Maduro. And this week, the US imposed new sanctions against the state-owned oil company, an attempt to cripple the government by cutting off its main source of cash. “Do you think Venezuela is going to give up and obey your orders?” Maduro asked Trump during his rally. “We will not surrender.” Opposition leaders plan to bring humanitarian aid into the country in the coming days, Guaidó said. The effort will be a test for the military, which will have to choose between letting the aid through or obeying Maduro’s orders to stop it. He noted that military and police forces have not cracked down on protesters filling the streets in several cities, a sign their loyalties may be shifting. Post Wire Services 

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Listen carefully, ponder the words that I say unto you, for many things are going to take place now and you need to be prepared for those things.  Beware of the announcement of the ship that comes from Japan with a bomb.  Beware of the bookend effect on both west coast and east coast that will cause a gigantic earthquake that will affect the center, the center of the states.  Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

[ :: 12-31-13/1-1-14 New Year’s Eve Service (first word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc. We are going to see a magnetic reversal affecting the power grids.  Remember the Lord talked to us about buying generators etc.

:: 1-29-19 The Epoch Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China, Other Regimes Developing EMP Bombs That Can Wipe Out 90 Percent of Populations

By Nicole Hao January 28, 2019 Updated: January 29, 2019

A newly released U.S. congressional study says that China, Russia, Iran, and North Korea are developing powerful weapons that won’t kill people directly but can cripple critical life-sustaining infrastructure and cause mass populations to eventually die out. The study, titled “Nuclear EMP Attack Scenarios and Combined-arms Cyber Warfare” was written in July 2017 by Dr. Peter Vincent Pry, an expert on national and homeland security and director of the U.S. Nuclear Strategy Forum, a congressional advisory board. It was only cleared for public release by the U.S. Department of Defense in July 2018. Last week, the report was published for the first time, as reported by the Washington Free Beacon. Any nuclear weapon can generate electromagnetic pulses (EMP). But EMP bombs, sometimes referred to as sixth-generation weapons, can generate strong gamma rays and other radiation that spread very quickly. The radiation interacts with the oxygen and nitrogen atoms in the air to generate an extremely strong electromagnetic pulse. These pulses can damage all electrical and electronic equipment within the radius of the bomb. Meanwhile, a super-EMP bomb, also known as a nuclear EMP, causes a nuclear explosion through electromagnetic radiation, the study noted. The effects from an EMP bomb are dangerous within its entire field. This is why a scenario in which such weapons are deployed is referred to by U.S. analysts as “blackout warfare,” according to the congressional study. In addition, accuracy isn’t necessary in order to drop an EMP bomb, as the field coverage is so vast. An EMP bomb detonated at 30 kilometers (about 19 miles) has a radius on the ground of about 600 kilometers (about 373 miles). When the device detonates at 400 kilometers (about 248 miles), the radius reaches 2,200 kilometers (about 1367 miles), which is large enough to span an area from New York City to San Francisco. After the EMP bomb is detonated, it will generate a potentially catastrophic effect, damaging electric grids, computing systems, and electronic systems—including those used by the military and critical infrastructures such as telecom networks, fuel pipelines, banks, and sanitation systems. With electronic systems down, EMP-induced industrial accidents can spark explosions and widespread fires. When chemical plants explode, the toxic clouds generated would pollute the air, water, and earth. In addition, nuclear power reactors would run out of emergency power within days and explode, spreading radioactive plumes to nearby areas, the study predicted. Without clean air and water supplies, people would not be able to survive after a period of time. “In one year, as some EMP experts have warned for over a decade, 9 of 10 Americans are dead from starvation, disease, and societal collapse,” the study said. “The United States of America ceases to exist.” The study described hypothetical scenarios in which nuclear aggressors would deploy EMP bombs: Russia striking Europe; China targeting Taiwan; Iran targeting the Middle East, and North Korea targeting Japan. The study also played out scenarios in which these four countries would attack North America. To attack North America, these countries could use a wide range of methods to launch an EMP bomb: “satellite, a long-range missile, a medium- or short-range missile launched off a freighter, some kinds of cruise missiles and anti-ship missiles, a jet fighter or some kinds of jet airliner doing a zoom climb, even a meteorological balloon,” the study said. The study noted that “totalitarian and authoritarian” authorities are building super-EMP bombs now, but didn’t give an estimated timeline for completion of the weapons. 

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 4-25-18   pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Between Russia and China they own the sea, we search for their submarines and we cannot find them, we search for the battleships and without satellite we would never find them.  There is a great warfare ready to take place because of the sea; the ocean surrounds every little place there is.

:: 1-29-19 South China Morning Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China releases footage of ‘Guam killer’ DF-26 ballistic missile in ‘clear message to the US’

Next-generation missile with improved stability and accuracy launched during military exercise

Analyst says it’s a bid ‘to reinforce the notion that the PLA has the capability to sink US carriers and inflict unacceptable damage on American forces’

PUBLISHED : Monday, 28 January, 2019, 11:03pm UPDATED : Tuesday, 29 January, 2019, 11:17am

Lee Jeong-ho

China has revealed footage of its next-generation Dongfeng-26 ballistic missile showing improved stability and accuracy, a move analysts say aims to send a message to the United States about its military strength. Footage of the missile was released for the first time in a report on state broadcaster CCTV, amid intensifying military rivalry between China and the US. Four fin-like flight control surfaces are seen around the missile nose in the report on an exercise in northwest China. The People’s Liberation Army Rocket Force launched at least one DF-26 missile during the drill. Military analysts said the fin-like flight control surfaces provided better stability for the missile as it neared a moving target, such as a US aircraft carrier. The intermediate-range ballistic missile is also known as the “Guam killer” for its range – 3,000km to 5,741km (1,864 to 3,567 miles) – that puts the US island in the western Pacific within striking distance. It could be used in nuclear, conventional and anti-ship strikes, meaning China could use it to attack US aircraft carriers and naval bases in the Asia-Pacific region. China’s defence ministry in April confirmed the DF-26 had been put into service with the Rocket Force. Adam Ni, a China researcher at Macquarie University in Sydney, said the latest exercise sent “a clear message to the US about China’s growing missile capability, and that it can hold at risk US strategic assets, such as carriers and bases”. “It’s an attempt to reinforce the notion that the PLA has the capability to sink US carriers and inflict unacceptable damage on American forces,” Ni said. “Within the context of increasing strategic competition and tension between the two countries, the latest drills are just another signal to the US about the prevails of escalation, including by intervening militarily in support of Taiwan against China … We are likely to see more [of these drills] if bilateral relations worsen.” Footage of the exercise was released just one week after US Admiral John Richardson in Tokyo said the US Navy had not ruled out sending an aircraft carrier through the Taiwan Strait, despite China’s military technology advances posing a greater threat to its warships than ever before. Military tension between the two countries is escalating, with the US sending two warships through the strait on Thursday, and Taiwan saying multiple PLA military jets had also flown near the southern tip of the self-ruled island to the western Pacific for a drill that day. James Floyd Downes, a lecturer in comparative politics at the Chinese University of Hong Kong, said releasing footage of the missile drill was a calculated political act. “Beijing is demonstrating its military capacity and overall strength in power,” Downes said. “This is arguably a strategic power play and a sign to Washington and the Trump administration of its underlying military power … a key strategy taken directly from the realist playbook in international relations.” US says China’s growing military might is part of ‘diverse’ threat to national security Zhang Baohui, a director of the Centre for Asian Pacific Studies at Lingnan University in Hong Kong, said the drill was about deterrence amid rising tensions in the region. “China has repeatedly stated that the missile can hit moving targets like ships,” Zhang said. “While the overall probability of war between the US and China remains very low, Beijing is nonetheless concerned by recent changes in the dynamics of Sino-US relations. The public debut of the DF-26 could mean enhancing its general deterrence.” 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 1--19 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The REAL Resistance: Sheriffs in Washington State REFUSE to Enforce Unconstitutional Gun Laws

by Daisy Luther

Washington state recently introduced bills for some of the strictest gun laws in the country but they have some very important opponents: the sheriffs. Long thought to be the last line of defense between authoritarianism and freedom, sheriffs are in a unique position. As elected officials, basically nobody has authority over them – not the judges, not the Feds – no one except the people who may or may not choose to re-elect them. What are those new gun laws in Washington? In November, Washington voters passed a ballot initiative, I-1639. To purchase a semi-automatic rifle, buyers must be over 21, undergo an enhanced background check, must have completed a safety course, and need to wait 9 days to take possession of their weapon. And that’s not all. A gun owner who doesn’t store his or her weapon “properly” can be prosecuted. And that was just the beginning of the unconstitutional momentum. Feeling the wind at their backs after the ballot, gun campaigners and liberal legislators have now gone even further in the new legislative session. Bills introduced in the last week to Washington’s Democrat-dominated legislature look to further restrict firearms. Some laws would ban high capacity magazines and plastic guns made with 3D printers. Others would mandate training for concealed carry permits, and remove guns and ammo during and after domestic violence incidents. Washington’s attorney general, Bob Ferguson, who proposed several of the bills, said in an email: “Now is the time to act. Washingtonians have made it clear that they support common-sense gun safety reforms.” (source) Things are getting more and more difficult for gun owners in a state that has two very different demographics. Washington is a reflection of the rest of the US. The state of Washington is similar to the United States in general. The vast majority of the population lives in a few large cities, distant from the rural and small-town folks in a lot more than just mileage. The left-leaning cities are in direct opposition to the more right-leaning rural communities, but the rural communities are under the thumb of the city voters due to numbers. Back when they voted on I-1639, 27 of the 39 counties were against the measure, but because the twelve counties that voted FOR it were more populous, the initiative passed. Does this sound familiar? If it weren’t for the electoral college in national elections, we’d probably have Hillary Clinton as our president, and she’s notoriously anti-gun. The situation of gun owners would look very different right now if that had happened. Now the state is divided because the counties that voted against the measure are refusing to be governed by unconstitutional laws to which they objected in the first place And they’re supported by their sheriffs. Some Washington law enforcement officers are refusing to enforce these laws. Klickitat County Sheriff, Bob Songer, Republic police chief Loren Culp, and Ferry County Sheriff Ray Maycumber are among those who have publicly vowed not to enforce the new unconstitutional gun laws. In Ferry county in eastern Washington, more than 72% of voters rejected I-1639. In the county’s only incorporated city, Republic, the police chief Loren Culp asked the council in November to declare the city a “second amendment sanctuary”. That vote has been delayed until March, but in the meantime, like Songer, Culp says he will not enforce. The sheriff in Ferry county, Ray Maycumber, told the Guardian that he would not be enforcing the laws either, at least until the NRA’s litigation is completed. “There’s a window of time when I get to make the assessment”, he said. Should the NRA not succeed, he said, he would “consider if I want to go on in the job”. …The refusal of law enforcement officers to enforce the new restrictions plays into a longer history of so-called “constitutional” sheriffs resisting the gradual tightening of gun laws. There are also hints, in the stance, of the doctrine of “county supremacy”, long nursed on the constitutionalist far right, which holds that county sheriffs are the highest constitutional authority in the country. (source) Matt Marshall, the leader of the Washington Three Percent, is hoping to persuade other Washington counties to adopt local second amendment sanctuary ordinances. Next week, he meets with people in Lewis and Pierce counties to urge them to urge them to adopt resolutions not to enforce unconstitutional gun laws. This isn’t the first time that sheriffs have stood up against unreasonable laws. As elected officials, sheriffs have an obligation to their constituents and to the Constitution of the United States of America. In 2013, El Dorado County Sheriff John D’Agostini kicked the US Forestry Service out of his county. The El Dorado County Sheriff says he’s not happy with the U.S. Forest Service, so he’s stripping them of their authority by keeping them from enforcing state law within the county. Sheriff John D’Agostini is taking the unusual step of pulling the police powers from the federal agency because he says he has received “numerous, numerous complaints.” In a letter obtained by CBS13, the sheriff informs the federal agency that its officers will no longer be able to enforce California state law anywhere in his county. “I take the service that we provide to the citizens of El Dorado County and the visitors to El Dorado County very seriously, and the style and manner of service we provide,” D’Agostini said. “The U.S. Forest Service, after many attempts and given many opportunities, has failed to meet that standard.” (source) This kind of action is firmly supported by the 10th Amendment to the Constitution, which reads, “The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.” The power of county sheriffs was upheld in the Supreme Court. In 1994, Graham County Arizona Sheriff Richard Mack and Ravalli County Montana Sheriff Jay Printz successfully sued the Clinton Administration over the Brady Handgun Violence Prevention Act. Justice Antonin Scalia, Chief Justice William Rehnquist, and Justices Sandra Day O’Connor, Anthony Kennedy, and Clarence Thomas found that the Brady Act’s attempted commandeering of the sheriffs to perform background checks violated the tenth amendment. “The Framers rejected the concept of a central government that would act upon and through the States, and instead designed a system in which the State and Federal Governments would exercise concurrent authority over the people. The Federal Government’s power would be augmented immeasurably and impermissibly if it were able to impress into its service–and at no cost to itself–the police officers of the 50 States. …Federal control of state officers would also have an effect upon the separation and equilibration of powers between the three branches of the Federal Government itself.” (source) The decision upheld the power of county sheriffs. County sheriffs are the last legal line of defense. Legally speaking, our county sheriffs are the last line of defense in the battle for gun rights. Federal agencies do not have state powers. Due to the Constitution’s structure of dual sovereignty, the feds have no authority to enforce state laws. Furthermore, states cannot be compelled to enforce federal laws. (source) The next option is widespread civil disobedience, which we saw recently in New Jersey. Thanks to a December 5 ruling by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 3rd Circuit, New Jersey’s ban on gun magazines that hold more than 10 rounds took effect on December 10. By that date, all owners of heretofore legal “large capacity magazines” (LCMs) were required to surrender them to police, render them inoperable, modify them so they cannot hold more than 10 rounds, or sell them to authorized owners. Those who failed to do so are guilty of a fourth-degree felony, punishable by a maximum fine of $10,000 and up to 18 months in prison. How many of New Jersey’s 1 million or so gun owners have complied with the ban by turning LCMs in to law enforcement agencies? Approximately zero… (source) Try as anti-gun legislators and activists might, there is a difficult battle ahead for anyone who tries to disarm the American people. Between Constitution-supporting elected officials and American civilians who will not comply, the real Resistance seems to be ready…and armed. What do you think of these Sheriffs in Washington? 

:: 1-28-19 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Exterminating Whitey

The end game of identity politics.

January 28, 2019 Mark Tapson

In case anyone still needs confirmation, the rage and frenzy surrounding the supposed standoff caught on video last week between Covington Catholic High School students and an anti-Catholic, Native American activist demonstrates as nothing else has lately that the political left’s primary aim, the end game of identity politics, is the demonization of white Christian men. Covington student Nicholas Sandmann (pictured above) was the unfortunate epicenter of this tempest-in-a-teapot concocted entirely by the activist media, in which he and his classmates were falsely portrayed as racist bullies surrounding and taunting a frail Native American “elder,” Nathan Phillips. The truth – that it was the schoolboys who were verbally assaulted by Black Hebrew Israelite activists, and that Sandmann did and said nothing but stand his ground and smile in the face of Phillips’ provocation – swiftly came to light, but not before the entire country had squared off over the lie. It wasn’t that the news media got the story wrong, which would imply that they made a mistake, but that they didn’t care about getting it right. They didn’t care, because they saw an opportunity to dehumanize a white male wearing that triggering symbol of white supremacy, the “Make America Great Again” cap, and decided to run with a narrative that could be weaponized against President Trump and his “angry white male” supporters. “Pick the target, freeze it, personalize it, and polarize it,” master strategist Saul Alinsky once taught, and Catholic white boy Sandmann became the left’s target of the moment. Some media outlets gradually and quietly backed off from their original rush to judgment as more video and context emerged, but the damage was done, the political divide between Americans was widened, and the more fervent leftists clung to their bigoted view that Sandmann represents the toxic, Christian white male underbelly of an America that bears racism in its very DNA, as Barack Obama once declared. The media hurricane was reminiscent of the crazed spectacle of last October’s confirmation hearings for Supreme Court Justice Brett Kavanaugh, a devout Catholic who was viewed as the poster boy for the left’s favorite bogeyman, “white privilege.” Based on a single, decades-old, evidence-free allegation, the Alinsky-trained left smeared Kavanaugh as a drunken sexual predator (and even pedophile) whose addition to the Court would hurl women into a misogynistic dystopia straight out of The Handmaid’s Tale. Sandmann is the left’s new Kavanaugh. On Twitter, BuzzFeed senior culture correspondent Anne Helen Petersen made that connection explicit by pairing Sandmann’s photo with one of Justice Kavanaugh’s smiling face and called their expressions “the look of white patriarchy.” Ebony Elizabeth Thomas, a University of Pennsylvania associate professor in education, tweeted that Sandmann represents “the smiling face of whiteness.” So “Smiling While White” is now essentially a hate crime. In fact, Smiling While White is not even considered a smile; it’s a “smirk,” and smirking is now seen as something only whites do. Has no one ever seen Barack Obama’s face? Last month Democrat Senators Kamala Harris and Mazie Hirono grilled Trump judicial nominee Brian Buescher over his membership in the Catholic fraternal organization, the Knights of Columbus. Both hard-left Senators referred to the KoC’s “extreme positions” and Harris complained that it was an “all-male” institution – because any Christian-based institution that is all-male must be a hotbed of rapey patriarchs. Last week, Dan Levin, a reporter from the New York Times, went on Twitter with the hashtag “ExposeChristianSchools” digging for dirt on Christian educators. The day after his confrontation with Covington Catholic students, Nathan Phillips and his drum-and-chant ensemble, who demand reparations from the Catholic Church for indigenous peoples, tried to disrupt a Mass at the Basilica of the National Shrine of the Immaculate Conception in Washington D.C. What all this comes down to is identity politics, the Marxist-inspired ideology of divide-and-conquer. It shrewdly posits that the dynamics of Western society can be reduced simply to the conflict between oppressor and oppressed, and thus the most effective way to resist and ultimately overcome the oppressor is to define and categorize people not by their individual character but collectively by the immutabilities of race and sex. In America as well as elsewhere in the Western world, the oppressor is seen as the Christian white male, and all other identities belong to one or more categories of the oppressed. The end game is not unity of the body politic, not e pluribus unum, but the overthrow of the oppressor. In this worldview, if you are, say, black, then you are defined as an oppressed class regardless of what you think and believe, regardless of your economic stratum, regardless of your life experience. If you are a black who resents being lumped in with other blacks simply because of your skin color, and you resist the expectation to consider yourself a victim of white supremacy, then in the view of identity politics you aren’t really black. You are ostracized as a race traitor. Likewise for members of other designated victim groups. But for all the left’s obsession with victims, the demographic facing far-and-away the most open bigotry today is the oppressor class, white Christian men. Nowhere is this more evident than in the indoctrination mills of our universities, where entire Women’s Studies and Ethnic Studies departments extol the righteous victimhood of the oppressed classes, alongside proliferating programs on “deconstructing whiteness” and “toxic masculinity.” In response to the Covington controversy, Kevin Allred, a white man and purported educator who teaches a course in “Politicizing Beyoncé,” tweeted that “white people really are terrorists. whiteness is terrorism.” Substitute "blackness," "Jewishness," or "Muslims" for "white people" in that tweet and there would be a flood of hate speech accusations and a Twitter ban. But because the left has made it culturally acceptable to spew hatred at whites, Allred will face no consequences. Whites who object to this are dismissed by the left as whining snowflakes – proving the point that blatant bigotry against them is acceptable. None of this is new. Western civilization and the Christian white males with whom it is identified have been targeted increasingly for decades in the name of diversity and multiculturalism (recall Rev. Jesse Jackson in the 1980s leading Stanford protesters in the chant, “Hey ho, hey ho, Western Civ has got to go”?). As far back as twenty years ago, David Horowitz published a collection of essays called Hating Whitey about this dangerous phenomenon and its “growth industry” of anti-white activists and academics. Getting from hating whitey to literally exterminating whitey may be a bridge too far, but dismantling the purported white power structure by dehumanizing white males, inculcating a deep sense of guilt and self-hatred in them, and squeezing them out of positions of authority and influence is manageable and already underway. Especially with the onset of Trump Derangement Syndrome, the left has ramped up this offensive against the Christian white male “oppressors” such as 16-year-old Nicholas Sandmann who stand in the way of their “inclusive” Marxist utopia. And like Sandmann, we must stand our ground. 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc

:: 1-28-19 Paul Craig Roberts :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Delegitimization of the White Male

Paul Craig Roberts January 28, 2019

We know that the white male has been delegitimized. Women’s studies, black studies, Latino studies, and Identity Politics have been demonizing, and teaching hatered of, white males since the 1980s. But where did these hate-filled special interest groups get their power? The answer is that effete white males handed it to them. It was white male university administrators who created the anti-white male propaganda degrees called women’s studies and black studies. It is the white males in the Democratic Party who endorse Identity Politics, an ideology that puts responsibility for all the evil in the world on white males. The latest white male collapse is that of the president of Notre Dame University. Catholics, themselves formerly a marginalized people in the United States and Great Britain, are guilty, according to Rev. John Jenkins, Notre Dame’s president, of displaying in Notre Dame’s main building a wall mural painted by Luis Gregori in 1880. In the Identity Politics that now rules even Catholic universities, the 1880 painting is viewed in the 21st century as depicting native Americans in stereotypical submissive poses before white European explorers.  I would bet that most Americans would not read the painting in this way. But in American everything is determined by the few. Notre Dame’s president has decided that the solution to this “offense” is for the university to cover the mural. Apparently the only intelligent person present at Notre Dame university is a law student, Grant Strobl, who said that “if we adopt the standard of judging previous generations by current standards, we may reach a point where there are no longer accomplishments to celebrate.” This is a good point, but I would go farther. Luis Gregori’s painting was not intended to depict the submission of native Americans to the white man. Here we have another case of real history replaced by fake history with the connivance of the president of Notre Dame University. Think about this for a moment. Is Luis Gregori’s painting the only painting, the only piece of art that can be construed, or misconstrued, as giving offense? What about, for example, the iconic photograph of the raising of the flag on Iwo Jima? Isn’t this celebration of American triumph over the Japanese insensitive and offensive to Japanese? How many military memorials are there that cannot be construed as giving offense to someone? How many paintings of martial and religious events are there that Identity Politics or some protected group cannot find offensive? What happens to history and to literature when we have to pretend that things did not happen because they are offensive to someone? Are all of the cowboy and Indian movies destined for the Memory Hole? How many songs can survive the scrutiny given to “Baby Its Cold Outside”? What about the Rolling Stones “Let’s Spend the Night Together,” or the Beatles “Why Don’t We Do It In the Road?” What about rapper songs? As blacks rank higher in the “preferred minority” category than white women, why isn’t it racist for a white female to resist the sexual advances of a black male? You get the idea. It is endless. Many of those pushing Identity Politics will be surprised when it turns on them. Western Civilization is under attack for giving offense. Collapse is everywhere visible. Not even America’s most prestigeous Catholic university can defend an historic mural. Will Jesus be next? Jesus chased Jewish money-changers out of the temple. Doesn’t that make him an anti-semite or a self-hating Jew? The categories that are used today with so much authority make no sense. There is no such thing as white and black races. There are many different white nationalities and ethnicities. There are Germans, Italians, French, Scandinavians, Slavs, Dutch, Greeks, English, Irish, Scots, and so forth. Similarly for blacks. A Maasai is not a Zulu. A Tutsi is not a Hutu. There is no doubt that European nationalities have committed many atrocities, mainly against one another, as have black tribes. As recently as 1994 the Hutus killed one million Tutsis–70 percent of the Tutsi population–in the Rwanda Genocide. Just as it is not anti-American to criticize the United States, it is not anti-semetic to criticize Israel or sexist to criticize a woman or racist to criticize a black. Slavery is not a black/white issue. Over the course of history more whites have been enslaved than blacks. As Karl Polanyi documented in his book, Dahomey and the Slave Trade, black slavery originated in the slave wars of the black kings of Dahomey. Europeans purchased slaves from the black kingdom of Dahomey. Identity politics has turned Western civilization against itself. Those claiming victim status have acquired many privileges that violate equality under law. They are granted quotas in university admissions and appointments and in business employment and promotions. They can bring charges against those of European descent for insensitivity and racism by misconstruing language, expressions, body language, facial expressions, art works and scientific theories as racist. Females have acquired similar power over men. Black studies and women studies rewrite history in order to present the white male as a more hateful figure. Feminists and racial minorities can make inflammatory statements calling for the death of white males without suffering any consequence. Statements such as those by Texas State University student Rudy Martinez—“white is an abomination,” “I hate you because you shouldn’t exist,” “white death will mean liberation for all”—by Lisa Anderson-Levy, a dean at Beloit College—“whiteness poses an existential threat to social, political and economic life in the US”—and by Georgetown University professor Christine Fair who most certainly intended to offend the Senate Judiciary Committee and Kavanaugh— “Look at this chorus of entitled white men justifying a serial rapist’s arrogated entitlement. All of them deserve miserable deaths while feminists laugh as they take their last gasps. Bonus: we castrate their corpses and feed them to swine? Yes”—do not foster amiable race and gender relations. Moreover, these statements demonstrate the privileged position women and “preferred minorities” have achieved over white males. Any white male student, dean or professor who made such statements about blacks and women would be dismissed and made unemployable. Remember the senior engineer at Google who was fired for saying that men and women have different traits and are good at different tasks. Simply stating an obvious truth has become a firing offense. The United States was a unique country in which traditional European enemies became assimilated as Americans. But assimilation is no longer emphasized or even permitted. The celebration of diversity and multiculturalism has split the population into victimizer and victimized groups, with hatred of the former taught to the latter. In place of unity, disunity has been created. The American future is not promising. 

:: 1--19 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is Nancy Pelosi Helping to Coordinate a Red Dawn Incursion On Our Southern Border?

By Dave Hodges

Meet the new Benedict Arnold of our time. Here name is Nancy Pelosi. And her emerging story represents the biggest betrayal of the American people in the history of the country.  Pelosi Has Traveled to Mexico City-Twice! I have held this information for about 24 hours. From two confidential deep-cover sources, the CSS has learned that Pelosi has traveled to to Mexico City twice. Why? Nancy Pelosi and her Democratic party’s attempts to block the wall despite overwhelming support for the wall by more than half of America. Further, there is significant evidence that the wall is needed needed indicate there is an unknown reason for their defiance and the roots of that defiance lies in. In May of 2016, US Speaker of the House Nancy Pelosi visited the President of Mexico along with other Congressmen, including little known Texas Congressman Beto O’Rourke who recently said that it was time to ditch the Constitution. Funny how the same names keep appearing. What these Democrats discussed was never revealed. So, what was America’s biggest Mafia Princess doing in Mexico City? Actually she has been there twice. It is apparent to some that Pelosi is coordinating her domestic agenda with that of these planned incursions of the migrant caravans. These event certainly point to the fact that Pelosi and the current Mexican President are on board with this plan. Paul Preston On the CSS radio show, the founder of the New California movement, Paul Preston, has related what he knows about the caravans. First, the bulk of the newest caravans are not going to be crossing into the United States. Paul’s sources are telling him that their mission is to arrive in Mexico and create havoc for Mexico with the paramilitary forces that are embedded in these caravans. When the Mexican grid is taken down, millions of Mexicans will stream north and storm the US border looking for a safe haven. This will provide the cover for guerrilla forces to make their way into the United States. Before dismissing this information as speculative, one might want to consider the following intel: The following was sent to the CSS by a confidential source that has begun to prove their worth as a source of information: Mexican authorities sent warning to FBI that Los Zetas terror teams are receiving Cuban arms like mortars, explosives, long range sniper rifles, and large caliber tripod mounted machine guns to launch cross border attacks. Several Mexican Army Humvees were stolen last week and are on local garages having extra armor welded on. Be interesting to see if Laredo FBI even bother to alert local authorities. Since the immigration wars area product of the Axis of Unity, it makes perfect sense that Cuba has involvement on our border to the detriment of the American people. Interesting, that last night Fox News covered this sector in their news. Fox is reporting that this sector is under the cartel command of a man wanted in the US for attacking US citizens at a consulate. This area was being highlighted in the report as being an area where a wall is needed. By all accounts, it is interesting to note that these developments are developing into an all too familiar pattern. These guerrilla forces are planning to use the fleeing refugees who will be storming our border as cover to carry out paramilitary operations inside the United States. Many are aware of this plot. From a deep-cover ARSOF source: Dave, You have written extensively about a Red Dawn force. You are going to look like a prophet. This is not a direct land invasion, because what you speak of is covert. Stick with Laredo, this is only but one of the incursion sites for these planned paramilitary forces. There will be several incursion points from the various intelligence we are getting. I remember a piece you wrote about a Texas Ranger who tipped you on planned paramilitary attacks against small towns and their police forces. I believe you wrote about this about 4-5 years ago. This will soon become a reality. This is why the President put the troops on the border. The Calexit Connection There is a CALEXIT connection as well. Calexit’s participants included George Soros, ex-California Governor Jerry Brown, former Attorney General and present Presidential candidate Kamala Harris, the Mexican consulate, various drug cartels, ISIS, The Bank of China, factions of the Chinese government, ex-Obama administration officials such as Eric Holder and the United nations among others. Calexit was a separatist movement designed to place the State under the control of the UN. The desired effect would be to cause a severe economic decline in the rest of the country. California is responsible for 13% of all agriculture in the US and a higher number in retail. Civil disruption will be at its highest peak in California. Conclusion This story is a work in process. It is clear that the Calexit movement has fizzled but it remnants are still very dangerous to border security. I am satisfied that the Axis of Unity is indeed in charge of invading the US with forced immigration and the implantation of 5th column forces. The forces of Calexit, the Axis of Unity from which these attacks are coordinated. I am satisfied that Pelosi is coordinating these events with her domestic agenda. There is much more to come on this story. 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 1-29-19 Sky Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Texas Bills Threaten To Ban Christianity And Biblical Teachings ANYWHERE Outside A Church Building

January 29, 2019 by SkyWatch Editor

Some conservatives are worried that the liberal Left and some upcoming Texas state bills may try “to ban Christianity in Texas.” Erick Erickson, a conservative blogger and radio host, writes in The Resurgent, that some half a dozen bills will ban Christianity “in all but name.” This continues a long line of thought first advocated by the Obama Administration, which sought to restrict the ‘free exercise’ clause of the First Amendment to a ‘freedom of worship’ standard. In other words, be a Christian in church on Sunday, but nowhere else,” he says… (READ MORE) 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 1-29-19 Government Propaganda :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran Ayatollah says Muslims will take over the White House

January 29, 2019 by Jon Watkins

Iranian Ayatollah: “Until we turn the White House into a Shiite Islamic center, we’ll all shout: Death to America!” The Camel already has its nose under the tent since the Muslim Obama was elected in 2008. There are two Jihadi Bitches that were elected in 2018 by really stupid people. Minnesota is a haven for radical Muslims and Obama had his share of Jihadist’s advising him! Jihad Watch – “With our hopes high, we are fighting and awaiting the day when the banner of “There is no god but Allah and Muhammad is His Messenger” will fly all over planet Earth and the one global and just rule of the Mahdi will be established.” This man is the representative of Iran’s Supreme Leader in Fars Province. But remember: those who call attention to such aspirations are racist, bigoted “Islamophobes.” “Ayatollah Lotfollah Dezhkham, Khamenei’s Representative in Fars Province: We Will Shout ‘Death to America’ until We Turn the White House into a Shiite Islamic Center,” MEMRI, January 25, 2019: Ayatollah Lotfollah Dezhkham, Khamenei’s representative in the Fars Province of Iran, delivered a Friday sermon in the city of Shiraz on January 25, 2019. Ayatollah Dezhkham said that the Iranian people are fighting and awaiting the day when the banner of Islam will fly all over the planet and the Mahdi establishes his global rule. He said that the economic sanctions are evidence that the U.S. and President Trump are terrified of Iran, and added: “Until we turn the White House into a Hussainiya [Shiite Islamic center], we will all continue to shout: ‘Death to America!’” The crowd subsequently chanted: “Death to America!” Ayatollah Lotfollah Dezhkham: With our hopes high, we are fighting and awaiting the day when the banner of “There is no god but Allah and Muhammad is His Messenger” will fly all over planet Earth and the one global and just rule of the Mahdi will be established. Who says that the time for these things has passed? This is what the Islamic Revolution has brought. Today, the enemies have realized that those who oppose them are strong. Allah be praised, they are terrified. If America had not been terrified, it would not have imposed such comprehensive sanctions, which target even the bread that people eat. If Trump is not afraid, he should let us sell our oil undisturbed and bring dollars easily [into Iran]. You poor thing! You are terrified! He is only pretending and acting like a bully. He is afraid of the Iranian people. The loud cry of the Iranian people epitomizes the fight against global arrogance, and makes them tremble in fear… Until we turn the White House into a Hussainiya [Shiite Islamic center], we will all continue to shout: “Death to America!” Crowd: Death to America! Death to America! Death to America! Death to America! 

:: 1--19  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Robert Mueller's Witch Hunt of Roger Stone

The sharks are in the water. Blood attracts their attacks. The smell of a prime time inquisition has the executers sharpening their knives to take down the biggest scalp yet in the Mueller feast of establishment warlocks. Roger Stone is a master at shaping a public persona. Simply, this is a dangerous game, especially when the corporate media and the radical social networks labor to destroy your influence and target you as an enemy of the state. Appointed as Special Counsel by Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein, Robert Mueller was assigned the task of investigation and prosecution of alleged Russian intervention into the 2016 election. Note the criteria of "the regulations under which he made the appointment require (a) a factual basis for believing that a federal crime worthy of investigation or prosecution has been committed; (b) a conflict of interest so significant that the Justice Department is unable to investigate this suspected crime in the normal course; and (c) an articulation of the factual basis for the criminal investigation — i.e., the investigation of specified federal crimes — which shapes the boundaries of the special counsel’s jurisdiction." Process offenses absent of an underlying crime do not meet the jurisdiction standard. Mike Adams in What a FARCE! Roger Stone arrested, charged with “process crimes” – NO collusion – while CNN tipped off to capture the theatrics on video, sums up quite nicely. "If lying to Congress is a crime, where is the arrest of Hillary Clinton, James Comey, Andrew McCabe and Barack Obama himself? And where is the evidence of collusion against Roger Stone, anyway? The deranged, dishonest left-wing media keeps telling us that “Trump colluded with Russia,” but when it comes down to all the staged arrests and criminal charges, there’s no collusion to be found at all. Robert Mueller has become the “King of process crimes” who specializes in trapping people with minor misstatements, then staging pre-dawn armed raids on camera in order to feed fresh meat to the liberal mob media." A Federal prosecutor, much less an august Special Counsel operate as government extortion thugs under the full protection of the power elite that makes up the criminal syndicate of a global empire cabal. Anyone who has experienced being a subject of a Department of Justice target letter, usually learn that invoking your fifth amendment right is the only method to avoid the sinister entrapment deceptions that jeopardize reprisal against the individual who is a focus in a politically motivated probe. The literal jurisdiction and the spirit of the law will never stand in the way of a fishing expedition. Threatening potential deponents and forcing their flipping is the primary tactic used to compel false witness testimony. The Hill, in their account Former Stone associates indicates willingness to testify against him, exemplifies just how corrupt this prosecution method works and how it turns into the persecution of the innocent. "Jerome Corsi and Randy Credico, who have appeared before the grand jury impaneled by special counsel Robert Mueller and provided documents contradicting Stone's congressional testimony, signaled they would serve as witnesses if the case goes to trial." Whether one believes the innuendo of Corsi or Credico is not the primacy issue. The point of convergence deflects from the actual mission of the Special Counsel. What is the crime if Roger Stone actually had contact with WikiLeaks? Do you really believe that the sealed indictments against Julian Assange and the risk of eventual extradition to the U.S. have nothing to do with the pressure on Corsi and Credico to break Roger Stone? Least one forgets, this account about Roger Stone appeared in The New American almost a year ago, Seth Rich Murdered for DNC Leak to WikiLeaks.

"In an interview with The New American magazine, legendary political operative Roger Stone expressed his belief that Democratic National Committee employee Seth Rich was murdered for political purposesnot as a robbery gone bad. In particular, Stone said it was “abundantly clear” that Rich was murdered for having blown the whistle on the DNC by leaking explosive documents to WikiLeaks. Even former DNC boss Donna Brazile — certainly no member of The John Birch Society, Stone said — expressed fear for her life after crossing the Clintons. Stone also said Julian Assange was a journalist and a “truth teller,” not a criminal. Ironically, he noted that liberals loved the WikiLeaks chief when he was exposing the Bush dynasty, but suddenly turned on him when leaks about the Clinton dynasty and Obama began emerging. The Supreme Court has ruled that media may publish information they receive, even if it's classified, and yet the establishment has gone to extremes trying to bring him down. Trump should pardon Assange to end the “idiocy,” Stone said." If occultist Mueller has a popular protagonist, it might well be inspector Javert of Les Misérables infamy, but the reality is that he has more in common with Joseph Guillotin. In his quest to be judge, jury and executioner of President Trump, Mueller is intent to entangle an ever expanding net of international conservatives in his political blood sport angling. Peter Jukes offers these main topics about Cambridge Analytica, Bannon’s Brexit with Nigel Farage and Boris Johnson in Nigel Farage and Boris Johnson Adviser Steve Bannon Implicated in Mueller Investigation. Jukes claims "as Steve Bannon is identified as the ‘High-Ranking’ Trump Campaign official in the Roger Stone indictment, the question of Russian collusion not only moves upwards to the President, but across the Atlantic." If this is the best that the Deep State can do to smear President Trump and place Roger Stone in a supermax prison of silence for life, who can defeat the establishment in their rigged Kangaroo court? Objective observers would conclude that the Mueller investigation is illegitimate. This modern day Robespierre is forging a legacy of public revulsion that covers-up the definite Hillary Clinton Uranium One crimes and John Podesta email offenses.

SARTRE - January 29, 2019 

:: 1-28-19 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Roger Stone: Mueller Thinks He Will Remove Trump and VP Pence and Replace Them with Nancy Pelosi

8,232 views james hoft

Published on Jan 28, 2019

Roger Stone: Mueller Thinks He Will Remove Trump and VP Pence and Replace Them with Nancy Pelosi 

:: 1-28-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Censoring 2020 Has Already Begun As Big Tech 'Pulls Out All The Stops' To Prevent Independent Media From Countering The 'Official Narrative'

- They Want Us Gone Before The 2020 Elections

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine January 28, 2019

As more and more Democrats throw their hat in the ring, already announcing they'll be running for president in 2020, big tech has begun to pull out all the stops to prevent Independent Media (IM) from bypassing the mainstream media narrative by not only limiting the reach of IM articles and video reporting, but actively hiding reports that do not conform to their narrative, while Microsoft is attempting to blacklist entire websites, such as Drudge and Breitbart by declaring them fake news. YOUTUBE CENSORS 'BORDER-LINE CONTENT' AKA CONSPIRACY VIDEOS YouTube, a site made popular by videographers that questioned the official narrative, quite literally turning it into the biggest video platform on the Internet to date, although others are now becoming pretty popular given YouTube's recent censorship practices, has decided to flip the very creators that made them so big, a huge middle finger by announcing that they would be hiding content they consider to be "conspiracy." Via Google's blog post on the new changes: We’ll continue that work this year, including taking a closer look at how we can reduce the spread of content that comes close to—but doesn’t quite cross the line of—violating our Community Guidelines. To that end, we’ll begin reducing recommendations of borderline content and content that could misinform users in harmful ways—such as videos promoting a phony miracle cure for a serious illness, claiming the earth is flat, or making blatantly false claims about historic events like 9/11"Reducing recommendations" is code for censoring, hiding videos from users even if they are searching using specific terms. If YouTube deems the informative video to be out-of-the-box, something that questions the official narrative, AKA "conspiracy" theories, then a user will not be able to find it in the recommendations, which is supposed to pull up videos most searched for by the user to recommend content they are interested in. For example: I find natural remedies to be amazing, and far less harmful on the body than big pharma products, as we recently published a piece showing the amazing things that garlic can do for the body. In that piece Stefan Stanford quoted detailed some of those benefits, such as "Garlic possesses potent, natural antibiotic and antimicrobial properties able to protect against plague. Garlic is also high in antioxidants that destroy free radicals, supporting a strong immune system. The active ingredient in garlic, allicin, contains antibacterial, anti-fungal and anti-viral properties known to kill numerous disease-causing bacteria." Stefan also offered a small note on our personal experiences using garlic, stating "(ANP: Both Susan and I have used this very garlic oil supplement to successfully fight off tooth infections.)

The point here is YouTube, by the description above, plans to stop recommending videos that might promote the use of a natural remedy, yet they continue to promote channels such as CNN, that have been busted countless times "misinforming" viewers, as the documented cases of MSM "fake news" continues to increase with each passing week. Related: 12 Crazy Conspiracy Theories That Actually Turned Out to Be True Not only are they flipping off the very users that made them the largest video platform, but are also treating those that want to see those videos like children by preventing them from accessing exactly what they are searching for. In order to make sure you see something you want, one would have to go directly to the video channel of their favorite YouTubers and access it directly, otherwise they won't even know the videographer published something new. MICROSOFT BLACKLISTING INDEPENDENT MEDIA WITH 'NEWSGUARD' Breitbart and others recently reported on a new Microsoft default extension that partners with "Newsguard," to basically blacklist Independent Media and conservative websites by presenting users a red warning label, yet offers green label to websites like BuzzFeed, CNN and Media Matters, all far left liberal websites that often promotes fake news, as BuzzFeed has been embroiled in scandal for doing over this past week. Without consulting with its users, Microsoft has installed an establishment media browser extension, purportedly designed to rate the accuracy of news websites, as a default extension on mobile versions of its Edge browser. In practice, it creates a news blacklist by warning users away from sites including Breitbart News, The Drudge Report, and the Daily Mail. The browser extension, called “Newsguard,” presents users with a red warning label if they navigate to a website that it judges to be unreliable. A “green” rating is given to websites that NewsGuard considers trustworthy. A number of pro-Trump websites, including Breitbart News, are given a “red” rating by the extension. Related: Fact Check: Media Blacklisters NewsGuard Promotes Fake News, Repeatedly Violates Own Standards RT provides a screen shot of the red warning label seen when a user goes to Wikileaks, who in their history has never been found to have published fake news. GOOGLE TRIES TO PREVENT INDEPENDENT MEDIA READERS FROM COMMUNICATING  Another form of attack against not only Independent Media websites, but against those that read those sites is Google's ongoing attempts to prevent readers from communicating with each other via the comment section. The majority of IM sites, like ANP, uses Disqus, for a variety of reasons. For ANP it is because Disqus allows guest postings if the website owners allow it in their settings. ANP has always felt that anyone should be able to share their opinion without having to register to a service if they do not wish to register. As the screen shot above, taken just this morning, shows, Google's gmail is still pushing a "suspicious link" message when the "Reply to" link is clicked to respond to a comment that was made. While the warning asks "Are you sure you want to proceed to," the actual link doesn't take users to the Disqus website, but takes them directly to the ANP comment section to communicate with each other. Frankly to me the attempt to prevent IM readers from communicating, and Google's Gmail has been doing this for months now, is just another way to censor news. At ANP we encourage people to share other websites' reports and articles, videos, freely exchange ideas, debate and basically encourage our online family of PipeLiners to talks about anything they like without acting like "topic police," by trying to make everyone focus only on the topic of the article. BOTTOM LINE - THEY WANT US GONE BEFORE THE 2020 ELECTIONS These new methods being utilized by big tech, along with the ongoing social media censorship of conservatives, are all in preparation to destroy Independent Media before the next election cycle. With Facebook and Google controlling up to 80 percent of digital advertising, and the ads they do allow on IM sites are the ones that pay the least amount, yet every dollar counts when trying to keep our heads above water. Google also deliberately downranks IM websites in their search results. The attacks against IM websites, collectively, makes the revenue generation for Independent Media continue to spiral downwards. It is a vicious cycle, and it is getting worse as they pull out all the stops, and without the generosity of readers, sharing our articles, emailing them to friends, and generously donating as many continue to do, ANP wouldn't still be around, so we want to offer a huge THANK YOU to our readers and those that comment and donate. Below, Benn Swann joins RT to explain who is behind the creation of Newsguard, which is now blacklisting IM websites, and why. 

:: 1-29-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gmail is back online after crashing for users around the world and leaving them with the dreaded 'Error 404' message

Users around the world reported issues with their Gmail account from 11am

Most issues involved the 'Error 404' message popping up when trying to log in

The UK and Europe were the worst affected regions hit by the outage

Gmail is now up and running smoothly with no reported outages

By Joe Pinkstone For Mailonline and Victoria Bell For Mailonline Published: 07:25 EST, 29 January 2019 | Updated: 10:25 EST, 29 January 2019

Google's flagship email service, Gmail, has resumed normal service after crashing for hundreds of users across the globe, leaving them unable to read their emails. Customers complained that they had sign in issues and were presented with the pop up 'Error 404' message along with the picture of a broken robot. DownDetector, the popular outage monitor app, reported that issues began around 11am GMT on both desktops and mobile apps. They reportedly registered over 400 reports from users insisting Gmail was not working properly. Users around the UK and Europe appear to be most affected as the US remains asleep. A number of users took to Twitter to complain about the rare occurrence.

Amit Khandelwall wrote: ' We are getting an error message on loading Gmail. Server crash?' Joe Morris wrote: 'The world is coming to an end. GMAIL is down.' Mariella Besana tweeted: 'So I wasn't able to log in not because of the internet, not because of my gadget, and not because I entered a wrong password. But because GMAIL IS DOWN. I am kinda relieved then also worried at the same time right now. Yikes!'  Google said it was aware of the problem and would be posting updates as it attempted to fix it. 'We're aware of a problem with Gmail affecting a significant subset of users,' the Gmail status page read. 'We will provide an update by 1/29/19, 12:50 PM detailing when we expect to resolve the problem. Please note that this resolution time is an estimate and may change.' 

:: 1--19 Climate Depot :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Keeping It Cool: Welcome to the Idle-Free Zone

By Sheila Zilinsky

Eco Friendly, Not People Friendly

This past weekend I was in Vancouver, BC with my 17-year-old son. I agreed to pick him up in front of our hotel once we had lunch. After idling for several minutes in my Jeep SRT, the carbon-neutral cult descended on me like a swarm of mad locusts. I was vociferously anathematized as a polluting pariah as I was after-all, killing the ‘great goddess.’ Imagine the horror of a blonde Canadian idling her vehicle in cold weather, leaving a 5-minute-long cloud of exhaust in her wake. Oh, the atrocity! After the incident and a few calls later, I came to find out that idling is ILLEGAL in Vancouver and comes with a hefty fine. But don’t worry – there’s a way to get cash for your climate woes. If Agenda 21 and Agenda 30 weren’t bad enough, the new “Idle No More Movement” (not to be confused with the Aboriginals saving the planet movement of the same name) is in full effect. 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 1-28-19 Before it is News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::


Monday, January 28, 2019 17:39

Edward Snowden has just made that abundantly clear to the entire world. Are you on the list?

Are you one of the millions of Americans that have been designated a threat to national security by the U.S. government? Will you be subject to detention when martial law is imposed during a major national emergency? Main Core is the code name of an American governmental database that is believed to have been in existence since the 1980s. It is believed that Main Core is a federal database containing personal and financial data of millions of United States citizens [clarification needed] believed to be threats to national security. The data, which is believed to come from the NSA, FBI, CIA, and other sources, is collected and stored without warrants or court orders. The database’s name derives from the fact that it contains “copies of the ‘main core’ or essence of each item of intelligence information on Americans produced by the FBI and the other agencies of the U.S. intelligence community”. The Main Core database is alleged to have originated with the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) in 1982, following Ronald Reagan’s Continuity of Operations plan outlined in the National Security Directive (NSD) 69 / National Security Decision Directive (NSDD) 55, entitled “Enduring National Leadership”, implemented on September 14, 1982. As of 2008, there were allegedly eight million Americans listed in the database as possible threats, often for trivial reasons, whom the government may choose to track, question, or detain in a time of crisis. The existence of the database was first asserted in May 2008 by Christopher Ketcham and again in July 2008 by Tim Shorrock. As you will see below, there is actually a list that contains the names of at least 8 million Americans known as Main Core that the U.S. intelligence community has been compiling since the 1980s. A article on Washington’s Blog quoted a couple of old magazine articles that mentioned this program, and I was intrigued because I didn’t know what it was. So I decided to look into Main Core, and what I found out was absolutely stunning – especially in light of what Edward Snowden has just revealed to the world. It turns out that the U.S. government is not just gathering information on all of us. The truth is that the U.S. government has used this information to create a list of threats to national security that the government would potentially watch, question or even detain during a national crisis. If you have ever been publicly critical of the government, there is a very good chance that you are on that list. At the time, the shocking information that he revealed did not get that much attention. That is quite a shame, because it should have sent shockwaves across the nation… According to a senior government official who served with high-level security clearances in five administrations, “There exists a database of Americans, who, often for the slightest and most trivial reason, are considered unfriendly, and who, in a time of panic, might be incarcerated. The database can identify and locate perceived ‘enemies of the state’ almost instantaneously.” He and other sources tell Radar that the database is sometimes referred to by the code name Main Core. One knowledgeable source claims that 8 million Americans are now listed in Main Core as potentially suspect. In the event of a national emergency, these people could be subject to everything from heightened surveillance and tracking to direct questioning and possibly even detention. Of course, federal law is somewhat vague as to what might constitute a “national emergency.” Executive orders issued over the last three decades define it as a, “natural disaster, military attack, [or] technological or other emergency,” while Department of Defense documents include eventualities like “riots, acts of violence, insurrections, unlawful obstructions or assemblages, [and] disorder prejudicial to public law and order.” According to one news report, even “national opposition to U.S. military invasion abroad” could be a trigger. So if that list contained 8 million names all the way back in 2008, how big might it be today? That is a very frightening thing to think about. Later on in 2008, Tim Shorrock of also reported on Main Core… Dating back to the 1980s and known to government insiders as “Main Core,” the database reportedly collects and stores – without warrants or court orders – the names and detailed data of Americans considered to be threats to national security. According to several former U.S. government officials with extensive knowledge of intelligence operations, Main Core in its current incarnation apparently contains a vast amount of personal data on Americans, including NSA intercepts of bank and credit card transactions and the results of surveillance efforts by the FBI, the CIA and other agencies. One former intelligence official described Main Core as “an emergency internal security database system” designed for use by the military in the event of a national catastrophe, a suspension of the Constitution or the imposition of martial law. So why didn’t this information get more attention at the time? Well, if Obama had lost the 2008 election it might have. But Obama won in 2008 and the liberal media assumed that he would end many of the abuses that were happening under Bush. Of course that has not happened at all. In fact, Obama has steadily moved the police state agenda ahead aggressively. Edward Snowden has just made that abundantly clear to the entire world. After 2008, it is unclear exactly what happened to Main Core. Did it expand, change names, merge with other programs or get superseded by a new program? It appears extremely unlikely that it simply faded away. In light of what we have just learned about NSA snooping, someone should ask our politicians some very hard questions about Main Core. According to Christopher Ketchum, the exact kind of NSA snooping that Edward Snowden has just described was being used to feed data into the Main Core database… A host of publicly disclosed programs, sources say, now supply data to Main Core. Most notable are the NSA domestic surveillance programs, initiated in the wake of 9/11, typically referred to in press reports as “warrantless wiretapping.” A front-page article in the Wall Street Journal shed further light onto the extraordinarily invasive scope of the NSA efforts: According to the Journal, the government can now electronically monitor, “huge volumes of records of domestic e-mails and Internet searches, as well as bank transfers, credit card transactions, travel, and telephone records.” Authorities employ “sophisticated software programs” to sift through the data, searching for “suspicious patterns.” In effect, the program is a mass catalog of the private lives of Americans. And it’s notable that the article hints at the possibility of programs like Main Core. “The [NSA] effort also ties into data from an ad-hoc collection of so-called black programs whose existence is undisclosed,” the Journal reported, quoting unnamed officials. “Many of the programs in various agencies began years before the 9/11 attacks but have since been given greater reach.” The following information seems to be fair game for collection without a warrant:

the e-mail addresses you send to and receive from, and the subject lines of those messages

the phone numbers you dial, the numbers that dial in to your line, and the durations of the calls

the Internet sites you visit and the keywords in your Web searches

the destinations of the airline tickets you buy

the amounts and locations of your ATM withdrawals

the goods and services you purchase on credit cards

All of this information is archived on government supercomputers and, according to sources, also fed into the Main Core database. This stuff is absolutely chilling. And there have been hints that such a list still exists today. What in the world is happening to America? What in the world are we turning into? 

:: 1-28-19 The Mind Unleashed :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Mind Unleashed

Artificial Intelligence Is Already Sending People to Jail — and Getting It Wrong

Elias Marat Jan 28, 20192

As machine-learning algorithms, big data methods and artificial intelligence are increasingly used in the toolkit of U.S. law enforcement agencies, many are worrying that the existing biases of the criminal justice system are simply being automated – and deepened. Police departments are increasingly relying on predictive algorithms to figure out where to deploy their forces by blanketing cities with a mesh of human-based and computerized surveillance technology including, but not limited to, data-mining, facial recognition, and predictive policing programs. This comes despite the flaw in such tools. Facial recognition software have often held a bias toward darker-skinned individuals, including mistaking members of Congress for criminal suspects. In essence, racial profiling has become automated while allowing law enforcement agencies to claim that the computers are race-neutral tools. In Los Angeles County, for example, all 47 police agencies are plugged into a biometrics system maintained by NEC Corporation of America, which claims to have the capacity to incorporate 15 million subjects into its facial recognition platform – giving a powerful boost to a wide-ranging suite of technology including closed-circuit cameras, StingRay phone trackers, and earthquake prediction software that identifies alleged crime “hot spots” based on historic data. And now, courtrooms are increasingly relying on criminal risk assessment algorithms, according to a new report from MIT Technology Review. Under the guise of trimming the number of prisoners while processing defendants efficiently, prisoners are being assigned recidivism scores that estimate to what extent it is likely that a perpetrator may or may not reoffend. As author Karen Hao explains: “A judge then factors that score into a myriad of decisions that can determine what type of rehabilitation services particular defendants should receive, whether they should be held in jail before trial, and how severe their sentences should be. A low score paves the way for a kinder fate. A high score does precisely the opposite. The logic for using such algorithmic tools is that if you can accurately predict criminal behavior, you can allocate resources accordingly, whether for rehabilitation or for prison sentences. In theory, it also reduces any bias influencing the process, because judges are making decisions on the basis of data-driven recommendations and not their gut. You may have already spotted the problem. Modern-day risk assessment tools are often driven by algorithms trained on historical crime data.” The Mind Unleashed 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-12-13 am service (first word)  :: ::  :: ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. the world is in darkness and that darkness continues to grow darker and darker and darker, for they follow the evil plans of the enemy and they know not which plans they follow, they just desire to be the conquerors the controllers, the dictators etc.

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 1--19 Concerned Us Patriots :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::


During a government shutdown that furloughed hundreds of thousands of workers, the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) continued operating and quietly received a $400,000,000 budget increase to further its insidious agenda to enslave or eradicate a majority of the population. At an agency meeting last Tuesday, FEMA Director Brock Long told regional subordinates that citizens who question the agency’s mission are “nothing more than cattle” and must be treated as hostile combatants. He cited a recent disturbance in fire-stricken Paradise, CA; local subversives, he said, protested FEMA’s presence by forming a human blockade to prevent agents from unlawfully trespassing on private property or entering the charred remains of scorched homes and businesses. A group of approximately twenty-five persons held protest signs reading “FEMA, WE DON’T WANT YOU HERE” and “FEMA, GO HOME.” Long told colleagues that agents must not hesitate to use discreet, lethal force if citizens defy FEMA’s authority, and reminded them that powers granted by the Patriot Act absolve agents of criminal maleficence when acting in the line of duty. He warned them, however, not to shoot anybody in the presence of media personalities. Our FEMA source said the following: “Brock Long continues to perceive everyday people as a threat to his authority. And what happened in California has strengthened his paranoia. He wants the population subservient to FEMA. To him, you’re all livestock ready for the slaughterhouse. We’re talking about a man who has ordered agents to toss people off boats. Even supervisors who disagree with his policies are powerless to stop him.” This, our source added, is because Long, who was appointed by Trump in June 2017, still has the president’s ear. He admits, however, that Trump may be oblivious of Long’s hatred of Americans and propensity for violence. Long is a master manipulator; he told Trump he wanted to help him make America Great Again and spun yarns about abolishing Obama-era laws and rebuilding the agency’s tarnished image.

“Brock is and always has been a Deep State operative. Trump probably didn’t know and supported him because he took advice from his inner circle, and some of them, unbeknownst to Trump, are Deep State, too. As long as Brock holds a position of power, Americans are in grave danger,” our source said.  He believes Long would be ousted only under two circumstances: Either FEMA’s Fifth Column movement pose an unprecedented challenge to his authority or President Trump has an epiphany and recognizes Long for what he truly is—demonic. “I’m doubtful that will happen. It ought to have happened by now. If anyone beneath him questions his motives, he yells and screams at them. Then he puts on his public face. It’s been this way now for the last two years, and if Trump is reelected in 2020, that means Brock Long’s reign of terror will last at least another six years,” our source said. 

:: 1-28-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

YouTube De-Lists ALL “Conspiracy” Videos, Effectively Silences All Non-MSM Sources

Internet giants leading charge to end the First Amendment

Harrison Smith | - January 28, 2019

The internet video network YouTube bowed to critics who have long called on the Google company to clean up its recommendation engine by ceasing to offer “conspiracy videos” in suggested plays. This is yet another step in the left-leaning tech industry’s crusade against free speech. Sharing videos like this and spreading the live shows at is one of the best ways to fight back. 

:: 1-29-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Herr Gestapo Mueller's Politicized Stasi And Their Nazi-Style Inquisition Of President Trump Have No Place In A Free Society

- Is It Time To Disband The FBI? The Despotic 'Secret Police Force' Is Broken Beyond Fixing

By William B Stoecker - All News Pipeline January 29, 2019

Much as I hate to digress, just as I was finalizing my research and outlining for this article, the mighty warriors of the FBI arrested the dastardly arch-villain, Roger Stone, the evil mastermind of nonexistent crimes. Realizing the terrible danger they faced in arresting an unarmed man in his sixties, nearly thirty of the intrepid lads and ladies gathered (despite the government shutdown) in body armor with real assault weapons in an unannounced pre-dawn raid, and handcuffed and shackled the monster before he could sneeze or spill coffee on one of them (or whatever). This is the same FBI, remember, who shot an unarmed woman holding a baby at Ruby Ridge and burned children alive at Waco. This is the FBI whose agents plotted against the President and used a phony dossier as “evidence” of “collusion” with Russia. Yet people like Sean Hannity continue to chant their mantra about bad leadership but mostly good rank and file agents. Certainly some agents are good people, but we need to wake up and smell the garbagefor the most part, top to bottom, the FBI is a corrupt, politicized, criminal organization, a secret police force that has no place in a free republic. It is broken beyond fixing. And we patriots need to remember that Herr Gestapo Mueller, despite all his power, does not command the FBI or the Injustice Department. Christopher Wray is FBI Director, and both he and his immediate boss, the acting Attorney General, were appointed and answer to their boss, Donald Trump. Trump owns Injustice and the FBI, and the counterfeit buck stops at his desk. Ultimately he, and he alone is responsible for the FBI going to extremes to intimidate, humiliate, and marginalize Roger Stone. And Stone is not the first Trump supporter to go to the mat for him, and to have his life wrecked and his savings exhausted. Yet Trump could pardon any and all of them for their nonexistent crimes, and, with his vast fortune, could make good all their financial losses. The fact that he has not done so is telling. And Trump has continued to appoint neocon swamp critters to high office, and, predictably, he and the Republicans have now folded on the government funding issue. There will be no wall…ever. But that’s a whole other story. What I really set out to do here is to call attention to an unfortunate quarrel between honorable patriots…Stone and Alex Jones on one side, and Jerome Corsi on the other. All three are trustworthy and courageous patriots, yet they seem to have forgotten the experience of America’s Founding Fathers, who realized that they would either hang together…or hang separately. Basically, Corsi said that Stone asked him to contact Wikipedia founder Julian Assange about releasing John Podesta’s emails. Podesta was the Witch’s campaign manager, so what is the harm in that (save to the Witch and Podesta, who deserve real punishment for their many crimes)? Assange, like Corsi and Jones, is clearly a force for good in the world, and all records pertaining to the Witch and her cronies should be made public. Yet Stone denies asking Corsi to contact Assange…this could all be a series of misunderstandings. Apparently Corsi also said, or at least implied, that Stone offered him a job with Alex Jones’ Infowars as a reward for his efforts and/or to keep him from talking about it. Again, what would be so terrible about that? And rather than keeping it all a secret, Stone, Jones, and Corsi should be proud of their efforts and their collaboration. None of this makes any sense, and, again, sounds like a series of misunderstandings. Stone and Jones then accused Corsi of being an alcoholic, and here I must weigh in, for I have personal experience and knowledge. Some years ago I went on a WND cruise orchestrated by Joseph Farah and his comrades. A group comprised of Farah and other WND staff and writers and a number of us patriots who signed up for the journey sailed out of Tampa into the Western Caribbean. Along the way we ate at least some of our meals together, and had meetings and listened to talks by some of our favorite patriots, among them one Jerome Corsi, a friendly, outgoing individual with nary an arrogant bone in his body. He went out of his way to talk to us ordinary people in the group, and I feel truly honored to have met him. Although I met Mr. Corsi, I do not claim to know the man, and he could not possibly remember me. But for about two weeks or so, I saw him virtually every day. Never once did he exhibit any signs of drunkenness…no stumbling gait, no slurred speech, no bad behavior of any kind. If he was an alcoholic, wouldn’t it have become obvious? And I don’t even recall seeing him with a drink in his hand, even at meals; he may well have had a drink now and then for all I know, or a glass of beer or wine with dinner, but, clearly, if he drank at all he drank very little. I hung out, as was my habit on warm weather cruises, on the Lido Deck, which is partly open to the sky and has swimming pools and several bars. On this deck, the geriatric set (that includes me) party virtually all day, drinking a bit too much, listening to music, swimming, and working on our skin cancers. I frequented virtually all the bars, perhaps a bit more than was wise, and I don’t even recall seeing Mr. Corsi sitting at a bar or ordering a drink. Bear in mind that he was already in his sixties then (he is a couple of years younger than I), and if someone hasn’t developed full-fledged alcoholism by then it isn’t going to happen. Jones and Stone need to cut Jerome Corsi some slack and give him the benefit of a doubt. None of us is perfect, nor do we communicate perfectly…there will always be misunderstandings between patriots. We must not allow misunderstandings to develop into mistrust and resentment, for we have enemies aplenty without making enemies of one another. And our enemies will do more than criticize us…they are playing for keeps. 

:: 1--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Sure Word

By Hal Lindsey

Some evangelical Christians kiddingly state their position on Bible prophecy as “pan-tribulationist,” or “pan-millennial.” Then they give the punch line. “I believe it will all pan out.” I understand what gives rise to such thinking. In order to understand Bible prophecy, you have to dig into scripture. “Rightly dividing the word of truth” (2 Timothy 2:15 KJV) requires diligence and effort. And to top it off, those who study prophecy sometimes come away with different opinions. For that reason, many followers of Christ throw their hands in the air and say, “I’m not going to think about it. I trust God. He will take care of things. It will all pan out.” Yes, God is sovereign. His side wins. But it is sad when people who love God ignore so much of His counsel. The Bible is a prophetic book. Some scholars say that one-fourth of it is prophecy. Others say the percentage is even higher — maybe one-third. Either way, prophecy is clearly important. If the only thing we need to know is that it will “all pan out,” then why did God put so much prophetic teaching in His word? If you find prophecy intimidating, remember that all Bible doctrines seem inexhaustible to the human mind. Consider the Attributes of God. You can spend a lifetime on any one of His attributes — and barely scratch the surface. But just because we cannot exhaust a topic, does not mean we can’t have real knowledge of that topic. We can’t fully grasp God’s omnipotence, but because His word tells us about it, we can have a true and real understanding of it. Based on His word, we can know what it is, and we can rationally discuss it. In John 14:3, Jesus said, “I will come again.” That is a clear and concise statement. He said it because He wants us to know it. We can trust those words. It doesn’t tell us everything about end-times prophecy, but it tells us something real — something we can build our lives on. Jesus is coming back! Ironically, that’s where some so-called theologians begin to disagree. Jesus explained many times and in many ways that He will return. The fact that some dispute the obvious is no reason to doubt the obvious.I will come again” is as clear as, “For God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son….” (John 3:16) Trust it. Lean on it. Find comfort in the knowledge. At Christmas we often recite Isaiah 9:6-7. “For unto us a Child is born, Unto us a Son is given; And the government will be upon His shoulder. And His name will be called Wonderful, Counselor, Mighty God, Everlasting Father, Prince of Peace. Of the increase of His government and peace There will be no end, Upon the throne of David and over His kingdom, To order it and establish it with judgment and justice From that time forward, even forever.” (NKJV)

Those verses foretell Christmas, but they don’t end there. They take us from the manger into eternity future — and give us loads of information about what must happen along the way. The Book of Revelation reveals amazing and glorious things about Jesus. It takes things said about Him in the Old and New Testaments to their logical and astounding conclusions. I hate to think that anyone would ignore Revelation because naysayers have convinced them that they can’t understand it. You may not understand all of it, but just reading it will build your faith and enlarge your vision of Christ. Prophecies in Daniel give us tremendous evidence that the Bible could only be written under the inspiration of God. In Matthew 24, Jesus gave one of the longest of His recorded speeches, and it was all about His Second Coming. More and more, I hear people say, “I heard all that stuff years ago. Nothing happened, so I don’t believe it.” In saying things like that, they are unwittingly fulfilling yet another sign of the coming Day of the Lord. 2 Peter 3 says, “In the last days mockers will come with their mocking, following after their own lusts, and saying, ‘Where is the promise of His coming? For ever since the fathers fell asleep, all continues just as it was from the beginning of creation.’” (2 Peter 3:3-4) Verses 8-10 say, “But do not let this one fact escape your notice, beloved, that with the Lord one day is as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. The Lord is not slow about His promise, as some count slowness, but is patient toward you, not wishing for any to perish but for all to come to repentance. But the day of the Lord will come like a thief.” Bible prophecy laid out the first coming of Jesus with perfect accuracy and in stunning detail. As we look around at our own time, we can already see that the details about the Lord’s Second Coming are just as perfect and just as stunning. And we are seeing it all in our own time with our own eyes. We live in one of history’s most amazing moments. And you’re here to witness it. So, watch and study. Don’t miss the joy and amazement of the times you live in. 

:: 1-28-19 The Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

World War 3 FEARS: Iran vows to wipe Israel off map - DEADLY airstrikes MAPPED

World War 3 fears have escalated after Iran warned it will wipe Israel off the map after an Israeli airstrike killed Iranian military positions in Syria last week.

By Amalie Henden  PUBLISHED: 19:45, Mon, Jan 28, 2019 | UPDATED: 20:34, Mon, Jan 28, 2019

A senior Iranian Revolutionary Guards commander threatened Israel with destruction if it attacks Iran, state media reported on Monday. Brigadier General Hossein Salami spoke out after Israeli strikes in Syria last week and warned the country any attempt to start a war “will lead to its own elimination”. The airstrike killed 11 people in bombing raids on what it believes were Iranian military basis inside war-torn Syria. This is the latest in a series of assaults targeting Tehran's presence in Syria in support of President Bashar al-Assad's government. On Monday, Mr Salami said that Tehran’s strategy was to eventually wipe Israel off the “global political map”. He said: “We announce that if Israel takes any action to wage a war against us, it will definitely lead to its own elimination and the freeing of occupied (Palestinian) territories.” Iranian officials have previously said Tehran, which does not recognize Israel, would respond swiftly to any Israeli attack. Israel sees Iran's nuclear and ballistic missile programmes as a threat to its existence. But Iran claims its nuclear work is for peaceful purposes only. Until now, Israel has largely refrained from public admissions of its covert military operations in neighboring Syria. The country has also been cautious to avoid large-scale involvement in the more than eight-year Syrian civil war. But last week Israel openly stated it was trying to pummel Iranian military positions in Syria with a series of dramatic airstrikes. Salami’s remarks came as Hezbollah leader Hassan Nasrallah also warned Israel over its attacks in Syria, saying it could drag the region into a war. Nasrallah told Al-Mayadeen TV that Iran, Syria and Hezbollah could “at any moment” decide to deal differently with Israel's actions. Speaking to Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, he said: “Be cautious. “Don't continue what you are doing in Syria. “Don't miscalculate and don't drag the region into a war or a major confrontation.” Where were the deadly airstrikes in Syria? The Israeli Air Force strikes on Iranian targets were near Damascus, the capital of Syria. The city is located in south-western Syria, not far from the Israeli border. Damascus is the largest city of Syria and about 90km east from the coast of the Mediterranean Sea. 

:: 1--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The History of What Comes Next

by Hal Lindsey

Everyone wants to know what happens next. That makes predicting the future big business. Huge corporations spend millions on consulting firms to tell them what’s around the corner. Many of these consultants create computer models that take known facts and attempt to extrapolate from them an understanding of the unknown future. But even in our modern era, many approach the future much as their pagan forebears did. Astrologists, spiritualists, psychics, mystics, palm readers, and other occult practitioners rake in huge amounts of money, especially in times of uncertainty. In our everyday lives, we make sense of the future by looking at the past. The sun has been rising for a long time. We assume it will rise again tomorrow. None of us have seen tomorrow yet, so we use our brains the way scientists use their supercomputers. We extrapolate — make educated guesses. But God doesn’t have to guess. For human beings, time passes sequentially. We’re like people along the street watching a parade. A helicopter pilot flying above the parade can see it all at once. On the ground, we see what’s right in front of us. From on high, he sees the whole parade at once, from beginning to end.  That’s a small picture of the way God sees time. Isaiah 57:15 calls Him, “the High and Lofty One Who inhabits eternity.” (NKJV) In other words, He’s already an eyewitness to the future. God can and does reveal certain things about the future to us. Through the prophet Daniel, He correctly laid out a detailed outline of world history from Daniel’s time forward, covering the next 600 years. In our time, we see the nations of the world aligning themselves in ways predicted by Daniel and the other prophets. But to really understand the future, we have to see the context of prophecy. To do that, look at two things — the fundamental nature of God and the series of promises He has made. Assurance of the latter depends on our certainty of the former. A promise is only as good as the one making the promise. Does a lifetime money-back guarantee mean you’re covered until the end of your days? Not necessarily. A company can go belly-up. Bankrupt owners might not have the ability to keep their warranty. Other businesses are scams from the beginning. So, before we look at God’s promises, we have to look at His attributes. Does He have the ability to fulfill His promises? If so, does He have the good character needed to keep His word? Theologians often use the word “omnipotent” to describe God’s ability. “Omni” means all, and “potent” means power. In Genesis 17:1, God said to Abraham, “I am God Almighty.” Almighty is another word meaning all powerful. Revelation 19:6 says, “And I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.” Our imaginations fall short when trying to grasp the power and magnificence of a single star — our sun. Yet scientists say a typical galaxy contains a hundred billion stars of which the sun is merely average. Our Milky Way contains up to 400 billion stars. And the universe contains at least a hundred billion galaxies. Think of that, and then think of Genesis 1:1 — “In the beginning God created the Heaven and the earth.” Isaiah 40 says, “‘To whom then will you liken Me, or to whom shall I be equal?’ says the Holy One. Lift up your eyes on high, and see who has created these things, Who brings out their host by number; He calls them all by name, by the greatness of His might and the strength of His power.” (Isaiah 40:25-26 NKJV) Yes. The Almighty Creator of all things has the ability to keep His promises. But what about His character? His capabilities wouldn’t matter if His honesty couldn’t be trusted. Remember the vast universe I just described? In Mark 13:31, Jesus said, “Heaven and earth will pass away, but My words will not pass away.” Numbers 23:19 says, “God is not a man, that He should lie.” Isaiah 40:8 says, “The grass withers, the flower fades, But the word of our God stands forever.” Titus 1:2 says “God . . . cannot lie.” (NASB) God cannot lie! That’s not a limitation on His omnipotence; it’s an expression of it. 2 Timothy 2:13 says, “He cannot deny Himself.” (NASB) He remains forever true to Who He is, and He is truth. (John 14:6) Because of His power and His character, His promises cannot fail. The moment He makes a promise, it is as good as done. To gain an understanding of the future, then, we need to examine His promises. Some of them were conditional, such as the covenant of the law given through Moses. Other promises were unconditional. He promised to Abraham that He would give the Promised Land to Abraham’s offspring through Isaac and Jacob. God would reiterate this promise many times in many ways. So it must happen. God promised King David, “Your house and your kingdom shall endure before Me forever; your throne shall be established forever.” [2 Samuel 7:10-11,16 NASB] That promise can be fulfilled only in the Second Coming of Jesus Christ. What’s going to happen? All the things God promised. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 1-28-19 Algemeiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

January 28, 2019 10:56 am

Iran ‘Angry’ Over Russia Not Activating S-300 Defense Systems in Syria

avatar by

A Russian S-300 surface-to-air missile system on display in Moscow in 2009. Photo: Wikimedia Commons. – The head of the Iranian parliament’s national security and foreign-policy committee, Heshmatollah Falahat-Pisheh, expressed “anger” towards Russia for not activating the S-300 air-defense system deployed in Syria during an Israeli retaliation this week near Damascus. “The Israelis claim their actions are against Iran, while they are attacking Syrian infrastructure, security and defense installations,” he said on Thursday. In response to Iranian fighter jets firing a surface-to-surface missile at the Golan Heights the previous day, Israeli warplanes launched a massive attack on numerous Iranian targets in Syria on Monday. Among the locations hit were a site at the Damascus International Airport, munition storage facilities, an Iranian military training camp and an Iranian intelligence site, according to the Israel Defense Forces. These reprisals killed an estimated 11 pro-regime soldiers. According to the Israel Defense Forces, the sites belonged to the Iranian Quds Force, which conducts Iranian Revolutionary Guards operations abroad. Russia responded and warned Israel on Wednesday to stop its “arbitrary” airstrikes in Syria, saying that they should be “ruled out.” 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 1-28-19 CBS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tornado in Cuba hits Havana, killing at least 3 people

Updated on: January 28, 2019 / 11:27 AM / CBS/AP

Havana, Cuba -- Cuba's president said Monday that a tornado had killed three people and injured 174 others in eastern Havana. The Cuban capital was battered late Sunday and early Monday by powerful winds and heavy rains. A blackout hit many Havana neighborhoods around 9 p.m. Early Monday, President Miguel Diaz-Canel posted photos of himself on Twitter with rescue workers besides what appeared to be a vehicle overturned by the storm. Little further information about the storm appeared in state media. Photos posted by Cuban media and Havana residents on Twitter showed cars crushed by fallen light posts and trapped in floodwaters around the city. One local radio station said on Twitter that the neighborhoods of Regla and 10th of October, and the town of San Miguel de Padron, had been affected by the tornado. Julio Menendez, a 33-year-old restaurant worker, said the 10th of October borough "looks like a horror movie." Menendez, who was home Sunday night when the tornado hit, said "from one moment to the next, we heard a noise like an airplane falling out of the sky. The first thing I did was go hug my daughters," who are nine and 12. He spoke Monday near the Daughters of Galicia Hospital, whose patients, all expectant mothers or mothers with newborns, were evacuated to another hospital. Many glass windows in the seven-story hospital had been sucked out of their frames by the power of the wind, leaving curtains flapping in the breeze. CBS News producer Portia Siegelbaum reported from Havana that experts were out evaluating the damage and searching for possible additional victims under rubble. The Cuban Civil Defense, fire department, police, and health workers were all mobilized. The electric company was also out in force to try and restore service as quickly as possible to areas with downed posts and adjacent areas that did not suffer direct damage from the storm, but where electricity has been out since Sunday night. Siegelbaum said it had been 79 years since a strong tornado hit Cuba, and no one was prepared for the sudden eruption of chaos on Sunday as windows were blown out, roofs caved in and massive trees toppled onto cars. The exact intensity of the tornado -- and the extent of the damage -- were still being evaluated. 

:: 1--19 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EXCLUSIVE — Terrorist Who Targeted Americans Takes Over Mexican Cartel on Texas Border

A verified and convicted terrorist who attacked a U.S. Consulate with a grenade and automatic rifle fire has taken over the ruthless Los Zetas cartel, a group headquartered at the Texas border in the Nuevo Laredo-Laredo metropolitan border area. Nuevo Laredo, Tamaulipas, sits immediately across the border from Laredo, Texas, and is the only urban location along the entire U.S.-Mexico Border that does not have any fencing or constructed security barrier of any kind. The convicted terrorist, Hector Raul Luna Luna, is known as “El Tory” and was convicted in the 2008 terror attack on the U.S. Consulate in Monterrey, Mexico. He was released from prison due to bribes paid by Cartel Jalisco New Generation (CJNG) and has now taken over the dominant faction of Los Zetas, Cartel Del Noreste (CDN), to open up the lucrative and unsecured border corridor into Texas. Under El Tory’s new reign, Los Zetas is linked to a level of brutality that had not been seen in prior years. Gruesome executions, dismemberments, targeted attacks on police and military officials, and the general use of intimidation have become commonplace in parts of northern Mexico as El Tory and Los Zetas try to expand their operations. In late 2018, Nuevo Leon Governor Jaime Rodriguez Calderon publicly singled-out El Tory as one of the men behind the escalation of violence in his state. According to the governor, El Tory and his criminal organization were linked to the large majority of the violent deaths in the state. Most recently, Breitbart News reported exclusively on a series of threats made by El Tory, who claimed he would blow up the headquarters of a state police agency in Nuevo Leon. The threats were made through several narco-banners that Los Zetas hung throughout the industrial city of Monterrey. The threats are considered credible by law enforcement in Mexico, since El Tory has a history of targeting police and has used grenades in the past. El Tory was released from a Mexican federal prison in mid 2017 with the help of his close friend and ally Eleazar “El Chelelo” Medina Rojas and his new ties with CJNG, so the two could help establish a Los Zetas-CJNG corridor from Monterrey to Nuevo Laredo and into Texas. Their release came at the hands of a federal judge and a “control” judge who ruled in each of the two cases to release the two cartel bosses. El Tory was serving a sentence of more than 20 years for the charges of crimes against public health (drug trafficking), engaging in organized criminal activities, and unlawful possession of restricted military weapons. Both El Tory and Chelelo have extensive criminal histories and are wanted by U.S. authorities. Soon after their release, the two cartel bosses began to leave a trail of bodies behind them as they tried to solidify their positions within the CDN faction of Los Zetas and against the other cartels. Breitbart News reported on the arrest of El Chelelo in the southern state of Yucatan in December 2018. Soon after his arrest, a local state judge tried to release El Chelelo but federal authorities were able to re-arrest him for extradition purposes. Even without El Chelelo, El Tory continued to wage a fierce war against a rival faction of Los Zetas called “Old School Z” and has killed hundreds of their members in the border states of Nuevo Leon and Tamaulipas. Mexican law enforcement sources revealed to Breitbart News that El Tory is the mastermind behind the gruesome murder of the leader of the Old School Z faction Luis “El Rex or Z12” Reyes Enriquez. El Rex died inside a state prison in Nuevo Laredo after being shanked numerous times by CDN inmates. El Tory’s men then stole El Rex’s body from a funeral home and placed his severed head in one ice chest while the rest of the body was divided into three other containers. Los Zetas then placed one ice chest outside a state prison in Tamaulipas and the three others near prisons around Monterrey. El Tory’s men have also been singled out as the ones who left severed body parts outside a newspaper office in Tamaulipas with a series of threats against local outlets. In 2008, the man known as El Tory led and participated in a grenade attack against the U.S. Consulate General in Monterrey. El Tory and his men fired several weapons at the U.S. building and threw an explosive device. While the grenade did not explode, the gunfire broke several windows and caused other damage to the building. No injuries were reported. In 2008, Los Zetas were one of the most dominant cartels in all of Mexico and managed to make a name for themselves as one of the most brutal and sadistic organizations. The Mexican military caught up with El Tory in 2010, however, Los Zetas responded by setting up blockades and threatened local police into staying out of the way while they tried to unsuccessfully prevent the capture of their leader. The troops arrested El Tory and some of his top men who carried machine guns, a 50-caliber rifle, and grenades. The arrest led to the sentence of more than 20 years–only to be cut short by a Mexican federal judge. Brandon Darby is the managing director and editor-in-chief of the Breitbart Border and Cartel Chronicles projects. He co-founded the Cartel Chronicles project with Ildefonso Ortiz and Stephen K. Bannon. Follow him on Twitter and Facebook. He can be contacted at

Ildefonso Ortiz is an award-winning journalist with the Breitbart Border and Cartel Chronicles projects. He co-founded the Cartel Chronicles project with Brandon Darby and Stephen K. Bannon. You can follow him on Twitter and on Facebook. He can be contacted at 

[ :: 1-17-18 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For as I have said unto you and as you have noticed the weather, the weather, the weather, the troubles that are going on here, the troubles that are going on there, the preparation for war, not just North Korea but Russia and other countries that hate America, they are preparing and getting ready.  For the hour is much later than most people think, it is far later than those that are walking in the false and tell you that you have ten, twenty, thirty years, far later.  But many of them do not understand the word because the word starts in the very beginning in Genesis and as you follow the things through the Bible you get a clear picture of what it was like and what it shall return to, for I have taught you everything goes in a circle and we are headed back now toward the garden once again.  It started in the garden and ends in a sense in the garden way before the white throne judgment.  Things are coming to pass, if you check them very carefully they will all fall in perfect place and you don’t have to walk in doubt, you don’t have to walk in fear, for I have opened your understanding

[ :: 2-11-18 am service  [ third word]  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

You have seen all the strange new signs that you are seeing, whether it be in weather, whether it be in the flu, whether it be in the germ warfare, and there is germ warfare going on right here, it has been delivered to this country by their enemies. etc. 

:: 1-28-19 Accu Weather :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As polar vortex tightens its grip on midwestern US, AccuWeather RealFeel® Temperatures plummet to -70 F

Kristina Pydynowski byline By Kristina Pydynowski, AccuWeather senior meteorologist January 29, 2019, 11:22:10 AM EST

The coldest weather in years will put millions of people and animals throughout the midwestern United States at risk for hypothermia and frostbite to occur in minutes during the final days of January. The deep freeze has commenced across the Upper Midwest with an AccuWeather RealFeel® Temperature of 70 degrees below zero Fahrenheit reported at Grand Forks, North Dakota, on Tuesday morning. The worst is yet to come for other parts of the Midwest as the polar vortex gets displaced from the Arctic Circle and dives into the region. In addition to the risks of frostbite and hypothermia, residents will be faced with high heating costs and the potential for frozen and bursting water pipes, dead car batteries and school closures. The cold can be life-threatening for any person or animal without a proper way to stay warm. The Arctic blast will plunge across the Midwest early this week with the most extreme conditions anticipated at midweek. "Some locations in the Midwest will be below zero continuously for 48-72 hours," according to AccuWeather Senior Meteorologist Mike Doll. RELATED: Disruptive snow threatens northeastern US ahead of Arctic blast at midweek What is a polar vortex? The dangers of frostbite: How to prevent, spot and treat it How to protect pipes from freezing in frigid weather The harshest conditions are anticipated from North Dakota to northern Illinois, where there can be a prolonged stretch of dangerously low AccuWeather RealFeel® Temperatures that can cause frostbite in mere minutes. On Tuesday night, widespread lows under 30 below zero will grip much of North Dakota, eastern South Dakota and Minnesota. Temperatures in Chicago can drop to 25 below zero for the first time since the mid-1980s. Little recovery in temperatures is expected on Wednesday with highs stopping well short of rising above 10 below zero from Fargo, North Dakota, to Minneapolis and Chicago. Highs in the single digits will have those from Kansas City, Missouri, to St. Louis to Cincinnati, Ohio, and Pittsburgh shivering. Wednesday night can be just as cold, if not colder than, Tuesday night in many areas. As biting winds usher in the Arctic blast, AccuWeather RealFeel® Temperatures can drop under 40 below zero from Fargo to Minneapolis and Chicago on Tuesday night and hold there into at least Wednesday night. “I cannot stress how dangerously cold it will be,” Doll stated. "An entire generation has gone by without experiencing this type of cold in the Chicago area." SEE ALSO:

The last time Atlanta hosted the Super Bowl, a major ice storm wreaked havoc

Antarctica's ice loss has sextupled since the 1970s, raising risk of sea level rise

Photos: Pre-polar vortex snowstorm slows travel from Minneapolis to Chicago, Detroit

How record-setting cold contributed to the space shuttle Challenger disaster on Jan. 28, 1986

The cold can shatter records both during the day and at night as temperatures are held 20 to 40 degrees below normal. The last sub-zero high in Chicago was on January 6 of 2014, when the temperature only reached -2F. January 13 to January 15 of 2009 was the last period of three consecutive days with subzero high temperatures in Minneapolis. In preparation for the cold, precautions were being taken in several states. Wisconsin Governor Tony Evers declared a state of emergency, in effect through Friday, on Monday morning for the dangerous cold and blowing and drifting snow. Michigan's Governor Gretchen Whitmer signed a similar order for her state on Tuesday morning. Download the free AccuWeather app to see just how cold it will get in your area. Residents will once again have to take the proper precautions and cover all exposed skin to avoid frostbite and hypothermia. The homeless should be encouraged to stay in shelters. “However, homeless shelters will likely fill up quickly,” added Doll. Be sure that livestock have sufficient means to stay warm, and limit time that pets spend outside. Residents should ensure that they have a proper amount of propane, wood pellets and/or firewood to last during this cold outbreak. A life-threatening situation can arise in homes that lose heat. Motorists should travel with a winter survival kit in the event their vehicle breaks down and are then forced to wait for help. Amid the cold, a prolonged, lake-effect snow event can create other travel hazards downwind of the Great Lakes. More ice jams can form along area rivers, raising the risk of flooding in nearby communities. While the harshest conditions are anticipated across the Midwest, the Arctic blast will spread into the Northeast to close out January. As is the case in the Midwest, RealFeel® Temperatures Wednesday through Thursday will be dangerously low due to the combination of extreme cold and biting wind. 

:: 1-29-19 WGN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Life-threatening cold entering Chicago area; CPS among several schools closed Wednesday

Posted 5:58 AM, January 29, 2019, by WGN Web Desk, Associated Press and Courtney Gousman, Updated at 09:21AM, January 29, 2019

CHICAGO -- Extremely cold, potentially record-breaking temperatures are settling across parts of the Midwest after a powerful snowstorm pounded the region overnight Monday, and forecasters are describing the subzero weather on the way as potentially life-threatening. All Chicago Public Schools will be closed Wednesday due to the impending freezing temps. Several other schools across the Chicago area will also be closed. In addition, here are Illinois universities planning to close:

Northwestern University: closed 8 p.m. Tuesday through 12 p.m. Thursday

DePaul University: closed 5:30 p.m. Tuesday through Wednesday

University of Chicago: closed Wednesday

Loyola University: closed 5 p.m. Tuesday through 12 p.m. Thursday

Illinois State University, Normal: closed 11 p.m. Tuesday through 9:30 a.m. Thursday

Northern Illinois University: closed from 10 p.m. Tuesday until 10 p.m. Wednesday. Satellite campuses in Naperville, Rockford, Hoffman Estates and Oregon, Ill., will be open and operating on normal schedules. Up-to-date list of local school closings here. The Chicago Zoological Society, meanwhile, said it's closing the Brookfield Zoo on Wednesday and Thursday to ensure the safety of employees and animals. It's only the fourth time the zoo has closed during its 85-year history. Subzero temperatures will begin Tuesday but Wednesday is expected to be the worst. Wind chills in northern Illinois could fall to negative 55 degrees (negative 48 degrees Celsius), which the National Weather Service called "possibly life threatening." The high temperature forecast at O'Hare on Wednesday is negative 14 degrees (negative 25 degrees Celsius), which would break a record set on Jan. 18, 1994. Homeless shelters were preparing for the onslaught of cold. Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel urged residents to check on their neighbors and take safety precautions. He said city agencies are making sure homeless people are in shelters or offered space in warming buses. Full list of warming centers here.  The unusually frigid weather is attributed to a sudden warming way above the North Pole. A sudden blast of warm air from misplaced Moroccan heat last month made the normally super chilly air temperatures 20 miles (32 kilometers) above the North Pole rapidly rise about 125 degrees (70 degrees Celsius). That split the polar vortex into pieces, which then started to wander, according to Judah Cohen, a winter storm expert for Atmospheric Environmental Research, a commercial firm outside Boston. One of those polar vortex pieces is responsible for the subzero temperatures across the Midwest this week. On Monday, Chicago-area commuters woke up to heavy snowfall, with more than 5 inches (12.7 centimeters) already on the ground. 

:: 1-28-19 SCOTT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ice Age Farmer Report: "Fatal Cold" incoming - Your food is under attack - Major shortages

Ice Age Farmer Mon, 28 Jan 2019 13:40 UTC

The powers that be seek to make profane all that we ingest, and that agenda is in overdrive as we enter the Grand Solar Minimum. As we experience record cold temperatures this week, Christian puts together the pieces, stressing the importance of growing your own food in order to stay healthy and thrive in the future. Comment: A list of related articles carried by SOTT recently about the impact of extreme weather events on food crops and by no means exhaustive: Extreme weather affecting crop harvests in Europe - North too dry, south hit by hail Frost across India ups risk to rabi (spring) crops  Italian farmers predict crop shortage because of heavy rains while El Niño causes Peru's grape exports to drop 11% More than half of Nova Scotia blueberry crop wiped out by JUNE killer frost Unusual 'killer' spring frost damages crops across the Canadian Maritimes Flooded fields, frost and frozen corn affecting farmers across USA 70% crop losses due to extreme weather in Australia

Potato crop in Jersey, UK hit by worst early season in 40 years due to severe frost 

:: 1-28-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Watch Live: Fox Says “Criminally Prosecute” Anti-Vaxxers, Plus Polar Vortex Slams Into Northeast

As crises flare up from the Middle East to Venezuela, the world is on the brink of all-out chaos and it’s never been more important to share this link

The Alex Jones Show - January 28, 2019

Alex Jones hosts Monday’s exclusive transmission where he’ll dive into the ongoing war against Americans who are skeptical of vaccines and the increasing animosity toward them. Fox News is now promoting the arrest of parents who refuse to vaccinate their children. 

:: 1-28-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Killer vortex: Dangerous 'life-threatening' subzero temperatures that can kill in minutes are set to strike the Midwest and Northeast this week with over a foot of snow forecast in some parts

Heavy snow and life-threatening subzero temperatures set to strike the U.S. Midwest and Northeast this week

Polar vortex is forecast to bring a dangerous cold outbreak that will put millions at risk of hypothermia and frostbite within minutes of venturing outside

National Weather Service says plunging temperatures will be 'life threatening'

Wind chills could dip to -55 degrees in northern Illinois and -30 degrees in Minnesota on Wednesday

The cold weather will follow blizzard-like conditions in the Midwest with up to 14 inches of snow expected in Wisconsin and Minnesota

By Associated Press and Reuters Published: 12:30 EST, 28 January 2019 | Updated: 17:48 EST, 28 January 2019

Heavy snow and life-threatening subzero temperatures are set to strike the U.S. Midwest and Northeast this week as a polar vortex is forecast to bring a dangerous cold outbreak that could kill within minutes. Forecasters are warning that the dangerously cold weather will closely follow the blizzard-like conditions that are currently slamming parts of the Midwest and will bring frigidly low temperatures that the region hasn't seen in a quarter century. The plunging temperatures expected from Tuesday have forecasters especially concerned with the National Weather Service calling them 'possibly life threatening'. Wednesday is expected to be the worst. Wind chills could dip to negative 55 degrees in northern Illinois. In Minnesota, temperatures on Wednesday could fall to 30 degrees below zero but feel as cold as 60 below because of the wind chill. 'That's quite dangerous. You're talking about frostbite and hypothermia issues very quickly, like in a matter of minutes, maybe seconds,' said Brian Hurley, a meteorologist with the Weather Prediction Center. The potentially record-breaking low temperature forecast in Milwaukee is negative 28 degrees, with a wind chill as low as negative 50. The current record of minus 26 degrees (negative 32 degrees Celsius) was set in 1996. 'That's not just unusual. That's 40 degrees below normal,' Hurley said. 'When you think about it in that sense, that's a big 'whoa.'' The polar vortex - the frigid winds that circulate around the North Pole - is expected to extend from the Dakotas through New England. The weather, which is expected to be the coldest in years, will put millions at risk of hypothermia and frostbite within minutes. Meteorologists have warned that the cold will be life-threatening for those without an adequate way to stay warm. Cold weather advisories are in effect across a broad swath of the central U.S., from North Dakota to Missouri and spanning into Ohio. Some Midwest locations are slated to fall below zero for between 48-72 hours. Homeless shelters were preparing for the onslaught of cold. The Milwaukee Rescue Mission's call volume was 'unusually high,' but there should still be enough beds for people who need them. 'We are being especially vigilant during the night,' the mission's president, Pat Vanderburgh, said. 'Monitoring our doors, our security are going out on the street, we're partnering individuals that go out proactively looking out for homeless individuals and sharing with them winter clothes and food.' Chicago Mayor Rahm Emanuel urged residents to check on their neighbors and take safety precautions. He said city agencies are making sure homeless people are in shelters or offered space in warming buses. Heavy snow and gusting winds were already creating blizzard-like conditions on Monday across parts of the Midwest. Hundreds of schools were closed across Michigan as road conditions deteriorated, including Eastern Michigan University. The largest public school districts in Wisconsin and Minnesota also were among those closed, including districts in Milwaukee, Minneapolis and St. Paul. The cold also prompted officials to close some schools in eastern Iowa, while Chicago Public Schools officials said they were monitoring the weather ahead of Wednesday's cold snap. Snowplow drivers were having trouble keeping up with conditions in Wisconsin and Minnesota, where up to 14 inches of snow is expected. Chicago-area commuters woke up to heavy snowfall and more than 5 inches of snow already on the ground. Snowfall will occur in the Dakotas, Minneapolis and St. Paul, Minnesota; and in Central Michigan, where a foot or more of snow is expected. Upstate New York, Vermont and New Hampshire will see less than a foot of snow, and Boston will get less than an inch. Blizzard conditions are predicted across parts of the western Ohio Valley and snow is expected Tuesday through Wednesday from the Great Lakes region into New England. In Chicago, O'Hare International Airport had about 790 canceled flights Monday morning and about 220 canceled at Midway International Airport. The high temperature forecast at O'Hare on Wednesday is negative 14 degrees (negative 25 degrees Celsius), which would break a record set on Jan. 18, 1994. In Wisconsin, plow drivers were having a difficult time keeping up with the snow in Sheboygan. Minutes after a plow passed, roads were once again becoming snow covered, according to the Department of Public Works. Even the fabled 'frozen tundra' of Lambeau Field, home to the NFL's Green Bay Packers, wasn't able to withstand the heavy snow and wind that closed hundreds of businesses, schools and government offices in Wisconsin. The stadium said tours, the Packers Hall of Fame and other related businesses were closed to visitors Monday. Wisconsin Gov. Tony Evers declared a state of emergency and activated the National Guard, directing all state agencies to assist if any emergency response and recovery efforts are needed. Courthouses and most offices were closed in Milwaukee, Waukesha, Columbia and Washington counties, while more than three dozen flights were canceled early Monday at the Milwaukee area's largest airport, Mitchell International Airport. 

:: 1-21-19 Justus Knight :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FBI “Can Neither Confirm Nor Deny” It Watches You Doing This! BTW: It’s Already Been Confirmed, No Records, No Trace!

January 21, 2019 Justus A Knight

Don’t forget to like the video, SHARE and subscribe!!

References Can Be Found At  (please subscribe while you’re there!!)

What started off to be a broadcast on how all of our primary Amendments have been violated uncovered a dark secret. A portion of the exact quote from the FBI read, “Can Neither Confirm Nor Deny”. They cannot confirm nor deny they have been recording you doing…you just won’t believe it. It all but tears up multiple Amendments in one shot…we are truly no longer a free society in America. What is even more shocking is the fact they’ve admitted it a 100 times over and now declare they can’t decide. If your eyes have not yet been opened; this broadcast will be sure to do it for you. It is imperative we understand the ongoing and incessant attack on our freedoms if we stand any hope of turning this Orwellian horror ship around. God Speed and God Bless, Justus

For More Information (references) See: 

:: 1-20-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Robots Rising: How Artificial Intelligence Will Leave Many Human Beings 'Obsolete', Stealing Jobs And Leaving Them Impoverished, Homeless & Dying From Starvation

By William B Stoecker - All News Pipeline January 20, 2019

Maybe a miracle will happen and we will avoid the nuclear holocaust that appears to be heading our way. Maybe we will get spending under control and pay down the national debt and avoid economic and social collapse. Maybe we won’t have a civil war after all, and perhaps we will even get our border under control. I guess miracles can happen…and it looks like it will take several miracles to save us.  But then we would be faced with another problem, one we have failed to really think about. Automation, robots, AI (artificial intelligence) threaten to make most people obsolete, stealing their jobs and leaving them unemployed and impoverished, and, ultimately, homeless and starving. Eternal optimists assure us that robotics will eliminate menial, unpleasant, low-paying jobs but will somehow create other jobs. This is true up to a point, as robots will require computer software designers and maintenance people. Also, automation will allow our companies making running shoes in Bangladesh to bring their factories back to the US, eliminating shipping costs, and replacing the foreign workers with robots and at least a handful of Americans to program and service the machines. But for every new job created, most available to the small subset of the population capable of mastering the required skills, several jobs will be lost…after all, that is the whole purpose of robotics, to save money for corporations by eliminating all those payrolls. So far we have seen industrial robots assembling and welding, replacing workers on assembly lines, and computer filing and word-processing technology has replaced many clerical workers and secretaries. Old style telephone operators were replaced long ago by automation. One of the most available jobs today is driving vehicles, including delivery trucks, taxis, buses, trains, or big rigs, and driverless vehicle technology is advancing very, very fast. Even for aircraft, fly by wire technology can evolve into real robot aircraft, even airliners. Automated tellers have replaced many human bank tellers. Stores and fast food restaurants are beginning to evolve into high-tech super vending machines, needing no clerks, cooks, dish washers, or waitresses. Farmers will have self-driving tractors and combine harvesters, and even jobs requiring sight, a delicate sense of touch, and precise hand movements, from picking fruit and vegetables to cleaning chicken or fish, will soon be automated. It is all very well to say that these were often stressful, dirty jobs, often performed under poor working conditions, and it is true that human beings are not designed to perform menial, repetitive tasks for hours on end. We seem designed to do a variety of things with minimal supervision, the sort of work done by hunter-gatherers or subsistence fishermen, or to be writers, musicians, and artists. But there will not be a lot of paying positions in these fields. And we are clearly not designed to be idle. Parasites are degenerate life forms; I spent years as a Social Security Claims Representative and a Welfare Department Eligibility Worker, and, believe me, fourth generation welfare recipients are parasites, and they are degenerates. If everyone had a guaranteed income with no work required, most people would go downhill rapidly. This is the “moral hazard” of a guaranteed minimum income. And could we, as a society, even afford to pay everyone enough to subsist on? I am assuming that simply allowing eighty percent or more of the population to fall into poverty and then starve to death is not an option. (And if they did, who would buy all the products churned out by the robots?) Looked at one way, the costs would be astronomical. But our economy for many decades supported a thriving middle class. Our productivity is greater than ever, so it is obvious that we still can. But what entity will provide the funds, subject to what conditions? Almost certainly the government would have to do it, bringing us back to the socialism many of us wanted to escape. As the saying goes, a government that can give you anything can take everything. With most of the population dependent on the government, freedom could soon be lost. And whom would the government tax, if most citizens had no independent income? At least part of the funds would have to come from increased corporate income taxes, another socialist relic many of us would like to abolish. Perhaps, as I have suggested previously, the government could do, officially, openly, and subject to strict limitations, what the major banks in the Federal Reserve system have been doing all along…create fiat money out of thin air. Like the present system, this would devalue the currency and act as a tax on everyone, only paid to the (presumably federal) government, not the banksters. To reduce the moral hazard, to prevent the people from degenerating, perhaps government at every level could simply hire the people unable to get the few remaining jobs in the private sector…in other words, the overwhelming majority of the population. To do this, it might be necessary to make many workers do menial jobs like street cleaning or working in recycling centers and deliberately not automate the work. Others might become administrators. They might be required to work only ten or twenty years and then be retired on a pension equal to their pay while still working. The idea is that they would have to do at least something to earn it all, and, hopefully, develop a work ethic and the habit of self-discipline. But this could as well be developed by hard study, home schooling or private schools. Young people would have to pass a difficult battery of tests to be granted an income. Perhaps people with higher scores, the equivalent of advanced academic degrees in real subjects, could be granted more income. Obviously, all such programs are vulnerable to fraud and to creeping political correctness and identity politics. Black militants and their leftist enablers would claim that objective tests are “racist.” Even if such programs could be made to work, and massive expansions of government power, power that would inevitably be abused, could be avoided, the result would be a society very different from the present one, and having no real historic precedent. It is likely that the system could only afford to pay most people a minimal subsistence income. This might force grown children to do what many are already doing…continue to live with their parents. But this might not be altogether a bad thing if they contributed both income and work to the household. And here may be a solution to the moral hazard, for people would be forced by hard economics to do much of their own home maintenance and grow part of their own food via intensive gardening. Thomas Jefferson envisioned an America comprised mainly of small farmers, largely independent and self-sufficient. Perhaps this might become a reality…sort of. But there may be another way to finance a guaranteed minimum income, although it is illegal and we would have to have a revolution first. It has become increasingly obvious in recent years that most of the world’s super-rich billionaires, people like George Sauron and Bill and Melinda Gates, support every hard left policy imaginable. This includes the banksters and the CEOs and principal stockholders of corporations like Google, Twitter, Facebook, and Amazon…Jeff Bezos, famous for abusing his workers, owns the Washington Pest, a left wing rag. About six major companies control most of the slimestream media, which preach the gospel according to Saint Marx. These fabulously wealthy people advocate an end to private property (just not their property) and the redistribution of income (except for their own income). But why not take these hypocrites at their word? Confiscate all their stocks in these companies and redistribute them evenly to ordinary citizens, who can then be paid the dividends. After all, it’s what the billionaires say that they want. 

:: 1-24-19 Shepherds Heart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ten Plagues: Our Spiritual Condition is Reflected in the Plague of Boi

Posted : Celeste B., Date : January 24, 2019

Ten Plagues: Our Spiritual Condition is Reflected in the Plague of Boils

Then I heard a loud voice from the temple saying to the seven angels, “Go, pour out on the earth the seven bowls of God’s wrath.” So the first angel went and poured out his bowl on earth, and loathsome, malignant sores broke out on those who had the mark of the beast and worshiped its image. And the second angel poured out his bowl into the sea, and it turned to blood like that of the dead, and every living thing in the sea died.… The plague came without warning, and for those with discernment, it was a foreboding of doom. At the command of the Lord a veil of fine particulates, a sooty ash, was flung heavenward in the presence of Pharaoh. It shall become a dust upon man and beast. Some translations expand on the sooty ash to include cinders, embers, or the white ash that forms on embers. Another view is that God turned it into fiery dust and spread it throughout Egypt. Whatever this sooty-ash was we know that it is an irritant: An irritant is defined as a substance that causes pain, inflammation, itching, or discomfort. It is a thing that is annoying or distracting, and that causes trouble. Let Moshe throw it… a light substance such as soot cannot normally be cast very high, towards heaven indicating it not only was in the lower atmosphere but also higher up in the firmament. It is a miracle was that such a small amount of soot would suffice to become dust over the entire land. In the view of some the soot was burning hot ash such as one might encounter from a pyroclastic flow after a volcano erupts. It is not detailed I Scripture but would make sense that as the wind carried the soot-ash, it went into homes. There was no escape from it. This is the first instance of soot in the bible. Soot can provide some interesting clues on the judgments of God. Most of us think of ashes or soot as being black, and indeed we get that impression, from the Arabic word for soot. As we have seen, soot can also be white. I burn wood to heat my home and on my Cinderella days (cleaning the ash box) it is filled with a combination of black and white ashes giving an overall appearance of gray. When I see this, I think of the dual nature of Satan. He portrays himself as an angel of light but his rebellion against God is as darker than the Abyss. Soot is a substance formed by an incomplete combustion, or disengaged from fuel in the process of combustion, which results in fine particles. This fine powder, consists mainly chiefly of carbon. What was the Origin of the Sooty Ash? Given that this soot-ash was an incomplete combustion I have to wonder if one of the earlier plagues at the judgment of God included the first wave of galactic or inter-planetary event or merely the ashes of the Egyptians mundane everyday life. Did our sun super nova? Did was pass through a cloud of intergalactic dust?  Were these ashes just left over from the every day process of baking bread? We know that earth endured an incinerator event aside from the fireball event that supposedly killed the dinosaurs. Did this event either cause super wildfires or instantaneously incinerate all life forms causing this carbon sooty layer in Egypt and around the world? Is it possible that this ash contained the elemental remains of the nephilim that is dangerous to breathe? Given that we know it was used in a supernatural way what else can sooty ash tell us? There is another gruesome possibility. British theologian E.W. Bullinger compiled the Companion Bible that includes the notations of the Hebrew scribes called the Mesorah. The accuracy of these scribal notes is one reason the Hebrew Torah has maintained its accuracy through the centuries. Bullinger's Bible notation is that these ashes from the furnace were from the altars on which human sacrifice were sometimes offered to appease their serpentine god Typhon (Evil Principle) also known as Set a god of chaos, the desert, storms, disorder, violence, and foreigners in ancient religion. Sacrifices were no doubt being offered to avert the plagues but the ash produced another plague instead of averting it. In the previous plagues we have seen Scripture allude to drought-like conditions, as a result of climatic changes. Many times during drought, the fall of the dew is accompanied by a sort of dust, and it is furthermore written: The Eternal will make the rain of thy land powder and dust. Deuteronomy 28:24 Its onset, too, came from something negligible—a handful of soot from the kiln—but its affliction of the human body was greater than that of more impressive plagues. Your Amazing Skin! Your skin is amazing! As a health advocate I am in awe of the marvelous barrier of our skin. It is associated with subtle energies, electrical charges, auras, energy meridians and points, and other features. The nervous system and the skin remain intimately entwined throughout life. As we look at the historical accounts of the sooty-ash let us keep in our minds the impact of SMART dust and nanoparticle's in the future of our physical and spiritual health. Hewlett-Packard (HP) founded the Central Nervous System of the Earth (CeNSE) in 2010, which aims to launch billions of nanoscale sensors around to world to observe and gather data on the physical environment. More and more talks of incorporating the technology with medical practices are popping up. We find an integration of Smart Dust in human augmentation and brain-computer interface Spiritual Aspects of Skin Disorders The skin is a great projection screen onto which physical, emotional, mental, and spiritual aspects of the person are constantly made visible. As with other challenging physical conditions, visible skin disorders can have significant psychological and social effects. Inflammatory skin disorders such as acne and skin eruptions may point to a variety of spiritual concerns. Physically deforming conditions can raise existential issues and provoke searches for meaning in the afflicted. Past traumatic experiences involve a memory that links to the skin. Persons with these conditions were considered ritually impure, with the presumption that their skin disorder was associated with transgression or immorality. Boil Basics I will go into the Plague of Boils later, but for know a cursory look at boils is in order. A boil is a pus-filled area of skin usually located from infected hair follicles. A more severe form of boil is a carbuncle. The usual cause of a boil is from a bacterium, most commonly Staphylococcus Aureus which today is antibiotic resistant. A boil starts as a red and painful limp. As it swells and it fills with pus it becomes rounded and forms a yellowish head. Boils can be reoccurring. When one has boils it is critical that a person not burst for the boil for it will spread. Hot compresses aid to relieve discomfort, hastening drainage and healing. At times boils must be surgically lanced and drained for healing to take place. Some Hebrew translations believe that the boils are better translated as hemorrhoids. Supernatural Plague of Boils  This particular plague began with Moses taking a handful of sooty ash and casting it heavenward. This settled over the land of Egypt much like Geo-engineering has blanketed our earth with SMART dust and nanoparticles among other things. It is very possible that these boils began from the irritation caused by the sooty-ash although we cannot discount a supernatural element as it was cast heavenward.   Blains or boils in Holy Scripture comes from the root word to boil and the fire causeth the waters to boil…Isaiah 64:1. In the Hebrew the word is doubled. As the whole atmosphere over Egypt is saturated with sooty-ash a foundation is laid that from this plague foreword, the plagues are of compounded or complex nature, involving several miracles within each plague. And the lord appointed a time. Once again we see that God Almighty has set a fixed time for the sign to begin and so we shall see this pattern repeated in Revelation. Jewish Legends add to our understanding about the Plague of Boils:  Upon man and upon beast it began as a dry rash. This dryness withered both man and beast. This sooty-ash had desiccant properties that we see in today's geo-engineering and will increasingly experience with increased volcanic activity. The boils then metamorphosed into a rash of wet boils of boils. Some accounts say that the boils were an agonizing hybrid of boil that was moist on the outside and dry on the inside. Exodus 9:9 conveys to us several insights such as the boils in their formative stage there first was a dry inner flowering and over that formed the outer layer of boils while some adhere to a reverse order of boils on the outside and a dry rash on the inside. Either way this was clearly a tortuous affliction. This plague does not highlight distinction any place which gives one pause to contemplate that among the Egyptians had they crossed the humanity line? Had they abandoned their Divine Image in which they had been created thereby losing their human distinction and becoming beast like? If this is the case was this due to their dabbling in the Black Arts and forbidden knowledge? Or possibly was due to the dark practices of mixing forbidden species as seen in the Days of Noah? As we see in the biblical narrative, it could also be, that the Egyptians embraced the hard heart attitude of Pharaoh. The Egyptians could not cure themselves of the boils therefore the god Imhotep-the god of medicine, was rendered a fraud! Were the Magicians of Egypt Redeemable?  A friend and I had a lively discussion last evening whether or not the Egyptians in the fullness of their sin were redeemable. One view is that they contained the blood of the nephilim and therefore they were unredeemable. Another view is that they were deliberately sinning against God, making redemption without repentance questionable. One last thought on this topic. I took a biblical class several years ago and in class the teacher challenged us by inquiring, "Is redemption possible for some extremely wicked?" It may sound simplistic, but I share with you, it is a very thought provoking question. Think of an evil person. Was that person created in the Divine Image of God? Did God breathe life into that body? Did that person stray from God's perfect plan? Are we redeemable if we have a certain percentage of tainted blood? Now back to the magicians. My first impression was that they were not redeemable but after studying this more intently, given their reaction of shame even if it was a response to the boils, I could see potential, some glimmer of humanity still residing in their hearts. Or, maybe I just choose to look for the positive and good in people.   When it came to the Plague of Boils, mediated by Moses and Aaron, they magicians wanted to exhibit their prowess with dramatic effect. They had remained inactive during the Plague of Vermin and Animal Disease, which were wrought by God. Despite their plan this inflammatory rash was upon the magicians themselves and also upon all the Egyptians. The helplessness of the magicians proved the hollowness of their faith. God strengthened Pharaoh's heart it was not on account of the magicians.  Pharaoh's sorcerers were unable to stand before Pharaoh or Moses because they were afflicted with boils upon their knees and legs. These magicians were ashamed, confounded and covered their heads. They made no appearance in the royal palace but remained imprisoned in their homes. The imagery in the narrative is very similar to that spoken of by the prophet Jeremiah in 14:3: The word of the Lord that came to Jeremiah concerning the dearth….And their nobles have sent their little ones to the waters: they came to the pits, and found no water; they returned with their vessels empty; they were ashamed and confounded, and covered their heads. This narrative regarding the magicians also reminds me of Genesis 3: Then the Lord God called to Adam and said to him, “Where are you?” So he said, “I heard Your voice in the garden, and I was afraid because I was naked; and I hid myself.” And He said, “Who told you that you were naked? Have you eaten from the tree of which I commanded you that you should not eat?” The words describing the boils upon the magicians are spelled different ways in the Hebrew language. One is with a full spelling and the other is defective. This indicates that their status was now even more greatly reduced. They no longer enjoyed the glory of their close association with Pharaoh. God hardened Pharaohs heart and therefore he did not request Moses to entreat the Lord. There was none to help him and none to uphold him. His folly and iniquities ensnared him. His own iniquities shall take the wicked himself, and he shall be holden with the cords of his sins. Proverbs 5:22 Spiritual Side of Sooty Ash The fate of your soul is directly impacted by your life choices. On the physical sensation level, this occurs as molecular, biochemical, and electrical interactions between skin cells and nerve cells. On the cognitive thought level, the appearance of our skin, hair, and nails influences our thoughts and vice versa. The skin is a psychological semi permeable membrane that separates self from others but permits interchange. On the social level, the appearance of our skin, hair, and nails influences social interactions as well as internal self interactions. On the spiritual level, the perception of the skin can influence the core self, relationships between people, and a person’s relationship with God. We received a glimpse of this through the verses with the Egyptian magicians. Religious Aspects of Skin Why did the magicians retreat from public view? If you have ever had a noticeable affliction you already know the answer. Skin and skin disorders have had religious aspects since ancient times. At the outer layer of the body that presents itself to self and others, skin has major psychological and social effects on how we view self and others. Persons with visible skin disorders have often been stigmatized or even treated as outcasts. Various skin disorders have spiritual and religious aspects. I recall my bout with pimples as a young girl. All I will say is that peer review can be brutal. Off the Beaten Path from the Pages of History He dictated all these words to me, and I wrote them with ink in the book. — Jeremiah 36:18 In ancient days Torah scrolls and the Bible were written in ink. I am not sure what is used to today for printed materials. I am fairly certain that the original ink recipes are not used. Why would I research ink when I am investigating the Plague of Boils? There is a fascinating connection between sooty-ash and the Book of Life. Sooty-Ash Ink Black ink in ancient days — ink was a solution or suspension of solid ingredients in a liquid environment which served for writing. …and contained at least three ingredients: Pigment — which gives the ink its color, Binder — which binds the pigment to the writing surface, Carrier — the liquid in which the pigment and the binder are suspended…. The ink used for ancient writing was black and of two kinds, according to the sort of pigment used: carbon-based and iron-based. “Carbon-based ink was made from soot or charcoal dustsoot was gathered from burning vegetable or animal fats. Charcoal dust was produced by burning vegetable matter such as beech trees or cedars. Carbon-based ink was first developed circa 2500 BCE. “Iron-based ink was made, in ancient times, from the following ingredients: blanched oak-nut galls, green vitriol, also called copperas…its chemical formula is iron sulfate crystallized with seven water molecules…”

Dr. Nir-El in the Sinai journal: “The ink used by Jewish scribes until the second century CE was carbon-based. The Dead Sea scrolls were also written in carbon-based ink, as seen by chemical analyses recently performed (published by Dr. Yoram Nir-El in his article “The Black Ink of the Qumran Scrolls,” Dead Sea Discoveries 3.2 [1996] pp. 157-167). Martin Levey from Yale University suggested that diyo is a black ink whose color is due to soot particles. Based on prior work, the best soot came from olive oil, which was then mixed with balsam. Kankantum is translated as copper sulfate or perhaps "copper water". In a recent paper on the ink of Persian documents, the author found that they too contained lamp soot which was gathered from inside a chimney that burned linseed oil. The soot was then sieved to produce a fine powder that was bound with Gum Arabic, made from the sap of the acacia tree.  Dead Sea Ink Then a group of German scientists analyzed the ink on one of the Dead Sea Scrolls and reported their findings in Dead Sea Discoveries. They used x-ray spectroscopy, in which an electron beam is bounced over the sample, and the spectrum of radiation that is given off is measured. As you can see in the figure below, the spectrum of the Dead Sea Scroll ink is similar to Gum Arabic, but it contains peaks that suggest other compounds, including a gum produced by the Acacia Raddiana. Not surprisingly this tree is only found in very dry or desert climates. To their astonishment was comparable to ink dating from the 12th century. Analysis of the spectrum of the scroll ink also suggests the presence of tannins -a group of chemicals naturally found in many trees and plants. Gall-nuts contain tannin. The survival of this ancient use had actually been forgotten. In this case the tannins would chemically bind the ink to the parchment collagen, explaining the surprising durability of the scroll inks as compared to the usual, physisorbed, carbon-based ink. The ink used on the Dead Sea Scrolls written around 100 CE compares to ink from recipes over 1,900 years older. How is ink made? One collects lamp-black obtained from oil or from pitch, wax or similar substances; one binds them with wood resin and a little honey, and they are kneaded well and flattened into cakes. Then they are dried and put away. When they are used to write, they are soaked in gall-nut water or something similar and he writes with it. And if the writing needs to be erased, it may be erased. This is the worlds first and finest erasable ink. Blotting Out Transgression and Betrothal And herein the forgotten mystery of the sooty-ash ink! It is durable to withstand the test of time, but is not so permanent that it cannot be blotted out. Thankfully for us, God wanted to retains His exclusive right to blot out our transgressions. For you see, our relationship with Jesus Christ is much like a wedding contract. There is much significance of a King writing His Word in stone, for it endures the weathering of time-irrevocable. This is why Moses destroyed the First Commandments in stone when the Hebrews were playing the harlot. When we accept Jesus as our Savior, He offers us a free gift, but we are betrothed, a martial relationship of sorts- with all that goes with that intimate relationship. The Song of Songs is the most beautiful and dynamic account of this love story between the Bridegroom and His Beloved. I encourage you to read it and to infuse romance of the Beloved into your walk of faith as we become the spotless Bride.


Author Information For those who are actively pray for my ministry I humbly want to thank each one of you! If you consider this article informative please consider becoming a Patron to support my work.

Going where angels fear to tread... 

:: 1-21-19 RB ministries :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::


January 21, 2019

This Happened On Planet Earth…Jan. 2019..End Times Signs

5,550 views The Watchman Published on Jan 21, 2019

Current Events Linked To Biblical Prophecies. Everything is unfolding just as the bible foretold. Wars, Volcanic Eruptions, Earthquakes, Extreme Weather, Christian Persecution, Violence and more! Matthew 24:3-14 3 Now as He sat on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to Him privately, saying, “Tell us, when will these things be? And what will be the sign of Your coming, and of the end of the age?” 4 And Jesus answered and said to them: “Take heed that no one deceives you. 5 For many will come in My name, saying, ‘I am the Christ,’ and will deceive many. 6 And you will hear of wars and rumors of wars. See that you are not troubled; for all[a] these things must come to pass, but the end is not yet. 7 For nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. And there will be famines, pestilences,[b] and earthquakes in various places. 8 All these are the beginning of sorrows. 9 “Then they will deliver you up to tribulation and kill you, and you will be hated by all nations for My name’s sake. 10 And then many will be offended, will betray one another, and will hate one another. 11 Then many false prophets will rise up and deceive many. 12 And because lawlessness will abound, the love of many will grow cold. 13 But he who endures to the end shall be saved. 14 And this gospel of the kingdom will be preached in all the world as a witness to all the nations, and then the end will come.

[:: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..

:: 1-20-19 Debka File :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia and Syria join forces to repel Israeli air strikes. Iron Dome downs Syrian missiles over Golan

Jan 20, 2019 @ 15:47

Israel, Syria and Russia scaled up their contest over Syria. On Sunday, Jan. 20. Israel made a point of striking Damascus airport in the face of a Russian warning, while Syria launched a missile against Israeli Golan and Moscow issued bulletins on the state of play.  This was Israel’s first air strike against a Syrian target since Lt. Gen. Aviv Kochavi’s took charge of the IDF last week as new Chief of Staff. It was also rare in that Israeli warplanes operated in daylight. According to the Russian Defense Ministry, four Israel Air Force F-16 fighters flew in from the Mediterranean to attack Damascus international airport. Syrian air defense weapons, which the Russian DoD confirmed this time, were Pantsirs and Buks, were launched against the Israeli jets and the missiles they dropped, claiming to have intercepted 7 missiles. These bulletins flowed throughout the incident from Russian spokesman to local correspondents. Only last week, an Arab publication warned Israel that no more air strikes must take place against Damascus international airport which was being made ready for commercial traffic. Just one hour after the Israeli air strike, two Syrian missiles were launched against the northern Golan and Mt. Hermon. The IDF spokesman reported they were intercepted by an Israeli Iron Dome air defense battery. Several thousand skiers on the Mt. Hermon ski slopes just north of the Golan saw the flying projectiles. To avoid panic, the spokesman said there was no need for them to leave the slopes. However, DEBKAfile’s military sources report that, on Dec. 26, both Russia and Syria warned that for further Israeli air strikes, they would shoot anti-air missiles into Israeli air space. This was taken as a threat to fire SA-5 anti-air missiles from the Damascus region. The threat came the day after one of those missiles caused major alarm in the cities of central Israel. 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

:: 1-20-19 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Vatican Surrenders to China

by Lawrence A. Franklin January 20, 2019 at 5:00 am

The Vatican may learn the hard way that the Communist Chinese government does not honor its agreements. Beijing may attempt to extort even more concessions from the Vatican, just as the Chinese regime demands ever more surrender of sovereignty from western companies that do business in China.

It is also highly dubious that the Vatican will purchase peace by this pact: the regime will continue to persecute the Church. If the Communist regime is true to form, thousands more crosses will be taken down from Christian churches, especially in areas that have a high Christian population.

The courageous elders of Chinese Catholicism, who have endured decades of government persecution and regime efforts to divide the Church, may be seen by their flocks as having been bypassed by the Vatican. Many, if not most, Chinese Catholics are likely to view this agreement as a cynical political betrayal by the Vatican rather than a faith-based decision.

"In light of this dismal record, it seems that prudence and caution would seem to be the order of the day in Vatican negotiations with the totalitarians in charge in Beijing, at whose most recent Party Congress religion was once again declared the enemy of Communism." — George Weigel, Catholic author and political analyst.

Pope Francis has surrendered partial control of the Chinese Catholic Church to the Chinese Communist Party (CCP). His Holiness agreed to grant the Party considerable authority over personnel matters. After decades of refusing to give China the right to appoint Catholic bishops, as a condition for normalization of relations, the Vatican finally conceded to the regime's demand to allow the CCP a decisive role in the selection of bishops to head Catholic dioceses. The Vatican's concession came despite the CCP's continued persecution of the unofficial, independent, underground Catholic Church in China. Yet the Vatican probably does not view this as a defeat but rather as a means to an end. The diplomatic hierarchy of the Catholic Church may be confident that the truth of its spiritual message will endure long after the CCP dissolves into the same historical trash bin as other totalitarian ideologies have done. The Church's consenting to fold its independent political posture into the Chinese regime's Communist Party apparatus gives Beijing the authority to appoint bishops politically acceptable to the CCP. In granting China this right, the Vatican implicitly is recognizing the legitimacy of the regime's CCP instrument to infiltrate and control Roman Catholicism in China, which is the Chinese Patriotic Catholic Association (CPCA). Pope Francis has also reinstated several pro-regime bishops whom the Vatican had once excommunicated because they willingly agreed to follow Communist China's directives, while forsaking their loyalty to the Church in Rome. Finally, the Holy See's bureaucracy also accepted Beijing's demand to reduce and restructure the Catholic Church's 137 dioceses across China. This last Vatican concession may shred the religious authority of several bishops secretly appointed to some of these eliminated dioceses by Pope Francis and previous popes. For almost 70 years, after the CCP's successful takeover in China, Catholics have either attended churches approved by the government's Chinese Patriotic Catholic Association or churches aligned with the Vatican. Some Catholics even attend Mass in private homes to avoid surveillance by agents of the regime. After a series of recent meetings between the Holy See and China's State Administration for Religious Affairs, Pope Francis dispatched a delegation in mid-December to meet with leading bishops of the pro-Vatican "Underground Church" and Chinese government officials. The delegation was ostensibly in China to pursue "practical steps" to implement the provisional agreement the Holy See had reached with China. In reality, the Papal delegation may have been sent to China to make certain that the agreement's final implementation proceeded smoothly. The delegation included the Vatican's President-Emeritus of the Pontifical Council for Social Communications, Archbishop Claudio Maria Celli. The Archbishop carried a document signed by the Holy See's Secretary of State, Cardinal Pietro Parolin and by Cardinal Fernando Filoni, Prefect of the Vatican's Congregation for the Evangelization of Peoples. The delegation's Papal directive instructed at least two prominent Catholic bishops of the "Underground Church" to retire or share their official duties with bishops approved by the CCP. While the exact wording of the Holy See's letter remains secret, some Vatican observers, presumably reflecting the Pope's decision to reverse years of resisting Beijing's demands, cited a few reasons for giving in. First, the Church probably needs to eliminate confusion among Catholics in China over the schism between Vatican-approved and regime-approved bishops. Another possible reason for the Vatican's apparent flexible stance is that a Church-state compromise would be necessary to improve pastoral care for existing Catholic faithful. The decision by the Vatican not to publish the letter, however, may suggest that the regime is also demanding that the Holy See break relations with Taiwan before it can normalize diplomatic ties to China. This supposition is based on the character of Beijing's previous agreements establishing bilateral relations with other countries, including Panama. Other countries that cut ties to Taiwan in order to open up embassies in China include the tiny African country of São Tomé and Príncipe as well as El Salvador. The prerequisite that states desiring formal ties with China must first sever formal diplomatic relations with Taiwan rests on Beijing calls its "One China" policy. Communist China considers Taiwan an integral part of China, and thus rejects Taiwan's claim that it represents the legitimate government of China. The Vatican's public relations officers seem to have tried to put the best face on the agreement with Beijing. Gregory Burke, the recently resigned Director of the Holy See's Press Office, suggested that this pact with the CCP was designed to be pastoral, not political, implying that it would help unify Chinese Catholics. The Vatican, however, in a seeming effort to douse speculation, has refused to reply to inquires whether the agreement is a first step in establishing diplomatic relations between the Holy See and the People's Republic of China. About half of the 98 dioceses have no Vatican-approved bishops, thereby often leaving their parishes without clerics to administer to believers. It is clear from Beijing's anti-Catholic harassment campaign that the Communist Party leadership is determined to co-opt, if not destroy, the independence of the Church in China. Regime harassment includes the dispatch of internal security police to strip churches of their statues, and the removal of crosses from steeples. Sometimes bibles are confiscated if seen in public. Masses are often celebrated in private homes to avoid being monitored by the state. On one occasion in early 2018, an entire Catholic Church was demolished, prompting a street demonstration by parishioners. Perhaps the Vatican might be privately concerned that the CCP's continued opposition could complicate evangelization efforts among the Chinese people. The Vatican's desire to reach an agreement with Beijing may also be, in part, a reaction to the regime's efforts to sow dissent in the Church by supporting the Chinese Patriotic Catholic Association as an alternative church. With President Xi Jinping's endorsement, at the October's 19, 2018 Chinese Communist Party Congress, Beijing launched a "Sinicization" campaign to bring all religions in line with Chinese culture and values. This government tactic is probably designed to co-opt or to curb the growth of an independent Catholic Church, thereby enhancing Communist Party control of religion in China. One report alleges that Catholic evangelization of the Chinese people is stagnating in marked contrast to the rapid expansion of Protestant Christianity in the country. This disparity underscores the significance of Cardinal Filoni's presence in the Vatican delegation to China's Catholic Bishops: Filoni is responsible for the Vatican's worldwide evangelizing campaigns. The Vatican's pact with Beijing is evoking a good deal of intense criticism from both leading Catholic intellectuals and human rights crusaders. Retired Cardinal of Hong Kong Joseph Zen bitterly critiqued the agreement as "an incredible betrayal," tantamount to giving "the flock to the wolves." The China Director of Human Rights Watch, Sophie Richardson, stated that "the Pope has effectively given Chinese leader President Xi Jinping a stamp of approval when the latter's hostility to religious freedom couldn't be clearer." Even while Beijing and the Vatican were negotiating the future status of the Catholic Church in China, the Communist regime continued its pressure on the Underground Catholic Church to go along with its efforts to get the Vatican to comply with the state's wishes on the administration of the Catholic Church in China. The government harassed and arrested Bishop Joseph Guo Xijin during the years-long negotiations between the Holy See and China. During the talks, another Catholic prelate, 88 year-old pro-Vatican Bishop Peter Zhuang, was hauled before China's State Administration for Religious Affairs. Although Bishop Zhuang was released into the custody of a Vatican delegation, the event was held in the presence of Chinese Party officials, where he was coerced to retire in light of the Vatican-China deal. Perhaps the true intention of the Communist regime was best characterized by Jesuit China expert at Santa Clara University, Father Paul Mariani, in December, 2018: "The government has not given up its hope for control. They want the Church to be another tool of the state. That's common in China, across labor unions or NGOs — they all have to fall under the party at some level." The Vatican may learn the hard way that the Communist Chinese government does not honor its agreements. Beijing might well attempt to extort even more concessions from the Vatican just as the Chinese regime demands ever more surrender of sovereignty from western companies that do business in China. These demands can include a requirement to form joint ventures with a Chinese company, with China holding a majority interest, the demand that all critical data be stored locally, and scrubbing any language to which Beijing objects. It is also highly dubious that the Vatican will purchase peace by this pact: the regime will continue to persecute the Church. If the Communist regime is true to form, thousands more crosses will be taken down from Christian churches, especially in areas that have a high Christian population. In 2015, in Zhejiang Province, in the southeastern city of Wenzhou, where one in eight citizens are Christian, approximately 1,200 crosses were forcibly torn from their moorings. The only likely benefit that the Vatican could derive from this Munich-style pact with the Chinese regime may be an official invitation to Pope Francis to visit China. That privilege, however, might well be outweighed by the potential harm for the future of Catholicism in China. The courageous elders of Chinese Catholicism, who have endured decades of government persecution and regime efforts to divide the Church, may be seen by their flocks as having been bypassed by the Vatican. Many Chinese Catholics, realizing that their hierarchy was reluctantly fused by the Vatican into a union with the state-controlled church, might retreat into private homes to attend Catholic services. Many, if not most, Chinese Catholics are likely to view this agreement as a cynical political betrayal by the Vatican rather than a faith-based decision. The eminent American Catholic author George Weigel sums up the Vatican's past failed policies of negotiation with totalitarian regimes: "In light of this dismal record, it seems that prudence and caution would seem to be the order of the day in Vatican negotiations with the totalitarians in charge in Beijing, at whose most recent Party Congress religion was once again declared the enemy of Communism." Dr. Lawrence A. Franklin was the Iran Desk Officer for Secretary of Defense Rumsfeld. He also served on active duty with the U.S. Army and as a Colonel in the Air Force Reserve. He is also a practicing Catholic. 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 1-20-19 World Gisting :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The horrors Zimbabwe doesn’t want the world to see: Hundreds are beaten and killed in protest crackdown by Mugabe’s successors that has been hidden behind a news blackout

By Chuks Fabian - January 20, 2019

Hundreds of Zimbabweans have been beaten, detained or killed in recent days as the Government cracks down on protesters speaking out against the regime. Violence has erupted in the country after a huge fuel price hike which saw the cost increase by more than 200 per cent to $3.31 (£2.57) per litre. Children as young as ten are reported to have been injured by police and soldiers after people took to the streets to vent their anger. In a bid to hide the state sanctioned violence the internet is being shut down and foreign journalists are being forced out of the country, The Sunday Times reports. Hundreds of people have been seen by the paper in safe houses, hospitals and courts after being attacked and having dogs set on them, while a diplomat said there had been reports of ‘200 deaths’. The current President Emmerson Mnangagwa is heading to Davos in Switzerland this weekend for an international summit as he seeks investment in his bankrupt nation. He had promised a better Zimbabwe after seizing power from dictator Robert Mugabe but witnesses to the latest violence say it is more of the same for the nation’s people. The Crisis in Zimbabwe Coalition said the President is ‘using murder of unarmed civilians as a tool to retain power’ in the country. Zimbabwe Human Rights NGO Forum reported 844 human rights violations while others in the country say people have been detained and refused bail. The Zimbabwe Association for Doctors for Human Rights said they have attended to 172 people, 68 of whom have been treated for gunshot wounds. Other injuries include dog bites from people in police custody and injuries from beating with sticks and sjamboks which are a type of leather whip. Among those arrested is prominent pastor and activist Evan Mawarire. He faces 20 years after being accused of inciting the protests which the Government has liked to ‘terrorism’. Outrage has spread across the nation of the killing of 22-year-old Kelvin Tinashe Choto from Chitungwiza. He was shot in the head before his beaten and battered body was dumped on the counter of a police station by furious protesters. Scrap metal collectors salvages sellable parts from a car shell burnt during the three days protests in Emakhandeni township, in Bulawayo Diplomats attempted to intervene and seek answers from the government but were banned from asking questions after a ‘command briefing’ from Cain Mathema. The nation had hoped for change after the end of Robert Mugabe’s 37-year rule after he was replaced by his right hand man in November 2017. The leader for the Movement for Democratic Change, Nelson Chamisa said: ‘This is worse than Mugabe. These are old wolves in new clothing, using the same methods of human rights abuses and internal displacement. They are telling the world they are open for business when they are selling a dummy.’


:: 1-21-19 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hollywood producer Jack Morrissey calls for killing innocent Covington boys by putting them into the woodchipper

Posted on January 21, 2019 by Dr. Eowyn

Last Friday, January 18, 2019, a deceptively-edited video posted to social media ignited a media-driven public lynching of a group of teenage boys from the all-male Covington Catholic High School in Park Hills, Kentucky. That day, the boys, wearing red Make America Great Again (MAGA) hats and sweatshirts, participated in the March for Life in Washington, DC. The video shows the boys surrounding, laughing and jeering at an elderly Native American man singing and playing a drum, who is identified as Nathan Phillips, an Omaha elder and Vietnam veteran. Wiping away tears, Phillips said: “When I was there singing, I heard them [Covington boys] saying ‘Build that wall, build that wall’. This is indigenous lands. We’re not supposed to have walls here. We never did.” ( The Covington boys were roundly denounced by media outlets and their hometown mayor. The Covington Catholic School, Diocese and Archdiocese issued abject apologies and condemnation of the students. It turns out the full video of the incident shows an entirely different version of what happened. Instead of the Covington boys harassing Phillips, it was Phillips and a group of fellow Native American activists who approached the boys who were doing school cheers. (The March for Life coincided with an Indigenous People’s Rally.) As you can see in the video below, posted to YouTube on January 18, the day of the incident, Phillips tests several of the boys, then targets one of them (0:58 mark). Chanting, Phillips gets in the boy’s face with a metal drumstick and drum. Another Native American man tells one of the students, “White people go back to Europe. This is not your land.” It gets worse. One of the Covington students told the Gateway Pundit that they were waiting for their school bus and doing school cheers when four Black Israelites got belligerent with them: “We were standing there when a group of four African Americans started calling us ‘crackers’ and ‘school shooters'” and told one of the Covington students, who is black, that “we will harvest his organs” when he gets older. The student’s narrative is confirmed by Marcus Frejo, one of the Native American protesters, who has admitted that he knew the blacks were harassing the Covington students when he and other Native American protesters joined their “African American brothers” “in solidarity.” In a Facebook post about the incident, Frejo wrote that he was wandering around the area when: “all of the sudden this mob of youth from the Covington catholic highschool make there onto the steps overlooking the African American brothers and start heckling them with loud maga chants and I quickly realize whats going on when the white bro next to me says their wearing maga hats and shirts. At that moment…I wanna go over there and stand in solidarity with the brothers and just sing.” Although the full video of the incident was posted to Facebook on January 18, the truth didn’t stop Jack Morrissey, a Hollywood producer of Disney’s Beauty and the Beast and two Twilight Saga movies that romanticize blood-sucking soul-less vampires, from calling for the murder of the Covington boys. On January 19, 2019, referring to the Covington boys, Morrissey tweeted that “MAGAkids” should be killed by putting them, “screaming, hats first, into the woodchipper.” He has since locked his Twitter account so that his tweets can only be read by “confirmed followers,” but not before some netcitizen archived his tweet. Here’s a screenshot of Morrissey’s tweet: It is not just Jack Morrissey who’s calling for violence against these innocent Covington boys. Failed actor and ‘comedian’ Ben Hoffman, who goes by the stage name ‘Wheeler Walker Jr.,’ called for violent sexual crimes to be committed against the minor teens and even offered a reward to whoever can stalk and find the minor child and “punch him in the nuts.” (Gateway Pundit)

Yesterday, Rob Sanders, a Kentucky public prosecutor who represents the 16th Judicial Circuit of Kentucky (Kenton County), fired a warning at deranged leftists like Jack Morrissey and Ben Hoffman. He tweeted this: Threatening acts of violence against educational institutions in Kentucky is a felony and we don’t take it lightly no matter the circumstances. #KYcrime H/t CSM ~Eowyn 

:: 1-18-19 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

University of Georgia TA: 'Some white people may have to die' for blacks to advance

By Jessica Chasmar - The Washington Times - Friday, January 18, 2019

A University of Georgia teaching assistant who routinely attacks the concept of “whiteness” on social media took it a step further Wednesday when he declared that “some white people may have to die” in order for black people to advance. “Some white people may have to die for black communities to be made whole in this struggle to advance to freedom,” UGA philosophy TA and Ph.D. student Irami Osei-Frimpong wrote in a now-deleted comment on the Overheard at UGA Facebook page, Campus Reform reported. Mr. Osei-Frimpong doubled down on the comment Friday morning on his own Facebook page, writing, “I’m just saying that America is set up to create functional White supremacists, and they have an attachment to it that’s not particularly moral. I wouldn’t be surprised if White people have to die before Black Americans can live in freedom.” A spokesperson at UGA’s Equal Opportunities Office defended Mr. Osei-Frimpong’s right to express his “personal opinion” in a private capacity, according to an email exchange with alum Andrew Lawrence, obtained by Campus Reform. Despite receiving considerable backlash on social media for his comments, Mr. Osei-Frimpong continued to attack “whiteness” and the “trolls” who disagree with him on Friday. “So, the trolls. The obvious thing to do would be to block them. Or I could let them troll themselves out and be an embarrassment to White people,” he wrote on etc.. etc.. and the news story continues.. 

:: June 27, 1992 Steve Quayle :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::


Before the foundations of the world I set boundaries for all that is created-the sand of the sea, the stars in the sky, all creation had been created in righteousness until sin entered through the corruption of your parents Adam and Eve.  Obedience is liberty-disobedience brings death!  Now the time allotted to your country has run out.  Hear the word of the Lord.  When I send you warnings through My word and through My servants, it is to declare My intentions and make them plain before you.  Those who love me have I engraved upon My heart and upon My palms.  You were created in an act of My love, and it’s that very same love that will cause me to keep you from perishing and being consumed by the unrelenting appetite of Hell!  But, My people are being consumed by the world’s desires, Lust, greed, envy, anger, bitterness, strife and perversion are snares laid before your paths.  You are asleep.  Awake, awake, awake, shake off the slumber of death, and allow me to deliver you from the traps and snares of the evil one.

For yet in a little while, your country will see the judgment of the Almighty upon its idols.  I will punish America, and yet for My Great Name’s sake will I deliver those whose hearts are stayed upon me and who cry out for my deliverance.  Every aspect of your lives will change.  Your children will be brought up in a totally different world, and they will not remember that which came before them.  Daily Satan steals the souls of thousands as your children listen to the melody of madness in the music or their day.  Satan knows the power of music and beckons your loved ones with the lullaby of perdition. 

When Israel burned their children in the arms of Molech and sacrificed to idols, I sent them into captivity and punished them severely.  Yet each day My heritage, your children, are being swept away.  Their hearts stolen, their lives destroyed while they remain in the womb. 

The government of your land worships at the altars of Mammon.  The evil they do is an affront to My righteousness and an attack on My throne, and now hear their judgment.  In one day I will bring down their financial system.  The entire world will stand in awe.  The politicians will run to and fro, unable to do anything to stop the onslaught of my judgment.  Your country will come to a virtual standstill.  No planes will fly, no trains will run, no trucks will run!  As food runs out millions will flee the cities and drought and famine begin to take hold.  Total chaos will ensure.  Panic will break forth, and there will be much death and sorrow.  As those who fall in the city die, plague will break forth and pestilence will follow.  Millions will wander your highways and byways searching for food just to continue living.  The wild beasts and the tribes of man will pursue and attack and take away even that little which those fleeing possess. 

Now I will speak concerning the decision of your Sanhedrin, the Supreme Court-to totally take away prayer from school.  As the last grains of sand have finally fallen through the hour glass, the emptiness and barrenness of America’s spirituality is made known.  The power structure has declared that they will not have me to rule over them, so they will get what they worship.  Satan comes to destroy them, and they clap their hands in praise to he who will only damn them.  When the legal system of its day sentenced My Son to death,  all the powers of Hell gathered around the cross that day.  They congratulated themselves that they were finally in control and that Jesus was finished.  But little did they know they were celebrating their own destruction, for I raised the Son of My love through My power, and Jesus defeated all principalities and powers, and took the keys to death, Hell, and the grave away from Satan. Even the Prince of darkness knows his time is short, and therefore goes about as a ravenous lion, consuming all that will not stand and face him in the power of My might.

Stand therefore, My children, in holiness, obedience, and gratefulness, and watch through the eyes of a repentant heart the great things that the Lord God of Heaven will do on your behalf, if you will turn from your wicked ways, putting away the lust of the flesh and the pride of life.  By Me shepherds become kings, housewives become warriors, the vilest are set free through forgiveness.  You have only to call on me with all your heart.  I am the Lord God your deliverer, and will not forsake you.

Prophecy given to Steve Quayle, Bozeman, Montana on June 27, 1992 

:: 12-29-18 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WARNING: Canada Is Breeding Islamic Terrorists to Invade America

20,013 views David Heavener Published on Dec 29, 2018

David Heavener and ex-Muslim, Sandra Solomon, reveal the one-world government's agenda to enslave Christians, using their most powerful weapon: Islam. 

:: 1-21-19 Stan Deyo :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Unvarnished Truth About Illegal Immigration

Holly Deyo January 21, 2019

This is a crisis on our southern border. For years those who promote open borders continue to regurgitate same the static number of 11 million people who reside in the U.S. illegally. An updated MIT/Yale study reveals the real number is closer to, if not exceeding, 22 million and a Fazel-Zarand study showed it could be as high as 29.1 million. This is a big ball and chain for American taxpayers to carry. Even when economic growth abruptly halted during the great recession of 2008, illegals still flooded the U.S. in an unending river. The Economic BOOM! Factor Now that President Trump has ignited America's economic engine, the number of illegals sneaking over our border has skyrocketed.

Businesses are moving back to the U.S.

Manufacturing jobs are making a comeback that President Obama assured were gone forever.

Unemployment for blacks, Asians and Hispanics is at all-time lows.

For young people, it's the lowest in 52 years, and for women, unemployment is the lowest in 65 years.

The number of people working now is the greatest in America's history and people in economically disadvantaged countries want a piece of the American pie.

Unemployment under Obama could do no better than 4.7%. Under Trump it's already at 3.7%. Obama simultaneously slaughtered good paying full-time jobs and replaced them with poor-paying part-time positions.

Obama slapped on so many regulations that it strangled business growth while simultaneously tying up established companies in red tape. Since Obama's departure, Trump has removed more regulations than any president in history. For every new one passed, the president removed 22 his first year in office and in 2018, he exceeded his campaign promise of removing 2 for every new one. Once unhampered, businesses took off.

Instead of the U.S. bankrupting itself by paying more than all other countries combined to the UN, Trump is asking (and getting) other countries to pay their fair share. Wanted: Educated, Skilled Employees While there is a need for employees, it is for skilled, educated personnel. Check the latest info from the Bureau of Labor Statistics in the chart above. Virtually all of these jobs require skill and or higher education. Speaking and writing our language is mandatory except in construction. We hear many job site workers around Colorado speaking nothing but Spanish. It doesn't require English to hammer in a nail or haul a 2x4. When we walked over to see a home under construction, we asked to the see site plan and he couldn't understand a word except 'hola.' The site manager understand a bit more, but his English more Spanglish. Counting the Costs Pro-open border people, continually parrot that illegals contribute to the economy in taxes. They do, but in a comparatively insignificant way to the tune of about $19 billion year, but they cost U.S. taxpayers roughly $135 billion during that same time. Much of their huge bill is driven by free medical care, education and law enforcement. That's hardly an equitable trade-off. Illegal immigration has also burgeoned into a massive problem because of the diseases – including TB, Pneumonia, Influenza and Parasites – coming with them and the burden on our infrastructure. Most don't even have a high school education and are often illiterate even in their native tongue. So the chance of them qualifying for most positions in the medical and IT industry, and the other job fields outlined above is exactly zero. Instead they go on welfare, which is an enormous bill for Americans to foot because we have big blind compassionate hearts. Overwhelmed and Underpaid

Shelters in border cities and at ports of entry are beyond capacity. Border agents admit they are being overwhelmed by the illegal, uninvited masses. They want border barriers to help stop human traffickers and unimaginable amounts of illicit drugs in addition to the huge influx of illegal aliens, and funnel them into ports of entry. Agreed, an overhaul of our immigration system is waaaay overdue. LEGAL immigration takes too long – years – massive loopholes exist in Federal law like catch-and-release and overcrowded detention facilities that ends in FREE release into American cities and towns, and immigration courts are backlogged by 900,000 cases. Outdated Laws Most egregious is the anchor baby law, which twists the 14th Amendment that applied to slaves back in the day, not illegal immigrants today coming here to 'drop a joey' to secure citizenship. Unfortunately, hundreds of liberal Obama-appointed judges have stacked the courts in their favor. Most onerous is the 9th Circuit Court in California. This is where every liberal beats feet when they want to block President Trump's proposed legislation to fix our immigration system. Trumping stupid immigration laws is the policy that says if even 1 TOE of an illegal hits U.S. soil, they have to be let in. We happily recognize this for Puerto Ricans as Puerto Rico is a U.S. territory and they are U.S. citizens. The rest of the world is not so they should have no claim here. Most offensive is that those who do the right thing by submitting immigration paperwork and fees, background checks and all the rest, are shoved to the back of the line by millions of illegals pushing their way to the front. However, an immigration overhaul still would not curtail the stampeding masses with a bulls-eye on our southern border. It requires more and better physical barriers, technology and additional border agents. Border Crisis in 13 Points

1) In 2018, 17,000 adults at the border with existing criminal records were arrested by CBP and border agents.

2) In 2017 and 2018, ICE arrested approximately 235,000 aliens on criminal charges or convictions – already inside the U.S – including 100,000 for assault, 30,000 for sex crimes and 4,000 for murder.

How sick are you of politicians saying that illegal immigrants commit far fewer crimes than U.S.-born citizens. Two things they conveniently aren't factoring in.

Taking the mean number of 22M illegals compared to the entire U.S. population of 328M, that's a 1-15 ratio. Naturally the number of their crimes is smaller.

More importantly, if they weren't here in the first place, tens of thousands of assaults, rapes and murders wouldn't have been committed.

3) 60,000 illegal and inadmissible aliens a month arrive on our Southern Border

4) In December 2018 alone, 20,000+ were minors smuggled into U.S.

5) The backlog at Immigration Court is nearly 900,000 cases.

6) In 2017, approximately 135,000 illegal and inadmissible family units arrived from Central America. Less than 2% were removed due to shortage of resources and loopholes in federal laws.

7) So far in 2019, there is a 280% increase in family units from 2018.

8) Democrats and others who bark protests at a physical barrier have overlooked 2 critical problems – or maybe they're counting on this.

1) In the case of an EMP strike, chips in the technological aspects of border security would be fried and rendered useless. Since such a destructive outage would last months, possibly years, people would become desperate and a border wall would be more crucial than ever. Why would we take in foreigners when 48.8 million Americans, including 16.2 million children, go hungry here every year?

2) Drones can't fly in rain. In reality, border security would be no better than it is right now – porous as Swiss cheese. 

9) Drugs seized at Border Jan-Aug 2018:

47,945 pounds – Cocaine

4,813 pounds – Heroin

283,084 pounds – Marijuana

67,292 pounds – Methamphetamine

1,357 pounds – Fentanyl (thru July 31)

Think about this: 2 milligrams of Fentanyl = 600,000,000 lethal adult doses. The amount of Fentanyl brought into the U.S. in the first 7 months of last year – those 1,357 pounds – was enough to kill every man, woman and child TWICE. Keep in mind it takes considerably less than 2mg to kill a baby. This doesn't take into account all the Fentanyl that wasn't intercepted, nor does it count all the deadly pounds that was brought into the U.S. before and after those 7 months. Pictured right is what a lethal dose of Fentanyl looks like compared to a penny. If nothing else, the amount of deadly drugs flooding America through our southern border, constitutes a national emergency.

10) 300 Americans die every week from heroin – 90% floods across our Southern Border.

11) Illegal immigration as humanitarian crisis:

1 in 3 migrant women sexually are assaulted on trip to the U.S.

50 illegal migrants a day are referred for emergency medical care

CBP rescues 4,300 people a year who are in danger and distress. Read the rest here.

The journey to the U.S. through Mexico is so dangerous for girls and women that 60-80% are raped by guides (coyotes), fellow migrants, bandits and government officials. Birth control doesn't require a prescription in Mexico and mothers make sure they and their daughters take contraceptives before traveling. Even priests are handing out birth control to them. 12) Unqualified for asylum. Honduras Foreign Affairs Vice Minister, Nelly Jerez, was honest with Fox News reporter, Griff Jenkins. She shared on January 14, 2019 that there are 3 main reasons for the Hondurans leaving their country.

1) Better job/quality of life because of lax U.S. immigration laws

2) Reunite with family members already in the U.S. and

3) Escape violence.

These aren't qualifying reasons for asylum in the U.S., which requires proving a well-founded fear of persecution in their home country on account of race, religion, nationality, political opinion, or membership in a particular social group. Wanting a job is a non-starter. Yesterday, Griff interviewed members of the first 2019 Honduran caravan that left on January 15th. It now has about 3,000 people. A second 2019 caravan departed El Salvador for the U.S. the next day, and a third 2019 caravan left San Pedro Sula, Honduras for the U.S. at 5:30 yesterday morning. So, this is what, the 4th or 5th caravan now from Honduras?) This IS NOTHING LESS THAN AN INVASION. Caravaners openly admitted to Griff they are looking for work, period, which they can get in Mexico. Mexico is freely offering them work visas. They further admitted they have no intention of coming into the U.S. legally, but plan to sneak across the border. 13) One is the dumbest, most pointless, ill-considered 'solutions' politicians have suggested to curtail the massive caravans from Central America is to PAY these countries even more money. Two things are really wrong with this:

1) It hasn't worked so far and

2) Corruptocrats grab the money before it reaches the people.

In just 4 years, Guatemala, Honduras and El Salvador will have received nearly $1.3 BILLION from the U.S. and their people are still coming in massive caravans.

As long as corruption within these countries remains rampant and uncontrolled, our foreign aid doesn't and won't reach the people, for the greatest part. One article described the non-stop corruption there as a "habit". It further revealed that 1/3 of the people in those countries have had to pay bribes to access public services, so the $$ are not reaching the masses. Percent of people who have had to pay bribes: El Salvador: 31% Guatemala: 28% Honduras: 33 Nicaragua: 30%

So why should Americans continue to pour our tax dollars down an endless black hole when the success rate of combatting their corruption is described as “grim”. This is their way of life and never more clearly portrayed than when the brother of the Honduran president was arrested 6 weeks ago in Miami on large-scale drug trafficking charges. Funneling even more cash into Guatemala, Honduras and El Salvador is yet another false solution to encourage illegal immigrants to stay in their own countries much like our politicians who say walls don't work. Walls DO Work Ask any of the 77 countries who have built them. Ask our Border Patrol Agents. Ask Americans who live by the border that now have physical barriers and didn't previously. They share it's cut down illegal traffic to virtually zero. Their homes are no longer being broken into. Ask our farmers who live there, too. Their property / cattle fencing is no longer being cut down, their outside water not left running, their crops aren't being trampled and stolen or their animals stolen, nor are enormous piles of filth and trash dumped on their land. Ask these experts who know walls work, see that walls work, yet politicians – most who have never even visited our southern border – say they don't. This border wall fight that President Trump is waging is for nothing less than the preservation of our country. Believe it! 

:: 1-21-19 Daily Mail  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thousands of caravan migrants trek and hitch-hike across Mexico after hundreds were allowed in with no border checks and are now headed for the US

Hundreds of Central American migrants crossed into Mexico at the weekend as part of caravan heading to US

Some of the migrants were waved across the border from Guatemala without having to show any documents

Most said they now intended to reach America in search of a better life for themselves and their families

Donald Trump has shut down the US government as he tries to get Congress to fund a $5.7billion border wall

By Chris Pleasance for MailOnline Published: 07:28 EST, 21 January 2019 | Updated: 09:18 EST, 21 January 2019

Hundreds of Central American migrants crossed into Mexico at the weekend, joining a group of 1,000 who entered last week and are now heading towards the US. Some of the migrants, who are largely from Honduras, said they were waved through Mexican immigration without any checks or being issued a wristband indicating that they still need to register with authorities. Meanwhile a much larger group are coming up behind them as part of the latest caravan trying to reach America in search of a better life for themselves and their families. Marco Antonio Cortez, 37 and from Honduras, who is traveling with his wife and children, aged two and nine, spoke to the Irish Independent on Sunday, saying: 'The road today was open. 'They didn't give us bracelets or anything, they just let us pass through Mexico migration.' Santos Pineda, 40 and from Honduras, also traveling with children, confirmed the account, saying he did not have to provide any documents at the border. Mexican president Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador has pledged a 'humanitarian' approach by allowing migrants access to Mexico, but providing jobs and opportunities for them in his country to stop them reaching America. The vast majority of those traveling in past caravans have abandoned their march somewhere in Mexico, either taking free transport back home again, or applying for work visas along the way. The first group of 1,000 reached the town of Huixtla on Sunday, meaning they are around a month away from hitting the US border, based on the speed at which previous caravans have crossed Mexico. Donald Trump has vowed to block any migrants attempting to come into the US illegally and has demanded $5.7billion from Congress in order to build a border wall, which was a key campaign promise. The Democrats and some Republicans are refusing to provide that funding, arguing that the amount he is demanding is excessive and that walls do not work. The impasse has led to a government shutdown which has seen 800,000 employees either furloughed or forced to work without pay, and is currently the longest in US history. Last week Mexican officials were photographed putting wrist bands on the migrants as they entered the country to monitor the flow of people. The bands must be kept until the migrants register with authorities. Once registered, migrants who met the requirements to stay would be issued humanitarian visas, allowing them to work in Mexico or continue to the U.S. border, said Ana Laura Martinez de Lara, director general of migratory control and verification. Those who entered Mexico at the official border crossing had done so in a 'very orderly' and respectful manner, in contrast to clashes that took place at the frontier in October when a larger caravan began crossing from Guatemala, she said. Some of the migrants expected to stay in Mexico to find work but it was too early to say how many, she said. Martinez de Lara said approximately 700 people were still waiting to cross into Mexico from Tecun Uman on the Guatemalan side of the border. She could not say if any people had tried to cross into Mexico illegally. Mexico's government said Foreign Minister Marcelo Ebrard planned to meet U.S. Secretary of State Mike Pompeo soon for talks on their efforts to address the migration challenge. No date was yet set for the talks, a ministry spokeswoman said. Caravans from Central America have inflamed the debate over US immigration policy, with President Donald Trump using the migrants to try to secure backing for his plan to build a border wall on the frontier with Mexico. Mexican President Andres Manuel Lopez Obrador is pursuing a 'humanitarian' approach to the problem, vowing to stem the flow of people by finding jobs for the migrants. In exchange, he wants Trump to help spur economic development in the region. The US government has been partially shut down for four weeks as Democrats resist Trump's demand that Congress provide $5.7 billion to fund his planned wall. 

:: 1-20-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EXPOSED: Vaccine deep state plot to seize domain and criminalize all speech that questions vaccine propaganda

Sunday, January 20, 2019 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) The World Health Organization, a criminal cartel front for the vaccine industry, has just declared war on the so-called “anti-vax” movement. The W.H.O. is the same group that spiked vaccines given to women in Africa with abortion / infertility drugs. The W.H.O. is also the same fraudulent group that falsely declared H5N1 bird flu to be a “stage 6 pandemic” in order to create global panic that generated billions of dollars in vaccine sales to world government (which stockpiled the vaccines and then later spent a fortune having the unused vaccine destroyed). Now, the W.H.O. says that anti-vaxxers are one of the greatest public health threats of 2019, ranking the “vaccine hesitancy” movement right alongside Ebola as a public health threat. “Vaccine hesitancy – the reluctance or refusal to vaccinate despite the availability of vaccines – threatens to reverse progress made in tackling vaccine-preventable diseases,” claims the W.H.O. in a global health threat ranking document that also claims global warming — a quack science hoax fabricated by globalists — is also going to destroy humanity if we don’t surrender world economies to Al Gore. The real goal is to criminalize vaccine skepticism and shut down all online speech that’s critical of vaccine safety From sources inside the vaccine deep state, I’m being told that this declaration by the World Health Organization is just the first step in a major assault being unleashed against Natural News and other independent journalism sources that rightfully question the lack of safety in toxic vaccines. With this declaration in place, the next steps will include:

Passing laws in Australia, the United States and Europe that criminalize all online speech which is critical of vaccine safety.

Arresting and imprisoning individuals who discuss the truth about vaccine ingredients such as Thimerosal, squalene or aborted human fetal cells (i.e. aborted human baby parts).

Blacklisting all scientists who study vaccine composition.

Seizing all domain names of independent publishers who report the truth about vaccines.

Censoring all “anti-vax” content across all search engines, mobile devices and social media.

Banning all “anti-vax” films and movies by claiming they are “spreading disease” when, in reality, they are spreading the truth about vaccine dangers.

Watch my urgent video that exposes the WHO’s global agenda to criminalize and silence all “non-official” speech about vaccines I’ve just posted a hugely important video that explains the W.H.O. agenda to silence and criminalize all truthful speech about vaccines and vaccine ingredients. This is a must-watch video, and you can find it only on 

:: 1-20-19 World Israel News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iron dome intercepts Syrian missiles following claims of attack on Damascus

January 20, 2019

The airstrike on Damascus is said to have taken place after an Iranian plane had just landed in the Syrian capital and with a second on its way.

By David Jablinowitz, World Israel News

Missiles fired towards the northern Golan Heights were intercepted by the Iron Dome missile defense system on Sunday afternoon, the Israeli military said. It happened just shortly after the Syrian regime had accused Israel of carrying out airstrikes in southern Damascus on Sunday morning, according to the official news agency SANA. It said that the attack triggered Syrian air defense systems. “A military source said that our air defenses had successfully engaged an Israeli aerial attack targeting the southern region and prevented it from achieving any of its objectives,” SANA reported. The Israeli military refused to comment on the reported strike. It is rare for such strikes to occur during daylight hours. Local Syrian media said that the target of the strike was in the town of al-Kiswah, south of Damascus, said to have been hit in the past, as well. Israel has cited bases near al-Kiswah as being used by pro-Iranian militias. In Sunday’s attack, approximately 10 missiles were fired at targets in al-Kiswah, according to Syrian media. There were no immediate reports on the extent of any damage. Social media said that the airstrike followed just hours after an Iranian cargo plane had touched down in the Damascus International Airport, based on airport flight information, and that another flight from Iran had been on its way to Syria on Sunday afternoon but “turned back right after Israeli airstrikes.”

Israel has vowed repeatedly to fight against Iran’s presence and influence in Syria. 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

[ :: 1-28-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see Russia go to war very soon now, you shall see Babylon destroyed in twenty four hours, you shall see the great earthquake, you shall see these things etc

etc You see the King of Jordan as he brings his restrictions, as he demands that you stay away from the temple, that you do not move Jerusalem. You hear America now saying they may change their mind, do they know not what this will bring forth, this will be the dividing of the land again. Once again I gave you that land, that land is your land and you have no right giving even a gravesite away to another country, that is my land. And when you divide that land, not only will you divide that land, but you will divide America and the great lakes will flow to New Orleans and disaster shall take place. Do you not see the volcanoes; do you not hear about the earthquakes, do you not realize that the plates underneath the ocean have shifted? Do you not see Russia on the move; does she not have her largest submarine setting off of North Carolina and South Carolina and Virginia? etc

:: 1-20-19 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Powerful M6.7 earthquake hits Chile, killing 2 and damaging buildings and streets near the epicenter (videos and pictures)

By Strange Sounds - Jan 20, 2019

A strong 6.7-magnitude earthquake hit north-central Chile on Saturday, January 19, 2019, with police reporting the deaths of two people from heart attacks. The quake struck at a depth of 53 kilometers (33 miles) with an epicenter some 15 km southwest of Coquimbo. An elderly man and an elderly woman from Coquimbo suffered cardiac arrests as a result of the quake. The main quakes and aftershocks produced several landslides, blocking national highways. 

:: 3-30-2018 Editors VOX :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are We Prepared for the Next Mega Eruption?

The frequency of eruptions with a Volcanic Explosivity Index of 7 is only one or two per thousand years but we cannot afford to be complacent. By Fabio Florindoon 30 March 2018 In April 1815, Mount Tambora, on the Indonesian island of Sambawa, experienced a colossal eruption, with a rating of 7 on the Volcanic Explosivity Index (VEI). Tens of thousands of people died, about 100 cubic kilometers of rock blasted into the air, and the resulting sulfate aerosol in the upper atmosphere led to drastic weather changes in North America and Europe, causing food shortages. The following year, 1816, is known as the “Year without a Summer” due to the major climate abnormalities, and proved to be inspirational for art and literature (for example, Lord Byron, Mary Shelley, J.M.W. Turner). A previous VEI 7 eruption in the region, of the Indonesian volcano Samalas at Mount Rinjani in 1257 CE was implicated in the onset of a centuries-long cold period between the 14th and the 19th century called the Little Ice Age. Fortunately, the recurrence frequency of VEI 7 eruptions somewhere in the world is between one and two per thousand years, but this should not cause complacence in preparing for future events. Volcanologist Chris Newhall, with co-authors Stephen Self and Alan Robock, have recently published a paper in Geosphere exploring the potential consequences of the next VEI 7 eruption distinguishing between proximal and distal zones of hazards and risk. This study is not purely focused on catastrophic effects, but rather encourages other research groups to carry out studies and simulations in order to discuss the challenges for the short-range forecasting of such events and offer governments clear scientific bases on which to organize their prevention and emergency policies. The forecasts of Newhall et al. [2018] predict the drastic effects of a large volcanic event on a global scale in societies like ours that are increasingly connected, both in the fields of transport and data transmission. Our world is changing faster than at any time in human history and the next VEI 7 will strike a world very different from that affected by the last two eruptions. For example, more than 100,000 commercial flights take place in the world every day, and vast volumes of data are transmitted via communication satellites. The failure of the satellite-based global positioning system (GPS), a fundamental resource for geographical positioning, would create unprecedented problems for transport systems. It would affect aircraft, cars and other means of transport, for people, animals and goods. As a comparison, consider what happened during the 2010 eruption of the Icelandic volcano Eyjafjallajökull, although it was only VEI 3. A large column of smoke and dust reached the middle troposphere, spreading over part of Europe and the Atlantic Ocean by the winds. For safety reasons, a large number of scheduled flights were suspended, complicating the connections between Europe and North America, and beyond. The problem also involved the air transport of goods, leading to delays, errors, and estimated damages of over 4 billion euros. The world population has grown from 1 billion in 1815 to over 7.6 billion in 2018, with an increasing number of people living close to volcanoes with a major eruption potential. Newhall et al. have identified a list of candidate volcanoes that might be capable of a VEI 7 eruption. These include the Taupo Volcano in New Zealand, which produced an enormous VEI 8 eruption around 26,500 years ago, and the Campi Flegrei calderas along the Bay of Naples in Italy.

—Fabio Florindo, Editor-in-Chief, Reviews of Geophysics; and Istituto Nazionale di Geofisica e Vulcanologia, Rome, Italy; email: 

:: 1-19-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'I feel like the house won't hold up': Anxious Alaskans fret as more than 7,800 aftershocks rattle residents seven weeks after 7.0 earthquake caused $100MILLION in damage

On November 30, Alaska was hit with a massive 7.0 earthquake

There were no casualties, though quake did cause $100million in damage

Since the quake, there have been more than 7,800 aftershocks

Some of the aftershocks have had magnitudes of 4.5 or greater

Alaskans have been trying to cope with the aftershocks

By Associated Press Published: 11:37 EST, 19 January 2019 | Updated: 22:48 EST, 19 January 2019

Seven weeks after a massive earthquake rocked Alaska, aftershocks are still shattering 7-year-old Connor Cartwright's sense of safety. They shake the earth far less than the 7.0 magnitude quake that sent a mirror, TV and dishes crashing to the ground in the Anchorage home where Connor lives with his mother, father and 11-year-old brother. But the seemingly never-ending aftershocks deepen quake anxiety for the second-grader and many other Alaska residents in the wide swath of the state shaken by the Nov. 30 quake. When the big aftershocks hit, Connor fears his home will collapse. 'I feel like the house won't hold up,' he said. Many of the aftershocks are so small that people don't notice them, like a recent one that Connor didn't feel at school - but his teacher made all the students dive under their desks to be safe. The latest big aftershock happened last Sunday - a magnitude 5.0 jolt that flared already frayed nerves and prompted panicky posts on social media. That one 'reminded people again that it's not over yet,' said seismologist Natalia Rupert at the Alaska Earthquake Center. There have been more than 7,800 aftershocks since the main earthquake struck 7 miles north of Anchorage, the state's most populous city. Most were too small to feel, but 20 have had magnitudes of 4.5 or greater.

Rupert expects the temblors to continue for months, although the frequency has lessened, from about 200 daily to a couple dozen a day. With no end to the seismic action in sight, Laura Dykes said her upcoming vacation trip to Las Vegas will be a huge relief from the stress she now experiences. The Anchorage law firm worker still has vivid memories of her basement office in a building swaying back and forth during the November earthquake. It was built on rollers to protect it from seismic events. 'I can't get out of here fast enough,' Dykes said. 'It'll be five days I can get sleep.' The earthquake buckled roads and some homes and buildings sustained heavy damage, with initial estimates to repair damage and other costs at about $100million. But most parts of Anchorage and other areas escaped the type of widespread catastrophic damage that happened in a devastating 1964 earthquake because of strict building codes that were put in place after that quake, which had a magnitude of 9.2 and was the second most powerful quake recorded on the planet. No deaths or serious injuries were reported after the quake seven weeks ago, but federal officials soon declared a public health emergency and mental health aid was made available for people traumatized by the event. School counselors were swamped and crisis counselors were brought in from Oregon to help at several Anchorage-area schools. Therapists and other professionals struggled to meet demand from a nervous public. Mental health providers say the rush of new patients has slowed, but they still treat clients rattled by the aftershocks, which strike without warning or any apparent pattern. 'It's overwhelming for people, and they feel emotionally out of control,' said Deborah Gonzales, a licensed clinical social worker in Anchorage. Gonzales said people tell her they can't stand the shaking and don't feel safe anywhere. Some are considering moving out of state while others say they feel 'crazy' - feelings Gonzales called '100 per cent normal.' For Connor, every noticeable shake triggers feelings of vulnerability, said his mother, Tamra Cartwright, adding that many of her friends' children also struggle with quake-related fears. Tamra Cartwright said her husband was at work when the main quake struck, but she and her sons ran out of the house and hugged each other as they huddled together outside. Along with broken family items, the only damage to their home was an existing hairline wall crack that was made wider. But Connor couldn't sleep in his own bed for weeks and only just returned to it. His mother said she 'totally' hates the aftershocks, but tries to 'be strong for my kids.' Lifelong Alaskan Robert Bell was 12 during the 1964 earthquake and remembers it as a rolling action while the recent quake was more of a back-and-forth movement that felt more violent even though it wasn't as powerful. The recent quake and its aftershocks have been like reliving that youthful experience over and over, Bell said. Bell, who worked in construction for years, built his own home and says it's safe and solid. But his heart races when the aftershocks hit. 'You don't know when the next one's going to hit - that's been unnerving,' he said. They're also unsettling for Ethel Sechlera. But the Anchorage supermarket cashier considers them a way for the ground to let out seismic pressures. 'I'd rather have the little aftershocks to keep from having the big one hit,' she said. Others shrug off the aftershocks as part of daily life in the most seismically active region of the U.S. 'I guess I'm a special kind of case because I don't really mind it so much,' said Isaiah Sagayo. 'I just continue on.' 

:: 1-21-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Over the moon! Thrilled stargazers around the world are treated to a stunning Super Blood Wolf Moon as it turns RED for AN HOUR following a total lunar eclipse

Star gazers in parts of the northern hemisphere caught a glimpse of the super blood wolf moon overnight

Cloudy skies had threatened to ruin the total lunar eclipse for those in the UK and US

The best view of the lunar eclipse for those in the UK was scheduled to take place at 5.12am (GMT), while the moon was to appear its most red for Americans at 11.41pm (EST)

Astronomers were particularly interested in this year's blood moon as it is the last of its kind for two years

By Emily Crane For and Wires Published: 00:30 EST, 21 January 2019 | Updated: 13:46 EST, 21 January 2019

Stargazers around the world were treated to a spectacular Super Blood Wolf Moon last night as Earth's satellite turned bright red following a total lunar eclipse. The rare phenomenon, which made the moon appear larger and brighter, came together in the Americas on Sunday night and in parts of Europe and Africa in the early hours of Monday. Cloudy skies left some disappointed in Britain and the U.S. but where skies were clear astronomy buffs were able to see the moon turn a striking red color. The best view of the lunar eclipse for those in the United States was at 11.41pm EST on Sunday night while British stargazers had their best chance at 5.12am GMT. The full Moon appears larger than normal because it is closer to the Earth - around 222,000 miles (358,000 kilometers) away, instead of the average 239,000 miles - which earns it the nickname 'super Moon.' While the super moon and blood moon titles come from the brightness and reddish hue respectively, a full moon in January is sometimes called a 'wolf' moon. It earned the name wolf moon because it appears in January, when wolves were said to howl in hunger outside villages. This will be the last time that sky watchers in the UK will be able to experience a total lunar eclipse until 2029. The next chance for Americans to see a total lunar eclipse is 2022. A blood moon last occurred in July 2018, although clouds largely obscured the celestial phenomenon in the UK. It occurs when the Earth's shadow completely blankets the moon, making it appear red. The spectacular total lunar eclipse is visible with the naked eye - and unlike a solar eclipse, viewers do not need any eye protection. Given the bad weather forecast, some stargazers were urged to witness the celestial wonder livestreamed online to avoid missing it. Astronomers were particularly interested in this year's blood moon, which will hang in skies above the northern hemisphere, as it is the last of its kind for two years. 'We're going into this unusual lull in total lunar eclipses over the next couple of years,' explained Tom Kerss, an astronomer from the Royal Observatory Greenwich. 'So this is a really good one to catch as it's going to be a long time before you catch another one like this, we will have other lunar eclipses, we just won't have anything quite as spectacular until May 2021.' In Europe, the eclipse was visible in North and South America, Greenland, Iceland, Ireland, Great Britain, Norway, Sweden, Portugal and the French and Spanish coasts. Many lunar eclipse festivities were canceled due to a flash freeze across the central and northeastern U.S. states on Sunday. Days earlier, it seemed the biggest threat to the cosmic fun was cloudy skies but it turned out a wet, wide-ranging snowstorm followed by a deep freeze on Sunday made driving and outdoor activities too hazardous. Eclipse parties were canceled from Indiana's Lemon Lake County Park to New Jersey's Rowan University. The rest of Europe, as well as Africa, had a partial view of the eclipse, while Australia, New Zealand and most of Asia missed out on the spectacle. 

:: 1--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2019: What's Next?

By Hal Lindsey

A New Year’s Day Politico headline encapsulated the dread filling the political world: “Yes, 2019 Is the Year You Were Worrying About.” Markets are rattled by a looming trade war with China, a Fed that seems determined to relegate prosperity to America’s rearview mirror, and a level of instability in Washington rivaled in American history only by the runup to the Civil War…. Any of these things could translate into a full-blown recession…. Meanwhile, the rest of the world remains dependent on the teetering American economy for their prosperity. The North Korea denuclearization deal seems to be falling apart before it even begins…. China is building weapons designed to destroy US aircraft carriers…. The overall buildup of the Chinese military is one of the largest ever undertaken. It includes a heavy emphasis on space weapons and the destruction of the digital infrastructure that America and the West depend on for their very survival…. Russia remains a nuclear superpower, and its President, Vladimir Putin, seems determined to build a new generation of exotic superweapons. In Washington, a power base entrenched for generations is intent on bringing down this President. They may or may not have legitimate legal arguments against him. We will see as reports finally surface in 2019. But instability in Washington — with fault on both sides — was the hallmark of 2018 and looks to grow even worse in the new year. Bible prophecy is being fulfilled in dramatic, even spectacular ways. That’s good news because it means that the return of Jesus is getting closer. But the Bible makes it clear that the buildup to Christ’s return will be anything but pleasant. At some point, those of us who are in Christ will be raptured out of here. But between now and the rapture, difficulties will increase. America’s power and influence may be destroyed even sooner than we had imagined. What about you? What about your family, neighbors, and friends? What about your church and community? What happens now? What happens to you and those you love? Here’s the thing to remember. Psalm 23 still applies. “The Lord is my shepherd.” He’s still my shepherd, even in the end times. “I shall not want.” He still provides for my needs even in economic hard times. “He makes me lie down in green pastures; He leads me beside quiet waters. He restores my soul; He guides me in the paths of righteousness For His name’s sake.” It’s all still true. And if things become extremely bad, remember verses 4-6. “Even though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I fear no evil, for You are with me; Your rod and Your staff, they comfort me. You prepare a table before me in the presence of my enemies; You have anointed my head with oil; My cup overflows. Surely goodness and lovingkindness will follow me all the days of my life.” I don’t know what will happen in 2019. But I know goodness and mercy will follow me. And if you’re in Christ, they will follow you, too. I believe we will continue to see a fulfillment of the general trends laid out in scripture. Yet, even with that, Jesus said there would be an ebb and flow like with the labor pains of childbirth. That means we can’t make precise, year-by-year predictions. But if you are in Christ, I know a great deal about your future. The big one is this. You’re headed for heaven! The 23rd Psalm ends with an eternal beginning. “And I will dwell in the house of the Lord forever.” 

:: 1--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Sure Word

By Hal Lindsey

Some evangelical Christians kiddingly state their position on Bible prophecy as “pan-tribulationist,” or “pan-millennial.” Then they give the punch line. “I believe it will all pan out.” I understand what gives rise to such thinking. In order to understand Bible prophecy, you have to dig into scripture. “Rightly dividing the word of truth” (2 Timothy 2:15 KJV) requires diligence and effort. And to top it off, those who study prophecy sometimes come away with different opinions. For that reason, many followers of Christ throw their hands in the air and say, “I’m not going to think about it. I trust God. He will take care of things. It will all pan out.” Yes, God is sovereign. His side wins. But it is sad when people who love God ignore so much of His counsel. The Bible is a prophetic book. Some scholars say that one-fourth of it is prophecy. Others say the percentage is even higher — maybe one-third. Either way, prophecy is clearly important. If the only thing we need to know is that it will “all pan out,” then why did God put so much prophetic teaching in His word? If you find prophecy intimidating, remember that all Bible doctrines seem inexhaustible to the human mind. Consider the Attributes of God. You can spend a lifetime on any one of His attributes — and barely scratch the surface. But just because we cannot exhaust a topic, does not mean we can’t have real knowledge of that topic. We can’t fully grasp God’s omnipotence, but because His word tells us about it, we can have a true and real understanding of it. Based on His word, we can know what it is, and we can rationally discuss it. In John 14:3, Jesus said, “I will come again.” That is a clear and concise statement. He said it because He wants us to know it. We can trust those words. It doesn’t tell us everything about end-times prophecy, but it tells us something real — something we can build our lives on. Jesus is coming back! Ironically, that’s where some so-called theologians begin to disagree. Jesus explained many times and in many ways that He will return. The fact that some dispute the obvious is no reason to doubt the obvious. “I will come again” is as clear as, “For God so loved the world, that He gave His only begotten Son….” (John 3:16) Trust it. Lean on it. Find comfort in the knowledge. At Christmas we often recite Isaiah 9:6-7. “For unto us a Child is born, Unto us a Son is given; And the government will be upon His shoulder. And His name will be called Wonderful, Counselor, Mighty God, Everlasting Father, Prince of Peace. Of the increase of His government and peace There will be no end, Upon the throne of David and over His kingdom, To order it and establish it with judgment and justice From that time forward, even forever.” (NKJV) Those verses foretell Christmas, but they don’t end there. They take us from the manger into eternity future — and give us loads of information about what must happen along the way. The Book of Revelation reveals amazing and glorious things about Jesus. It takes things said about Him in the Old and New Testaments to their logical and astounding conclusions. I hate to think that anyone would ignore Revelation because naysayers have convinced them that they can’t understand it. You may not understand all of it, but just reading it will build your faith and enlarge your vision of Christ. Prophecies in Daniel give us tremendous evidence that the Bible could only be written under the inspiration of God. In Matthew 24, Jesus gave one of the longest of His recorded speeches, and it was all about His Second Coming. More and more, I hear people say, “I heard all that stuff years ago. Nothing happened, so I don’t believe it.” In saying things like that, they are unwittingly fulfilling yet another sign of the coming Day of the Lord.

2 Peter 3 says, “In the last days mockers will come with their mocking, following after their own lusts, and saying, ‘Where is the promise of His coming? For ever since the fathers fell asleep, all continues just as it was from the beginning of creation.’” (2 Peter 3:3-4) Verses 8-10 say, “But do not let this one fact escape your notice, beloved, that with the Lord one day is as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day. The Lord is not slow about His promise, as some count slowness, but is patient toward you, not wishing for any to perish but for all to come to repentance. But the day of the Lord will come like a thief. ”Bible prophecy laid out the first coming of Jesus with perfect accuracy and in stunning detail. As we look around at our own time, we can already see that the details about the Lord’s Second Coming are just as perfect and just as stunning. And we are seeing it all in our own time with our own eyes. We live in one of history’s most amazing moments. And you’re here to witness it. So, watch and study. Don’t miss the joy and amazement of the times you live in. 

:: 1--19 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The History of What Comes Next

by Hal Lindsey

Everyone wants to know what happens next. That makes predicting the future big business. Huge corporations spend millions on consulting firms to tell them what’s around the corner. Many of these consultants create computer models that take known facts and attempt to extrapolate from them an understanding of the unknown future. But even in our modern era, many approach the future much as their pagan forebears did. Astrologists, spiritualists, psychics, mystics, palm readers, and other occult practitioners rake in huge amounts of money, especially in times of uncertainty. In our everyday lives, we make sense of the future by looking at the past. The sun has been rising for a long time. We assume it will rise again tomorrow. None of us have seen tomorrow yet, so we use our brains the way scientists use their supercomputers. We extrapolate — make educated guesses. But God doesn’t have to guess. For human beings, time passes sequentially. We’re like people along the street watching a parade. A helicopter pilot flying above the parade can see it all at once. On the ground, we see what’s right in front of us. From on high, he sees the whole parade at once, from beginning to end. That’s a small picture of the way God sees time. Isaiah 57:15 calls Him, “the High and Lofty One Who inhabits eternity.” (NKJV) In other words, He’s already an eyewitness to the future. God can and does reveal certain things about the future to us. Through the prophet Daniel, He correctly laid out a detailed outline of world history from Daniel’s time forward, covering the next 600 years. In our time, we see the nations of the world aligning themselves in ways predicted by Daniel and the other prophets. But to really understand the future, we have to see the context of prophecy. To do that, look at two things — the fundamental nature of God and the series of promises He has made. Assurance of the latter depends on our certainty of the former. A promise is only as good as the one making the promise. Does a lifetime money-back guarantee mean you’re covered until the end of your days? Not necessarily. A company can go belly-up. Bankrupt owners might not have the ability to keep their warranty. Other businesses are scams from the beginning. So, before we look at God’s promises, we have to look at His attributes. Does He have the ability to fulfill His promises? If so, does He have the good character needed to keep His word? Theologians often use the word “omnipotent” to describe God’s ability. “Omni” means all, and “potent” means power. In Genesis 17:1, God said to Abraham, “I am God Almighty.” Almighty is another word meaning all powerful. Revelation 19:6 says, “And I heard as it were the voice of a great multitude, and as the voice of many waters, and as the voice of mighty thunderings, saying, Alleluia: for the Lord God omnipotent reigneth.” Our imaginations fall short when trying to grasp the power and magnificence of a single star — our sun. Yet scientists say a typical galaxy contains a hundred billion stars of which the sun is merely average. Our Milky Way contains up to 400 billion stars. And the universe contains at least a hundred billion galaxies. Think of that, and then think of Genesis 1:1 — “In the beginning God created the Heaven and the earth.” Isaiah 40 says, “‘To whom then will you liken Me, or to whom shall I be equal?’ says the Holy One. Lift up your eyes on high, and see who has created these things, Who brings out their host by number; He calls them all by name, by the greatness of His might and the strength of His power.” (Isaiah 40:25-26 NKJV) Yes. The Almighty Creator of all things has the ability to keep His promises. But what about His character? His capabilities wouldn’t matter if His honesty couldn’t be trusted. Remember the vast universe I just described? In Mark 13:31, Jesus said, “Heaven and earth will pass away, but My words will not pass away.” Numbers 23:19 says, “God is not a man, that He should lie.” Isaiah 40:8 says, “The grass withers, the flower fades, But the word of our God stands forever.” Titus 1:2 says “God . . . cannot lie.” (NASB) God cannot lie! That’s not a limitation on His omnipotence; it’s an expression of it. 2 Timothy 2:13 says, “He cannot deny Himself.” (NASB) He remains forever true to Who He is, and He is truth. (John 14:6) Because of His power and His character, His promises cannot fail. The moment He makes a promise, it is as good as done. To gain an understanding of the future, then, we need to examine His promises. Some of them were conditional, such as the covenant of the law given through Moses. Other promises were unconditional. He promised to Abraham that He would give the Promised Land to Abraham’s offspring through Isaac and Jacob. God would reiterate this promise many times in many ways. So it must happen. God promised King David, “Your house and your kingdom shall endure before Me forever; your throne shall be established forever.” [2 Samuel 7:10-11,16 NASB] That promise can be fulfilled only in the Second Coming of Jesus Christ. What’s going to happen? All the things God promised. 

[ :: 1-7-18 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Keep a very careful spiritual eye on Russia, that is right, I didn’t say North Korea, I said Russia, Russia.  Listen to the news and you will notice how she is building and building and testing and testing.  Soon she will strike.

:: 1-20-19 Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

World War 3: Russia sets up NUCLEAR MISSILES near Ukraine border – Crimea crisis DEEPENS

RUSSIA has deployed an arsenal of nuclear-capable missiles close to the border of Ukraine - stoking further tensions between the two Crimean adversaries following an incident on the Sea of Azov in November.

By Joe Gamp PUBLISHED: 09:23, Sun, Jan 20, 2019 | UPDATED: 14:05, Sun, Jan 20, 2019

Satellite imagery released by ImageSat International show what appears to be short range and nuclear-capable Iskander ballistic missiles stationed in Krasnodar, around 270 miles south east of the Ukrainian border. The new images show a missile compound and several bunkers as well as a second compound nearby An Iskander missile launcher is stationed next to a transloader vehicle, which is used to load fresh ammunition into the launcher. Another transloader could be seen leaving a bunker close by, the door of which appears to be left open. The imaging company claimed the set up could be construed as a “signal from Russia to the US”, Fox News reports. Another similar drill was held at an Iskander site near the Siberian city of Ulan-Ude, according to further imagery. Iskander missiles have a range of up to 310 miles, with the Donbass region of east Ukraine within distance of the missile. Pro-Russian militants have been fighting government forces near the Russian border since 2014 in an effort to establish an independent state, while Russian forces have given military support to fighters. It follows news in January this year that Washington ordered Moscow to scrap a controversial missile project if it wants to salvage the Intermediate-Range Nuclear Forces (INF) Treaty, which the two countries signed in 1987. The treaty banned ground-to-air missile launchers from firing nuclear or conventional missiles with a range between 310 and 3,417 miles. But rumours the Iskander can fire further than 310 miles have stoked tensions, with many believing the INF treaty between US and Russia is at risk. Last week, a senior Russian official gave a warning to Kiev, suggesting its cooperation with western powers put its sovereignty at risk. Security Council Secretary Nikolai Patrushev told Russian newspaper Rossiyskaya Gazeta: “The Kiev authorities are doing everything to split Ukraine, implementing the West's scenario for separating Ukraine from Russia, while ignoring the interests of their own people. “In the end, the country was effectively split. The continuation of such a policy by the Kiev authorities may contribute to Ukraine's loss of statehood.” A war between the two nations is ongoing, even though a cease fire between the two nations was agreed upon in 2015. In November last year, tensions were further fulfilled when Russian naval forces opened fire on and detained three Ukrainian vessels on the Black Sea. Russian forces stopped three Ukranian ships from passing through the Sea of Azov – a shared territory that Moscow has continually tried to claim after seizing the peninsula in 2014 According to reports, the FSB security service said it launched the attack after ships had "entered its waters illegally" and allegedly ignored warning to halt. Russia said it used weapons "in order to stop the Ukrainian military," which it claims illegally entered its waters, confirming "three Ukrainian navy ships were boarded and searched.” In December, Vladimir Putin’s Government branded France and Germany’s demands to release the 24 Ukraine sailors Russia is holding as “unacceptable”. Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov was quoted by news agency RIA, detailing how Mr Putin told Germany’s Angela Merkel in a phone call that the sailors were under investigation and were being dealt with in accordance with Russian law. The 24 Ukrainian sailors are still detained in pretrial detention. 

[ :: 3-22-15 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the pressure that the whole world is putting on my people Israel and only the true Christians are standing with them now, etc

[ ::10-1-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Do not allow the enemy to divide you again, for I have spoken to you time and time again the land is mine, not yours, do not allow it to be divided again. Even though they put pressure on you stand strong, for when you stand strong then you become victors, you become overcomers. Stand, I say, stand, for it is the hour, it is the time to stand, therefore, stand.

[ :: 8-13-17 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Be not concerned at the things that are going on right at the moment, for if you look in my word you will find that some of these things have to come to pass and yet in just a few days I am giving a final warning to America not to divide Israel and to turn back to me while there is yet still time. For truly great disaster shall come at the appointed time, but that is not quite yet etc

:: 1-18-19 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump's 'Deal of the Century' Will Give Palestine 85 to 90 Percent of the West Bank, Israeli Media Outlet Speculates

Amanda Casanova | Religion Today Contributing Writer | Friday, January 18, 2019

Most of the West Bank of Jerusalem will be given to a future Palestinian state as part of President Donald Trump’s “deal of the century” peace plan for Israel and Palestine. According to a report from Israeli media, the proposal would divide Jerusalem, where eastern Jerusalem would belong to a sovereign Palestinian state and western Jerusalem, including the Old City, would go to Israel. The White House has said this proposal released by the Israeli media is “speculation” and “inaccurate.” According to the report, however, under the peace deal, Palestine and Israel can swap land. In one case, Palestine would be given 85 to 90 percent of the West Bank, but major settlement areas would be given to Israel. The full proposal is expected to be released April 9. According to CBN News, the Palestinian Authority has already rejected the plan. The Palestinian Authority said "any peace plan that does not include an independent Palestinian state – with all of East Jerusalem as its capital – on the 1967 borders, is destined to fail." 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 1-20-19 I 24 News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IDF intercepts Golan Heights rocket after Syria accuses Israel of airstrike

01/20/2019 1:38:07 AM Updated on 01/20/2019 10:31:27 AM Written by i24NEWS - AFP

Strikes followed two separate bombings in Damascus and Afrin blamed on 'terrorists' Syrian air defenses on Sunday "thwarted Israeli air strikes" in the south of the country, state news agency SANA reported quoting a military source. Shortly afterwards, witnesses reported seeing two Iron Dome air-defense missiles launched over an Israeli ski resort on Mount Hermon in the Golan Heights. Israel confirmed its air defenses had been activated in a military statement, reporting that the Iron Dome had intercepted a rocket fired at the northern Golan Heights, which lies on the border with Syria and Lebanon. Russia claimed four Israeli F-16 fighter jets attacked Syria from the direction of the Mediterranean Sea, firing seven missiles at Syria which were downed by Syrian air defenses without any damage or casualties. During his historic visit to Chad, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu proudly suggested that Israel was responsible for the attack, saying that Israel's policies against its enemies are iron-clad. "We have a fixed policy: to undermine Iranian entrenchment in Syria and to harm anyone who tries to harm us." Netanyahu, said while visiting the African nation in an attempt to re-establish diplomatic ties nearly 50 years after they were severed. "This policy does not change when I'm in Israel, and it does not change when I am in Chad," he added. Syrian state media did not immediately address the reported strike into Israeli territory, but said that Israel had used Lebanese airspace to launch nine missiles into Syria. Syrian media said the air defense systems "effectively addressed" the attack and "prevented Israeli air strikes from achieving their objectives in the south" of the country, the state broadcasters said, without giving further details. Syrian media reports said that six Israeli missiles were fired at targets south of Damascus international airport, with five intercepted. Shortly after Syria sounded the alarm about the alleged airstrikes, an Iranian plane bound for Damascus abruptly turned around mid-flight. Israel has acknowledged carrying out hundreds of strikes in Syria, including in the vicinity of the Damascus airport, in raids targeting Iranian military positions or weapons caches destined for the Lebanese terror group Hezbollah. Such strikes are rarely carried out in daylight hours, however, making Sunday's alleged raid exceedingly rare. Sunday's alleged strikes came after Russia reportedly warned Israel that it would not tolerate continued attacks on and around the Damascus airport as it seeks to return it to full operational capability, according to the London-based Arabic-language newspaper Al-Quds Al-Arabi. The strikes also followed two separate bombings in Damascus and Afrin blamed on "terrorists". A London-based Syrian Observatory for Human Rights war monitor said a "huge explosion" near a military intelligence office in southern Damascus had left a number of people dead and wounded. Another bombing killed three people and wounded nine others in the northern Syrian city of Afrin on the first anniversary of a Turkish offensive on the Kurdish-majority region, the Observatory said. State news agency SANA said that a "bomb blast" had caused an explosion in Damascus. The state broadcasters said there had been no victims and reported that "a terrorist has been arrested." The Observatory told AFP, however, that the blast hit near a security branch in the south of the city and left a number of people killed and injured, though the toll could not immediately be verified. It was unclear if the blast was caused by a bomb that was planted or a suicide attack, according to the monitor, which relies on a network of sources inside the country. It said that shooting followed the explosion. The Afrin blast was the result of a bomb placed in a bus in the center of the city, according to the Observatory. Turkish troops and allied rebel groups seized the Afrin region from Kurdish forces in March last year after a two-month air and ground offensive. Syria is locked in a civil war that has killed more than 360,000 people and displaced millions since a brutal crackdown on anti-government protests in 2011 spiraled into full conflict. Damascus has been largely spared the worst of the violence during the country's brutal nearly eight-year war, but several bomb attacks have shaken the city. With key military backing from Russia, President Bashar al-Assad's forces have retaken large parts of Syria from rebels and jihadists, and now control almost two-thirds of the country. The Syrian regime in May reclaimed a final scrap of territory held by the Islamic State group in southern Damascus, cementing total control over the capital for the first time in six years. Observatory chief Rami Abdel Rahman said that Sunday's blast in Damascus appeared to be the first attack in the capital since a car bomb over a year ago that caused no casualties. 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 1-20-19 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thanks to Buzzfeed, Leftist “News” Lost Again

John Dempsey Posted: Jan 20, 2019 12:01 AM

There is no reason to believe Buzzfeed, Salon, or any of those far left “news organizations.” They are full of a supposition that is intended to paint President Trump in a bad light, make him look anti-American and drive down his public polls numbers. Anything full of so much blatant opinion with no supporting facts is garbage. On Friday, Buzzfeed proved that to be true. Buzzfeed released a “bombshell report” this week. The article claimed that there was evidence proving Trump told his longtime personal attorney Michael Cohen to lie to Congress about a Trump Tower project plan in Moscow. The authors, Jason Leopold, and Anthony Cormier claimed the information came from two law enforcement officials involved in the investigation. Soon after publication, CNN had Cormier on to talk about the report. During the line of questioning, from Alisyn Camerota, Cormier admitted he had not personally seen the evidence causing a conservative media backlash. Buzzfeed released a statement to back their reporters; even the ones whom they hire after a proven history of false reporting like Jason Leopold. Later in the day, the Muller team rejected the Buzzfeed report. In no less than 12-hours, Mueller’s spokesperson released a statement saying that “BuzzFeed’s description of specific statements to the Special Counsel’s Office, and characterization of documents and testimony obtained by this office, regarding Michael Cohen’s Congressional testimony are not accurate.” Shortly after that, Buzzfeed released another statement saying that the Mueller officials need to be more specific. NBC’s Chuck Todd was giddy while reporting this “significant” development on the “Today Show.” Todd, however, threw in the caveat “if true” several times as if he was not sure but wanted to talk about the allegations.

The Buzzfeed story is a microcosm of left-wing media malpractice. The editors are so intent on getting Trump that they throw ethics to the wind. They are told something by an alleged anonymous source and run with it, feeding information to the public not caring about the outcome. It does not matter if the American public gets the truth as long as there is a negative cry against the president. This is unethical, irresponsible, dangerous, and harmful. Somehow, Buzzfeed and others feel that they must push their liberal agenda regardless of the costs. The American electorate voted, and Trump won the Electoral College. Period. It is fine that they are not happy about their results, but it is not their duty to lie and mislead. Americans want the truth. We need the truth. Not an agenda. The legacy media has become ethically-blind in their venture to oust the president. Under Democratic presidents, the leftist news has withheld critical information that one would have to read Conservative outlets to learn and the same applies for Republicans. But under Trump, the media has gone off of the rails. They cannot control him with allegations and accusations. Trump uses Twitter as a way to get around strategic news editing, and it makes them irate. Fully expect Trump to take this failed “bombshell” and run with it. Since the media began their assault on him as a candidate, Trump has pushed back against left-wing media attacks. His retaliation has been justified, and the press has validated and vindicated his rebukes. They are self-destructing. Buzzfeed and all the others are their own worst enemy. When someone is wrong, the best thing they can do to save face and hold on to some respect is to apologize, learn and not make the same mistake again. But the leftist media refuses to do that and this is why no one respects them. The media was horrified when Trump started calling them the enemy of the people. The left pushed back claiming that was somehow dictatorial and undemocratic, but all they have done is prove him right. Leftist media is the enemy. Any entity that will lie to you and be proven wrong time and time again is not your friend. Last night on CNN Chris Cuomo was not happy with Mueller. He stated,” Mueller didn’t do the media any favors tonight” referring to the released statement. I did not know Mueller worked for the media. Was he supposed to let this Buzzfeed article fly with no correction so left-wing narrative pushers could continue a false story? Cuomo said a lot more with that statement than intended. He further proved Trump’s statement that the press is the enemy of the people. Leftist media needs to stop wallowing in self-pity. They created the untrustworthy image for themselves. The result is a matter of biased choices gone wrong. Trump did not make them lie. Buzzfeed chose to run a story that was disputed by Mueller. One would think an investigative journalist would want to at least see the evidence before sticking his neck out. Especially one that already has credibility issues such as Leopold. Buzzfeed proved they are fake news and anyone else who propped the story up. If a news organization wants to be respected and taken seriously, then they should report the facts and let people think for themselves. Otherwise, people will laugh heartily at them, and they will deserve it. John Dempsey is a graduate of American Military University and has a deep understanding of law enforcement issues and how they relate to the Constitution, society and our culture. He has also been published in and He can be followed on Twitter @John_Demp83. 

:: 12-29-18 Helsinki Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Guarded warehouse near airport and mysterious cargos from Baghdad; what is the US embassy in Helsinki up to?

Finland 29 December 2018

Why does the US Embassy in Helsinki need a big warehouse near Malmi Airport and what are the contents of thousands of kilograms of cargo sent to Helsinki from Baghdad?

A dilapidated warehouse in Malmi is being used by the US Embassy for unknown operations after a Wikileaks release revealed its location.  The anonymous looking building on Takoraudantie is notable only for the new 427 meter perimeter fence that according to the Wikileaks' database was ordered by the US Embassy in April 2018.  Situated across the street from the main entrance of Malmi Airport, the warehouse with its 3 meter high security fence appears an unlikely location for official embassy business. Neighbouring companies include a car yard and a tyre warehouse. Helsinki Times visited the perimeters this weekend. Security personnel, young Finns in uniforms with American flags on their arms, appeared nervous and suspicious when asked to comment on the warehouse and refused to even confirm the order of the new fence structure which now surrounds the compound. At one point a security guard appeared in a second floor window to carefully monitor this reporter's movements along Takoraudantie. Mysterious parcels from Baghdad The Wikileaks' database has also revealed mysterious packages being sent to the US Embassy in Finland from their embassy in Baghdad. The database displaying US embassy procurements around the world shows that tons of cargo are being distributed to Helsinki and other US embassies via regular airfreight cargo deliveries from Baghdad.  Twelve consignments, each logged at 5000 kilograms are recorded as sent to Helsinki and 23 other West European US embassies – an average of 2500 kilograms per US embassy. The reason for such a vast volume of embassy deliveries from Baghdad is as yet unknown but this latest disclosure follows Wikileaks news that the US Consulate in Frankfurt was a purchase and postal centre for distributing spy equipment to other US embassies worldwide. Concerns are now raised that the US Embassy in Baghdad is also being used as a main distribution centre for secret operations. In addition to Finland and Western Europe, the Wikileaks database shows that the US embassy in Baghdad disseminates hundreds of tons worldwide, with more than 300,000 kilograms recorded as being delivered Stateside alone. Incoming diplomatic mail between embassies receives customs clearance and is automatically classified as a US government shipment. The 80 page order list also details massive movements of road and air freight between Basra in the south of Iraq and Erbil in the north. No indication of the cargo contents are provided but the order sheets reveal convoys of trucks and vehicles were hired by Baghdad's US embassy for the mysterious shipments. Spy gadgets and surveillance operations The disclosure of the building's use by the US Embassy in Finland comes in light of revelations about US embassy spying activities worldwide, as featured in the Wikileaks' US embassy shopping list database. In a published list of more than 16000 miscellaneous items, requests also appear for recording devices disguised as pens, lighters, glasses, watches and even spy shirt buttons. Although US embassy procurements are public information, Wikileaks new database allows for country specific searches, giving clearer evidence of US embassy involvement in secret surveillance operations in certain parts of the world.. The timing of this latest Wikileaks' release came just hours after its Twitter accounts were cyber attacked late on Friday, ahead of the Christmas holiday. According to the database, requests made by the US Embassy in Finland appear to be for everyday items. Procurements include a tractor as well as services for snow removal, plumbing, gardening and cleaning. However, in light of 'Tactical Spy Equipment' purchased by US embassies elsewhere the existence of the warehouse compound near Malmi Airport raises concerns about potential secret operations closer to home. US Embassy official responsible for ordering the warehouse perimeter fence, was unavailable for comment. Worldwide, the Wikileaks' online data reveals that Latin America is the main target for purchases of spying equipment. Camera hats and USB drives as well as night visors and binoculars were among items procured for the US embassy in Colombia. But topping the list for requested surveillance items was the US embassy in El Salvador where the purchase of 'Tactical Spy Equipment' totalled 94 items. Back in 2017 Wikileaks documents revealed that the American consulate in Frankfurt had served as a covert base to carry out digital spy operations. Using the US Embassy shopping list database, Germany's Der Spiegel has now identified the consulate as a main buyer of spy equipment for diplomatic missions across Europe. These latest Wikileaks' revelations further highlight the role of US embassies in espionage activities across the globe. Some reports suggest over 80 US embassies worldwide conceal joint NSA-CIA “Special Collection Service” radio and electronic surveillance equipment. Such concerns add to the questions concerning activities at the Malmi warehouse and the secrecy surrounding it. However, the database of US embassy shopping lists reveals some less concerning items too with one evoking the craziness of an Inspector Clouseau rather than a cold, calculating 007: A person to count fish and clean the pond was sought by the consulate in Guayaquil, Ecuador after officials lost track of how many fish they possessed. The searchable Wikileaks database and info about Finland related activities can be found HERE. Will Sillitoe - HT Images Google maps 

:: 1-15-19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alex Jones' InfoWars

The Alex Jones Radio Show Listen now

A French medical doctor addresses his President, Mr. Macron, in the most frank and visceral manner, pleading him to listen to his people in distress and calling him to account for the terrible situation France is in. The “Yellow Vest” doctor gives a diagnostic of the state of France and addresses the egalitarian distribution of taxes seen in the country. The ongoing protests in France are the result of many issues, but a proposed carbon tax was the straw that broke the camel’s back. 

:: 7-14-18 Salon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Our cellphone addiction is turning wireless tech into an invisible weapon that’s destroying wildlife

Electromagnetic radiation from Wi-Fi and cell towers poses a “credible risk” to birds, mammals, insects and plants

Reynard Loki July 14, 2018 1:00AM (UTC)

This article was produced by Earth | Food | Life, a project of the Independent Media Institute. There is growing evidence that our addiction to cellphones could be impacting brain functionality and be the cause of stress, anxiety, insomnia and a lack of attention and focus. Now a new report has found that we’re not the only living things to be affected by our increasing dependence on wireless technology. Mammals, birds, insects and even plants are likely being harmed by the electromagnetic radiation (EMR) emanating from Wi-Fi, cellphone towers, broadcast transmitters and power lines, according to a new analysis of 97 peer-reviewed studies conducted by EKLIPSE, a biodiversity and ecosystem project funded by the European Union. The researchers said that “evidence is accumulating that mammals (e.g., bats and mice) have a magnetic sense” that is affected by radio-frequency-modulated electromagnetic fields (RF-EMR). Birds in particular may be highly susceptible. The researchers found that even weak magnetic fields in the radio frequency range can disrupt birds’ magnetoreception, their ability to use the Earth’s magnetic fields to orient themselves and find their way home. Homing pigeons are well-known for their magnetoreception, but this sense has also been detected in other animals, like red foxes, and there is evidence that even large mammals like deer use the planet’s magnetic fields to sense direction. A number of invertebrates, including worms, mollusks and fruit flies also use this ability. The report also concluded that EMR can also alter the metabolism of plants, causing “significant changes … demonstrated at cellular and molecular levels.” The authors noted that even a low level exposure to EMR “caused a rapid increase in stress-related transcript accumulation in tomato [plants].” Transcription is the first phase in the expression of a gene, in which a specific segment of DNA is copied into RNA. The authors said that their findings indicate “an urgent need to strengthen the scientific basis of the knowledge on EMR and their potential impacts on wildlife,” specifically calling out the “need to base future research on sound, high-quality, replicable experiments so that credible, transparent and easily accessible evidence can inform society and policy-makers to make decisions and frame their policies.” The UK charity Buglife (which proposed the analysis) warned that there wasn’t enough research to determine limits to EMR pollution. The group said that “serious impacts on the environment could not be ruled out” and urged that 5G transmitters should not be placed near street lights, which attract nocturnal insects like moths, nor in areas near wildlife. Buglife CEO Matt Shardlow, who served on the experts steering group of the report, warned that “there is a credible risk that 5G could impact significantly on wildlife.” He added: “We apply limits to all types of pollution to protect the habitability of our environment, but as yet, even in Europe, the safe limits of electromagnetic radiation have not been determined, let alone applied. This is a classic case of out of sight out of mind, just because humans cannot see electromagnetic radiation this does not mean that animals cannot ‘see’ the pollution or be significantly impacted at a neural or cellular level. A proper research program and clear policy measures are long overdue.” Shardlow specifically warned of the current rollout of 5th-generation wireless systems, or 5G networks, and called on telecommunications firms to research the impact of their wireless technology on wildlife and make their findings public. In May, Qatar become the first nation in the world to have a 5G network. The worldwide commercial launch of 5G is expected in 2020. The report authors also said that strong EMR fields increase the temperature in living tissue, but the intensity needed to induce such heating is “not experienced by wildlife (so far).” It’s notable that they left the door open to this other potential emerging threat, as cellphone adoption rates are steadily rising globally. The number of smartphone users worldwide is forecast to grow from 2.1 billion in 2016 to around 2.5 billion in 2019, according to Statista, a market research firm. That means more cell towers—and more EMR being emitted into the environment. “When you start to observe and realize that swallows and house martins no longer nest in towns and villages, when you realize that the sparrows have all disappeared, that in the evenings there are no bats flying in the dusk and that you no longer hear owls hooting, then you will begin to know what effect microwaves from cell towers and antennas are having on the environment,” said one commenter to a One World News article about the report. The report comes on the heels of a recent appeal to the United Nations, signed by more than 200 scientists from 41 countries, urging the international body to address the risks posed electromagnetic fields (EMF), physical fields produced by objects charged by electromagnetic fields and radio frequency radiation. Specifically, the scientists want the UN to “recognize that EMF exposure is an emerging health and environmental crisis that requires a high priority response.” “Biologists and scientists are not being heard on the committees that set safety standards,” said Dr. Martin Blank of the Department of Physiology and Cellular Biophysics at Columbia University and signatory of the appeal, in a video address on the website of International EMF Alliance, a group founded in 2009 that disseminates information to policymakers and health authorities about the potential effects of electromagnetic radiation. “The biological facts are being ignored and as a result, the safety limits are much too high. They are not protective.” Though evidence is mounting that humans may also be physiologically affected by EMF, the jury is still out on the impact of long-term low-frequency exposure. The World Health Organization (WHO) concluded that “current evidence does not confirm the existence of any health consequences from exposure to low level electromagnetic fields.” However, the agency does admit that “some gaps in knowledge about biological effects exist and need further research.” But the WHO is partially responsible for the widespread concern. As Bob Berman points out in his recent book "Zapped: From Infrared to X-rays, the Curious History of Invisible Light": “Some of the fears are based on a report issued in 2011 by the World Health Organization’s International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC). The agency had gathered in Lyon, France, to discuss scientific studies surrounding the question of whether there’s a relationship between radio-frequency-modulated electromagnetic fields (RF-EMF) and cancer. After intense deliberations, and to the great surprise of the world at large, experts decided to classify RF-EMF waves emitted by cell phones, cell towers, and Wi-Fi networks as category 2B, indicating a ‘possible human carcinogen.’” For Dr. Blank and his colleagues raising the warning flag to the United Nations, the evidence is clear. “Cellphones, tablets, Wi-Fi, etc. Putting it bluntly, they are damaging the living cells in our bodies and killing many of us prematurely,” he said in his video address. “Rising exposure to electromagnetic radiation is a global problem. The World Health Organization and international standard-setting bodies are not acting to protect the public’s health and well-being. International exposure guidelines for electromagnetic fields must be strengthened.” In his video address, Dr. Blank suggested that the current EMF safety limits may be inadequate due to the influence of the telecommunications industry on the policymakers. “More protection will probably result from full disclosure of possible conflicts of interest between regulators and industry,” he said. “We have created something that is harming us, and it is getting out of control. Before Edison’s lightbulb, there was very little electromagnetic radiation in our environment. The levels today are very many times higher than natural background levels and are growing rapidly because of all the new devices that emit this radiation. An example that a lot of us have right now in our pockets is the cellphone.” 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc

:: 1-15-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Religious Bigotry Beta Tested By Radical Liberals Called Out By Fellow Democrat, Causes Internal War As Media Jumps In To Attack Hawaii Rep. Tulsi Gabbard

- This Is All About Their Plan Of Attack On President Trump's Possible Third Supreme Court Nominee

By Susan Duclos - All News Pipe Line January 15, 2019

After the the chaotic circus surrounding the confirmation of Justice Brett Kavanaugh to the Supreme Court, Democrats were quite aware of the possibility the oldest member of the high Court, Ruth Bader Ginsburg, might end up retiring before President Trump's presidential term ended, which would provide him the opportunity to nominate a Supreme Court Justice, which would make his third. After failing to prevent Kavanaugh from being confirmed, despite their best efforts to destroy the man, his honor and his career with last minutes accusations of sexual misconduct stemming from over 30 years ago, none of which were corroborated, Democrat politicians decided on a method to attack and destroy Trump's potential third nominee, if President Trump nominated a woman to replace Ginsburg. In conservative political circles it is widely believed that if Ginsburg retires or passes away, President Trump will nominate a female Judge to replace her from his widely publicized short list of candidates. One name has risen above others in conversation, Amy Coney Barrett. Barrett was confirmed to the Seventh Circuit in November 2017 with a vote of 55-43 and three Democrats joining Republicans in confirming her. Barrett is a mother of seven children, five biological and two adopted. She is also a devout Roman Catholic. (See her full profile at Scotus Blog) DEMOCRATS PANIC AFTER GINSBURG FALLS ILL Following Ginsburg's fall and fracturing of three ribs, doctors found evidence of malignant lung cancer and in December surgically removed two nodes from her lung, which threw Democrats into a panic over the "possibility" that the 85 year old Justice may have to step down, or even pass away. Democrat Senators immediately started laying the groundwork for the possible obstruction of a Barrett Supreme Court nomination, using the confirmation of Brian Buescher, President Trump’s nominee for the U.S. District Court in Nebraska, as a test run. Senators Kamala Harris, (D-CA), and Mazie Hirono, (D-HI), in a blatant display of religious bigotry, started attacking Buescher for his membership in a highly respected Catholic charitable organization, the Knights of Columbus. Both lawmakers posed a series of written questions demanding to know if he would end his membership in the Knights of Columbus should he be confirmed. “The Knights of Columbus has taken a number of extreme positions,” Hirono wrote in the questionnaire. “For example, it was reportedly one of the top contributors to California’s Proposition 8 campaign to ban same-sex marriage.” Harris referred to the group as an “all-male society” and took issue with their positions on abortion and other culture war issues. “Were you aware that the Knights of Columbus opposed a woman’s right to choose when you joined the organization?” Harris queried. Conservatives called out the religious bigotry and the Senators' attacks on Buescher, but conservatives were not the only ones that publicly criticized that type of inappropriate questioning. Representative Tulsi Gabbard of Hawaii, a Democrat, wrote an op-ed for The Hill, titled "Elected leaders who weaponize religion are playing a dangerous game." While I oppose the nomination of Brian Buescher to the U.S. District Court in Nebraska, I stand strongly against those who are fomenting religious bigotry, citing as disqualifiers Buescher’s Catholicism and his affiliation with the Knights of Columbus. If Buescher is “unqualified” because of his Catholicism and affiliation with the Knights of Columbus, then President John F. Kennedy, and the 'liberal lion of the Senate' Ted Kennedy would have been “unqualified” for the same reasons. Article 6 of the U.S. Constitution clearly states that there "shall be no religious test" for any seeking to serve in public office. That op-ed was published on January 8, 2019, and Democrats were not at all happy that one of their own, a Democrat who is planning to run for President in 2020, would call them out publicly for their persecution of Buescher over his religious affiliation. THEY EAT THEIR OWN - LIBERALS GO AFTER GABBARD Retaliation by liberals was swift for Gabbard's opposition to the religious bigotry game plan to derail President Trump's judicial nominations. By January 13, 2019, the propaganda arm of the Democrat party, CNN, jumped into the fray with a nasty hit piece against Gabbard, titled "Tulsi Gabbard once touted working for anti-gay group that backed conversion therapy." Gabbard's father ran The Alliance for Traditional Marriage, a political action committee aimed at opposing pro-gay lawmakers and legislation that organized and spent more than $100,000 to pass an amendment in 1998 that gave the Hawaii state legislature power to "reserve marriage to opposite-sex couples." The amendment to the state's constitution passed. Gabbard was 17 at the time of the vote and cited working with her father and the organization during her run for the state legislature in Hawaii four years later when she was age 21. Gabbard would win her race, becoming the youngest woman elected to the Hawaii state legislature. Gabbard's father Mike was a prominent anti-gay activist in Hawaii. He was also the director of Stop Promoting Homosexuality and also served on the steering committees of the National Campaign to Protect Marriage and the Hawaii-based coalition, Save Traditional Marriage. He also once hosted an anti-gay radio show, Let's Talk Straight Hawaii. The Alliance for Traditional Marriage called homosexuality "unhealthy, abnormal behavior that should not be promoted or accepted in society." Then CNN's resident attack dog, Andrew Kaczynski, the same man that engulfed the network in the #CNNBlackmail scandal after threatening to dox (reveal personal information) a random internet user because he created a meme that President Trump shared on Twitter, went to the Wayback Machine to "uncover" that the organization had once supported gay conversion therapy. Kaczynski's attacked against Gabbard on behalf of Democrats didn't stop at just writing the hit piece against Gabbard, as he is seen arguing on Twitter when it was pointed out that both Hillary Clinton and Barack Obama "all went through similar shifts in views." That user then highlighted a Politico article titled "Obama Is Still Misleading Us on Same-Sex Marriage." Kaczynski responded with "Obama/Clinton might have not supported gay marriage but they didn’t make comments showing animus toward gay people like Gabbard. Her dad, who she worked for, was Hawaiian Tony Perkins & pushed policies like conversion therapy that cause harm to children." Then immediately continued "That’s pretty big difference between say Democratic positions on gay rights in the 1990s and 2000s and say Focus on the Family, Tony Perkins, and ex-gay ministries." The point here is liberals, and yes that includes the establishment media, are outraged that Gabbard is criticizing their religious bigotry being used to obstruct judicial nominations, and they are determined to destroy her for speaking the truth.

BOTTOM LINE With the possibility that Ruth Ginsburg may have to be replaced, radical liberal Democrats know they cannot use the same ploy against Amy Coney Barrett as they did with Brett Kavanaugh, and they cannot attack her for having seven children, so they coordinated another attack plan.... go after her religion and they used Brian Buescher as their beta test. The fact that Tulsi Gabbard called them out has made her the enemy in their eyes and now they are trying to destroy her for daring to highlight their religious bigotry. Frankly it is no surprise that radical liberals would attack the religious beliefs of a nominee, after all Democrats are the party that removed "God" from their mission statement in 2012. This is all about Ginsburg and the Democrats panic that President Trump is likely to get a chance to nominate a third Supreme Court Justice. 

:: 1-15-19 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

You are here: Home Opinion Greg Laurie: Why the Rapture Hasn't Happened (Yet)

The Gay Divide Is Taking Out Churches; Is Yours Next?

11:30AM EST 1/15/2019 Shane Idleman

In light of Justin Hoke being removed as pastor of Trinity Bible Presbyterian Church for posting the following: "Bruce Jenner is still a man. Homosexuality is still sin. The culture may change; the Bible does not," I thought it was appropriate and timely to re-release this article: With pastors stepping down, best-selling Christian authors remaining silent and popular worship leaders showing support for gay marriage, many are left baffled and confused. These points may help us better understand the great divide: 

1. The definition of love is misunderstood. To truly "love" others, we must first love God and His truth; that's the foundation (see Matt. 22:36-40). Does loving someone mean we approve of their lifestyle? Or does it mean we love them enough to share the truth? If a person is more worried about being liked than being truthful, do they really love those caught in sin more than those who are willing to speak the truth in love? The answer is obvious: Authentic Christians love the truth and others to the degree that they are willing to risk the consequences of confrontation in order to help others. This is genuine love, not hatred. The greatest gift parents can give to their children is love and truth rather than reinforcing a destructive lifestyle. How can one person review Bible verses dealing with this topic and come to the conclusion that gay marriage is biblical while others come to the opposite conclusion? It's very simple: The first group looks through the lens of opinion; the second group through the lens of genuine love and absolute truth. Listen to my one- hour interview on Fox News that will better illustrate the differences: Get Spirit-filled content delivered right to your inbox! Click here to subscribe to our newsletter. Dr. Michael Brown recently remarked, "One reason people support gay marriage is because their gay friends are really nice and some seem to be committed Christians. They say their spiritual lives came alive when they realized they could be gay and Christian at the same time." I believe that they came alive because someone validated their lifestyle. This is no different than people who say they feel alive and renewed even though they are caught in adultery. Sin feels good for a season—that's the deception. But these seasons of sexual fulfillment are often short-lived—"Be not deceived: God it not mocked. For whatever a man sows, that will he also reap" (Gal. 6:7). True freedom comes from true repentance

2. Is the Bible clear or vague? Recent polls show that less than 50 percent of believers even read their Bible, let alone practice it. And, as we know, to read truth without practicing it leads to deception. No wonder there's confusion. Additionally, many of the proponents are embracing the views of liberal authors. They value the words of Matthew Vines more than the Gospel of Matthew. When Christians believe God has given them the authority to change truth in order to keep it relevant, they are departing from God. Although disheartening, this trend is not surprising. The apostle Paul warned centuries ago: "The time will come when people will not endure sound doctrine [God's Word], but ... in accordance with their own desires ... they will turn their ears away from the truth and turn to myths" (2 Tim. 4:3-4). If this isn't what we see today, I don't know what is. The Bible encourages us to be peacemakers but not religious negotiators. In our zeal to reach others, we often compromise the message because we want to be liked rather than truthful. Surprisingly, it was "Christians" who came against my article regarding what the Bible says about gay marriage and homosexuality. It can be viewed here:

3. "Don't judge" apparently means "don't say anything negative." When we look at the context and the true meaning of "judge," we clearly see that there is no contradiction. This misrepresentation of "judging" is an attempt to conform Scripture to support opinions. In John 7:24, Christians are to judge or "call into question" those things that clearly contradict God's principles. In 1 Corinthians 2:15, the apostle Paul said that those who are spiritual should judge and discern all things. We are to examine our own lives first, and then we are to be moved primarily by love for God and others before critiquing.

4. Who's influencing your decision: Hollywood or the Holy Spirit? Our beliefs should reflect God's heart rather than the world's influence. The world will know we are Christians by our love for one another and by our obedience, not by how well we imitate the world around us. Oswald Chambers once noted that a sinner, who is now saved by grace, "proves he is forgiven by being the opposite of who he was."  Carnal Christians give God "His due," a few hours on Sunday. The things of the world are exciting, and the things of God are dull. The love of this world and the praise of men have drawn a large section of Christendom away from God, hence the divide. A carnal Christian does not pray and seek the heart of God. A deep prayer life exposes facades and crushes hypocrisy. Carnality also destroys spiritual power and hinders the infilling of the Spirit. In short, everything God calls us to be is compromised, including a skewed view of sexual purity. Sadly, many who embrace views outside of the Bible are not saved. Genuine faith is reflected in a love for God and His Word, sincere humility, true repentance and a disconnect from the world. Does your life reflect these characteristics? We all sin and fall short, but the important question to ask concerns the condition of your heart. Have you truly repented and believed in Christ as your Lord and Savior, or are you trusting in false assurance? Paul said in 2 Corinthians 13:5 to, "Examine yourselves, seeing whether you are in the faith; test yourselves. Do you not know that Jesus Christ is in you?—unless indeed you are disqualified."

5. There is hope: At this point you may think, "Why try? This is hopeless! I've drifted too far." Let me reassure you: God doesn't let our relationship with Him hinge on measuring up or on following rules. He wants us to come as we are, recognize our need for a Savior and commit our life completely to Him. Whether you're promoting gay marriage or struggling with homosexuality, recognize that we've all made mistakes. Simply repent and strive for holiness and purity, and you will experience "times of refreshing ... from the presence of the Lord" (Acts 3:19). Change is God's job, but obedience is ours.

Shane Idleman is the founder and lead pastor of Westside Christian Fellowship in Leona Valley, California, just North of Los Angeles. He recently released his seventh book, Desperate for More of God at Shane's sermons, articles, books, and radio program can all be found at Follow him on Facebook at:

Get Spirit-filled content delivered right to your inbox! Click here to subscribe to our newsletter.

Great Resources to help you excel in 2019! #1 John Eckhardt's "Prayers That..." 6-Book Bundle. Prayer helps you overcome anything life throws at you. Get a FREE Bonus with this bundle. #2 Learn to walk in the fullness of your purpose and destiny by living each day with Holy Spirit. Buy a set of Life in the Spirit, get a second set FREE. 

:: 1-14-19 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Daughters Come Home with Mustaches, Breasts Removed': Moms Sound Alarm over Shocking New Trend

01-14-2019 Displaying 30+ Stories CBN Crystal Woodall

As society continues to evolve – and some critics might argue 'devolve' – into a more progressive understanding of gender and sexuality, the stakes couldn't be higher. To the dismay of many parents, this societal tug-of-war over transgenderism is playing out on today's college campuses like never before – and is hitting young women particularly hard. One mother, Katherine Cave, recently called attention to the issue, telling The College Fix, "I am writing to you on behalf of parents who have lost their kids at college to the transgender craze." "Many liberal colleges have significant percentages of students suddenly identifying as transgender," Cave writes. "And as you may know, all it takes is a simple visit to an informed consent clinic where girls get testosterone injections to help them look like males." One such case involved a 19-year-old girl named Pam who, according to her mother, "fits the typical description of a young woman affected by this craze – very bright, extreme social justice warrior, highly creative, socially awkward/ADHD/Asperger spectrum, OCD/obsessive interests."  "While she was not a super girly-girl, she had never any masculine interests (not one) and has all the stereotypical feminine interests and traits (cooking, knitting, babysitting little kids, etc)," Pam's mother explained. "She went from being a feminist/pro women's rights to hating white males to now wanting to become one and wanting to chemically and surgically mutilate her body." In yet another example of 'transmania,' The Wall Street Journal's Abigail Shrier shares the story of an attorney whose daughter left for college a "girly-girl" only to return having undergone a shocking transformation. "The young woman went off to college—which began, as it often does these days, with an invitation to state her name, sexual orientation and 'pronouns.' When her anxiety flared during her first semester, she and several of her friends decided their angst had a fashionable cause: 'gender dysphoria. "Within a year, the lawyer's daughter had begun a course of testosterone," Shrier recounts. Shrier argues that the "real drug" that reeled in the young woman "was the promise of a new identity," noting that a "shaved head, boys' clothes and a new name formed the baptismal waters of a female-to-male rebirth." Brown University public health researcher Lisa Littman labels this disturbing new phenomenon as "rapid onset gender dysphoria." Unlike gender dysphoria, a psychological disorder which takes hold in early childhood, Shirer describes ROGD as a "social contagion" that sets in during adolescence "afflicting teens who'd never exhibited any confusion about their sex." The Fix reports that this "contagion" has blindsided an increasing number of mothers "who are shocked when their formerly feminine daughters suddenly come from home college with mustaches, acne, different demeanors — even their breasts removed." Critics lay the blame on liberal ideology being peddled at college campuses across the country. According to The Wall Street Journal, 86 schools offer health plans that cover everything from cross-sex hormones to surgery. Meanwhile, this new movement is also drawing some unlikely critics, ones who warn the implications of gender fluid ideology could carry far-reaching societal implications. "I've always been fascinated, attracted to the subject of androgyny... but the more I explored it I realized that historically the movement towards androgyny occurs in late phases of culture as a civilization is starting to unravel," explained left-wing feminist Camille Paglia. "And the people who live in such late phases of culture – whether it's the Hellenistic era, whether it's the Roman Empire – feel they're very sophisticated, very cosmopolitan. But from the perspective of historical distance, you can see it's a culture that no longer believes in itself." 

:: 1-15-19 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Progressive Socialists Spew 'Facts' Like Drunks Vomiting In The Gutters: Those Trying To Destroy America Will Find Most REAL Americans Will Never Fall For Socialist Indoctrination

By John C Velisek - Retired, US Navy - All News Pipeline January 15, 2019

The progressive socialists in our government have turned a deaf ear to the anguish of the American people. The deaths whether from murders by the illegal immigrants who they welcome and protect into our country or the deaths from drug overdoses coming over the border are ignored by the progressive socialists looking for anything they can find to destroy our country and obtain the power they feel they so richly deserve. The compliant media continue to flaunt their ignorance by blaming this shutdown on President Trump. They refuse to mention that while President Trump has agreed to negotiate the leftists continue to keep our partial government shutdown going in a feeble attempt to make our President look bad. The latest attempt to undermine the security of our country is to pass all the unfunded bills with the exception of DHS. This is the very agency dedicated to the security of our borders. And while a few Republicans will go along with this attempt, the rest understand that if they pass these bills, DHS will never be funded and there will be no negotiations for funding. Rep. Pelosi has even stated that even if the other bills were passed, she would not give one penny to protecting our country. In the silly rebuttal that they gave to President Trump’s heartfelt address to the American people, they never mentioned the safety and wishes of the American people- not once. That tells you how much of a factor that safety is to their policies. The only policy they have is power, and they will do whatever they need to regain the power that they have lost. Chuck and Nancy claimed that the President’s speech was full of misinformation and lies although they didn’t point to any, and even the Washington Post, definitely not a pro-Trump publication could not find any. They also did not mention the lives lost throughout the country by the illegal immigrants they are so willing to protect with their sanctuary cities. In the words of Nancy Pelosi when confronted about a young lady’s death at the hand of an illegal alien she stated “That is an anecdote, not data." Of course, the data is there, but the progressive socialists don’t care about the numbers. If Americans have to die so that the leftists can get the voters they need, that isn’t really a problem. They also refuse to discuss the sanctuary cities and states that protect these soon to be Democratic voters and the people who have been let go to then commit other crimes up to and including murder. They continue to clutch their pearls about the women and children that are a minority of the caravan. In a process they learned from Hamas, the socialist organizations running the illegals to the border place the women and children in the front of every time they push to the border and throw rocks and attempt to storm the border at the agents placed there that are there to protect our country. The “manufactured crisis” of Schumer, Pelosi, the progressive socialists, and the media show just how much in lockstep they are. I started counting on CNN and MSNBC when the term first came up and never came up with a firm figure. In the short amount of time I counted, I heard that term over 90 times. I defy any of them to meet the Angel Moms and dates on a one on one basis and tell them their loved one's deaths are “manufactured” I suppose in a way it is. It is manufactured by the lies and unconstitutional policies that the leftists have forced on the citizens of this country in conjunction with leftist activist judges mostly in the Ninth Circuit. There are rquestions that the progressive socialists need to answer. We spend 50 billion on foreign countries, but can’t spend 5 billion on our own security? 4000 American have died due to the immigration policies that have been forced on the American people. Will it take another 4000 to wake up to the changes that must be done? Do you honestly believe that President Trump is such a Nazi that you are willing to sacrifice American lives? Are the American lives lost up until now and in the future cost effective on your attempt to increase your socialist base? But they want us to believe them and to agree to the “facts” they spew forth like drunks vomiting on the streets. They have shown us that they don’t care about the American citizens, you know, the ones they are sworn to protect and serve with the honest news of the day. They talk constantly of the mothers separated from the children at the border, but what of the families of Americans forcibly torn apart by the deaths caused by the illegals immigrants they are so quick to welcome. And by the way, the separation of families at the border were started by Barak Hussein Obama, and the pictures splashed across the media of children in cages were actually taken in 2004. It was Obama who had them sleeping on concrete floors in cages but of course, you are not supposed to know that because the media thins they successfully keep it hidden from the American people. Once it was leaked, very few of the deranged left even mention it. They have used the talking point that illegal aliens actually commit less crime than natural born citizens. Not accounting for the difference in population of the two groups would substantiate that. However, a 2011 GAO report reflects that one-quarter of federal inmates are illegal aliens. They aren’t a quarter of our population so that number shows that criminal illegal aliens are expanding and not decreasing as the numbers that the liars use in the media. On the state and local level, one third are illegal criminals. There are very few sentient beings that believe this. Ana Navarro, in her bratty high school ignorance, has already become the flag bearer of the leftists, filing her nails during the discussion of Americans dying at the hands of illegals, and declaring she doesn’t have to care. Cuomo, the master of ceremonies of this crap show told her he thought it was a “nice prop”. Does this do anything to disprove that they are in the progressive socialist camp and have turned from the American people? There is a crisis on the Southern border. Despite all the human and drug deaths the progressive socialists will continue to depend on leftist activist judges to continue to try and push their policies forward. Between leftists like Anastasia Ocasio Cortez calling the illegal immigrants more American that the citizens of this country or Nancy Pelosi claiming MS13 has a “speak of divinity” is it any wonder why those of us who do love our country don’t care if they shout “racist” at us anymore? We are beyond caring what they call us, or the lies they spew forth daily in the media and on the floor of Congress. Just before the midterms, the leftists denied wanting to impeach the President or abolishing ICE. Both are at the forefront of the agenda of these lying animals. The American people will understand what President Trump is trying to do. They will also understand that the path that the progressive socialists and their Muslim counterparts have chosen will not work on the citizens of our country. The people of this country are still independent sorts and will not acquiesce to the ranting of a few socialists loudmouths. The indoctrination of the American people starting in our schools on subjects from the superiority of Islam to the gay lifestyle will fall into the degeneracy it deserves.

John Veliseks’ new book “One Patriots Opinion- for the Forgotten Men and Women of America” is now available on Kindle. 330 pages that any conservative would consider a must read and enjoy. Go to Kindle Book Search and type in “One Patriots Opinion”. 

[ :: 12-2-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc Much evil upon the face of the earth, much lying, much deceit, much deceit, much lying, much evil upon the face of the earth.  Can you not see there is so much evil going on right now, people lying to themselves, lying to me, lying to others trying to make their agenda come true?  But as it is written in my word and said and so it shall be, no liar shall enter my kingdom.  So if you are one of those people, I speak to you right now, get yourself ready, get yourself ready, come out amongst them and be ye separate etc

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 1--19 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Top 9 things you can't talk about freely in America

Exclusive: Joseph Farah recalls days when debate was actually allowed in public

Published: 3 days ago Joseph Farah

Remember when you could talk about anything in America without fear of retribution, shaming, harassment? Do you recall when media was a plural noun, implying a multitude of voices? What about speech codes? Can you remember a time before they were imposed on college campuses? How about the internet before Facebook, Amazon, Apple, Netflix and Google set the rules for what you could say and what you couldn’t say? A generation ago, America was celebrated for its free speech, its free press, its freedom of religion. But consider the topics today that you can’t talk about, write about or dissent about. Let’s take a look at the top 9 topics that are basically off-limits in our formerly free society: Evolution: We went from a time when God’s Creation was accepted as fact to a time when public schools can’t even teach about it as a legitimate “theory” – a possibility. Evolution has gone from a theory to a fact in academia while the evidence has gone the other direction. While the scientific world is in near total agreement now that the universe had a beginning, as well as a time when life sprung up in abundance all at once, America’s most powerful cultural institutions continue to push the evolution line exclusively without second thoughts, second looks. Are we better off without the debate, the dialogue, the discussion? Are we more learned, more advanced as a society without dialectics? Man-made climate change: Some “news organizations,” CNN comes to mind, are no longer interested in sources they characterize as “deniers,” those who are skeptical about the urgent need to reorder the world’s economic and political systems around the priority of lowering carbon dioxide levels in the atmosphere. It’s unlikely you could have a debate at a major university about the evidence against impending doom from catastrophic, man-made climate change. Does that make us more informed or less? Does it make for open political discussions? Are we a healthier, more open society as a result Donald Trump: We now have a president of the United States for whom it is unsafe in many venues simply to show support. Just wearing a “Make America Great Again” hat is considered provocative. Despite his demonstrated Midas touch on all matters economic and better poll ratings than his recent predecessors, the gatekeepers of media, Big Tech, academia, the entertainment industry and the Democratic Party continue to hound him like an unindicted co-conspirator, a war criminal, a “fascist” authoritarian, an unregistered foreign agent, a “white supremacist” or worse.

Illegal immigration: You can’t have a free and open debate about controlling it without being called names – hater, bigot, racist. The sovereignty of America is at stake, but the cacophony of denial about a simple border barrier is hysterical, maniacal, completely over the top and one-sided, full of misinformation, disinformation and fake news. Muslim terrorism: Nearly 20 years after Muslim terrorists declared war on America by hijacking airliners and crashing them into the World Trade Center, the Pentagon and an open field in Pennsylvania, killing more people than in any foreign on the homeland in American history, incidents and evidence of Muslim terrorism is systematically covered up by the media. Instead, the real problem, according to the thought police, is Islamophobia.

Roe v. Wade: It is, according to the cultural institutions that serve as our morality cops, “a settled matter of law.” Anyone who opposes this Supreme Court decision, which denies the right to life for preborn babies, will find a hostile environment in the media. Even restrictions on abortion for the purpose of sex selection are considered threats to “a woman’s right to choose.” But what about freedom to dissent? What about free speech? What about a free hearing on the sanctity of life?

Gender: Can you believe we can no longer identify men and women based on biology without fear of “discrimination” and accusation of “bias” and “bigotry”? It’s true. Meanwhile, judges and activists are promoting gender dysphoria as well as irreversible surgical disfiguration and chemical castration even for children. It’s a new and brave new world – but don’t try too hard to dissent unless you’re ready for the consequences. Prepare to be called a “hater,” a “homophobe,” just for the crime of disagreeing.

Guns: Just as America is quickly watering down its commitment to the First Amendment, so too is it continually compromising on the Second Amendment. And you won’t get a fair hearing in the media or though social media or through the search engine that commands a nearly worldwide monopoly yet ignores legal requirement for political impartiality in the way it serves and controls content. The anti-gun propaganda never stops. There’s a war on private ownership of guns like never before.

The family: Everyone knows the family unit, with a father and mother at the center, is the building block of a self-governing, healthy and prosperous society. Or do they? Who is making that case in America today? Government follows policies that are hostile to families, as is our corporate culture. But just try making that case in a public forum that counts. Kudos to Tucker Carlson for bravely making the effort. 

[ :: 3-31-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Hear my voice and know what hour this is. It is the hour just before the first three and a half years of the seven years. Do not fear the Islamic revolution, nor the Russian warhead, for I plan to break their power, for they have blasphemed my name and made little of my son Jesus and have established their own god and deliverer. Fear not the false prophet or the anti-christ nor his army. Fear not the anarchy and the terrorism and the monetary collapse. etc..

:: 1--19 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Islamic Terror: Death, Rape, & Murder Sweep Europe

12‚060 views

Dan Lyman joins Alex Jones live via Skype to give a small taste of the massive, Islamic invasion happening across Europe, and along with undocumented migrant masses, the new 'citizenry' also bring with them death, rape, murder, Sharia Law, and their caliphate. 

:: 1-16-19 Justus Knight :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

90 Advocacy Groups Beg Tech Titans ‘Do Not Sell This’ To U.S. Gov Or It Will Be Used Against Us All!

January 16, 2019 Justus A Knight

Don’t forget to like the video, SHARE and subscribe!!

References Can Be Found At  (please subscribe while you’re there!!)

What has 90 Advocacy Groups screaming to the Tech Titans of Google, Amazon and Microsoft to ‘not sell this’ to the U.S. Government or they will use it to exploit us all. It is racist, it is discriminatory it is an Orwellian device beyond any measure. Once released fully on a population there will be no way to run and hide. There are very few technologies so polarizing that they can get 90 groups to agree to write a letter to ban. This one however, deserves every inch of protest it receives. It needs to stay away from use not the public or we will be exactly the same as China; imprisoned citizens in our own states, cities and homes. God Speed and God Bless, Justus 

:: 1-16-19 Freedom Outpost :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FBI Was Still Trying To Work With Clinton Originator Of Russia Conspiracy Theory In 2017

All this shows just how thoroughly rotten and untrustworthy the FBI and DOJ had become.

Daniel Greenfield — January 16, 2019

Jeff Carlson at Epoch Times has another huge article based on congressional testimony by some key DOJ and FBI players. I'm just going to zoom in on the Steele part. In the days following the firing of FBI Director James Comey by President Donald Trump, the FBI, under Acting FBI Director Andrew McCabe, sought to re-engage with former MI6 spy and author of the Steele dossier, Christopher Steele. Christopher Steele was hired indirectly by the Clinton campaign to manufacture the Russia conspiracy theory. The theory was likely created by a slimy Clinton ratf___ ing associate. The same ratf___er who tried to smear Dan Quayle as a drug user. The Clinton conspiracy theory was injected into the DOJ and FBI by Steele and various other figures, including Bruce Ohr, whose wife worked for Fusion GPS, the same firm that had hired Steele to smear Trump, and who then passed it on to her husband. The FBI broke its ties to Steele for violating protocol. But under McCabe, a Clinton crony, the FBI tried to get back into the Steele business. All this shows just how thoroughly rotten and untrustworthy the FBI and DOJ had become. Article posted with permission from Daniel Greenfield   Don't forget to Like Freedom Outpost on Facebook, Google Plus, & Twitter. You can also get Freedom Outpost delivered to your Amazon Kindle device here. 

[ :: 1-16-19  pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. There are three nations right now prepared and ready to go to war and all three of them have openly told you, America stop doing what you are doing or else. Wake up, etc 

:: 1-15-19 France 24 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'At any cost': China warns US Navy over Taiwan

Date created : 15/01/2019 - 15:54

A senior Chinese military official warned the US Navy Tuesday against any "interference" in support of Taiwan's independence, saying that Beijing would defend its claim to the island "at any cost". General Li Zuocheng, a member of the Central Military Commission, made the remarks during a meeting in Beijing with Admiral John Richardson, the chief of US naval operations. China sees Taiwan as part of its territory to be reunified, despite the two sides being ruled separately since they split in 1949 after a civil war won by Mao Zedong's communists. The self-ruled island has its own currency, flag and government, but is not recognised as an independent state by the UN. Beijing has said it will not hesitate to use force if Taipei formally declares independence, or in the case of external intervention -- including by the United States, the island's most powerful unofficial ally. "The Taiwan issue is an internal matter of China, concerns China's fundamental interests and the national feelings of the Chinese people, and no outside interference will be tolerated," Li Zuocheng said in a statement released by the Ministry of Defence. "If anyone wants to separate Taiwan from China, the Chinese army will defend the unity of the motherland at any cost," he told the the US Navy chief. In recent months, US Navy ships have repeatedly passed through the Taiwan Strait, which separates mainland China from the island. Beijing views any ships passing through the straits as essentially a breach of its sovereignty -- while the US and many other nations view the route as international waters open to all. A recent US law encouraging mutual visits between US and Taiwanese officials has also angered Beijing. Washington, which broke diplomatic relations with Taipei in 1979 to recognise Beijing remains the island's most powerful ally, and its main arms supplier. 

:: 1-16-19 Shtf Plan :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. Loses BIG In Trade War: Imports Rose, Exports Slashed

Mac Slavo January 16th, 2019

The trade deficit, which was made a big deal by president Donald Trump and ignited a trade war with China, has worsened. The United States has so far lost big in the core driver of the trade war (the trade deficit) that was a top complaint of Trump’s and the U.S. may have already lost this trade war. Exports of goods from the U.S. were slashed 26.3% and imports rose 38.5% worsening the trade deficit – which the tariffs were supposed to correct. The Trump Administration’s trade warfare with China began in earnest last March following steel and aluminum tariffs that primarily hit other countries. The U.S. and Chinese tariffs on each other’s goods then escalated repeatedly through September 18 with threats of much more the same by March 1 of this year. There are no winners when an economic war such this is declared, and so far, the U.S. appears to be on the losing side. Americans are already living paycheck to paycheck with the increased cost of goods forcing the use of credit cards to make ends meet or they will see a massive decrease their standard of living. According to the Cato Institute, Reuters, using Chinese data, estimated the U.S. trade deficit with China rose 17% last year. In fact, a report by the Daily Mail claims that China’s trade surplus to the U.S. is at an all-time record-breaking high of $323 billion. In light of the tariffs, Beijing has encouraged Chinese businesses to buy more goods made in their country while avoiding goods from the U.S. And it’s appearing to pay off. America has all but lost this economically disastrous trade war. Unfortunately, the trade is likely still far from over. “The record US trade deficit with China will sit uncomfortably with the Trump administration,” Nick Marro of the Economist Intelligence Unit said in a report. “That may cast a shadow over the next round of trade talks.” Trump and his Chinese counterpart, Xi Jinping, agreed on December 1, 2018, to postpone additional tariff hikes by 90 days while they negotiated more terms of this war. But penalties of up to 25 percent already imposed on billions of dollars of each other’s goods remain in place, raising the cost for American and Chinese buyers of soybeans, medical equipment, and other goods. December’s trade contraction is “likely to continue into 2019 due to falling foreign demand, including demand for Chinese-made electronic products,” Iris Pang of ING said in a report. 

:: 1-15-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America's nuclear suicide squads: Soldiers were trained to parachute into battle with miniature nukes on their backs before blowing themselves up during the Cold War

US military developed nuclear bombs that were small enough to fit in backpacks

Units were specially trained to parachute into battle with nukes on their backs

Bombs would then be used to destroy strategic targets or block access routes

But it was highly unlikely that soldiers would be able to escape the blast radius

By Chris Pleasance for MailOnline Published: 04:16 EST, 15 January 2019 | Updated: 09:24 EST, 15 January 2019

The US military once developed nukes that were small enough to fit into backpacks and trained suicide squads to carry them into battle. Army chiefs created the special atomic demolition munitions - or SADMs - during the Cold War with the aim of using them against Russia if war broke out in Europe. Teams of soldiers were trained to parachute into battle wearing nukes on their backs, before taking out strategic targets such as damns, railway bridges and arms dumps. There was just one problem: The blast radius was so large that it would be virtually impossible for the troops to run away fast enough once the fuse had been set, making it a suicide mission. Mark Bentley, from Wisconsin, volunteered for one of the units and said the soldiers were well aware of the risks. He told the Army Times: 'The Army is not going to set a bomb like that and run away and leave it, because they don't know if someone else would get ahold of it. 'They have to leave troops there to make sure it's not stolen or compromised, and that would just be collateral damage. 'You didn't go out with the thought that it was anything other than a one-way mission. If you're Bruce Willis, you get away, but I ain't Bruce Willis.' Fortunately the bombs were never used in actual combat. SADMs were just one of several bizarre nuclear devices created by America during the Cold War as a deterrent to Soviet invasion, Foreign Policy explained. At the time, Russia had a much larger and better-equipped army than both America and NATO, so the US knew that in the event of a war it would likely have to rely on nuclear arms to level the playing field. But firing a full-scale nuclear ICBM could easily escalate any conflict into a potential Armageddon, so a range of smaller devices were created to provide a more measured response. The backpack bomb, known officially as a W54, created a blast that could level two streets of houses, equivalent to about 10 tons of TNT. Later versions were scaled up to around the size of a two-gallon oil drum and had a yield of around 250 tons of TNT. Another version of the W54 was the Davy Crockett - a nuclear warhead launched from a bazooka-type device. Again the weapon was never used, partly because the blast radius was larger than the trajectory, meaning that firing the weapon meant certain death for the soldiers using it. 

:: 1--19 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Has President Trump suckered Democrats and the Deep State into a trap that will enable a radical downsizing of the federal bureaucracy? In only five more days of the already "longest government shutdown in history" (25 days and counting, as of today), a heretofore obscure threshold will be reached, enabling permanent layoffs of bureaucrats furloughed 30 days or more. Don't believe me that federal bureaucrats can be laid off? Well, in bureaucratese, a layoff is called a RIF – a Reduction in Force – and of course, it comes with a slew of civil service protections. But, if the guidelines are followed, bureaucrats can be laid off – as in no more job. It is all explained by Michael Roberts here (updated after the beginning of the partial shutdown): A reduction in force is a thoughtful and systematic elimination of positions. For all practical purposes, a government RIF is the same thing as a layoff. ... Organizations must stick to predetermined criteria when sorting out what happens to each employee. They must communicate with employees how and why decisions are made. ... In deciding who stays and who goes, federal agencies must take four factors into account: 1. Tenure  2. Veteran status 3. Total federal civilian and military service 4. Performance

Agencies cannot use RIF procedures to fire bad employees. A lot of procedures must be followed, and merit ("performance") is the last consideration, but based on the criteria above, employees already furloughed can be laid off ("RIFed") once they have been furloughed for 30 days or 22 work days:

When agencies furlough employees for more than 30 calendar days or 22 discontinuous work days, they must use RIF procedures. An employee can be terminated or moved into an available position[.]

This seems to be what was referenced in this remarkable essay written by an "unidentified senior Trump official" published in the Daily Caller, which vouches for the authenticity of the author and explains that it is protecting him from adverse career consequences should the name become known. I strongly recommend reading the whole thing. The purported senior official makes the case that devotion to "process" eats up most of the time of federal bureaucrats and is also used by enemies of President Trump's initiatives to stymie the legitimate orders issued by his senior officials: On an average day, roughly 15 percent of the employees around me are exceptional patriots serving their country. I wish I could give competitive salaries to them and no one else. But 80 percent feel no pressure to produce results. If they don't feel like doing what they are told, they don't. Why would they? We can't fire them. They avoid attention, plan their weekend, schedule vacation, their second job, their next position – some do this in the same position for more than a decade. They do nothing that warrants punishment and nothing of external value. That is their workday: errands for the sake of errands – administering, refining, following and collaborating on process. "Process is your friend" is what delusional civil servants tell themselves. Even senior officials must gain approval from every rank across their department, other agencies and work units for basic administrative chores. Then the senior official notes what I have just called the "trap": Most of my career colleagues actively work against the president's agenda. This means I typically spend about 15 percent of my time on the president's agenda and 85 percent of my time trying to stop sabotage, and we have no power to get rid of them. Until the shutdown. Those officials who waste time and stymie the president's initiatives now are not present because they are not categorized as "essential." Due to the lack of funding, many federal agencies are now operating more effectively from the top down on a fraction of their workforce, with only select essential personnel serving national security tasks. ... President Trump can end this abuse. Senior officials can reprioritize during an extended shutdown, focus on valuable results and weed out the saboteurs. We do not want most employees to return, because we are working better without them. Keep in mind that saboteurs cannot be individually identified and RIFed, but they can be included in the layoffs if they meet the criteria above in terms of seniority and service, and they must be given 60 days' notice. But once they are gone, they are no longer free to obstruct using the "process" as their friend, because they are gone. You can expect lawsuits on every conceivable point, and I suspect that the definition of "furlough" will be one matter of dispute. If this was the plan all along, it would explain why President Trump goaded Chuck and Nancy in his televised meeting with them last year, boasting that he would claim credit for the shutdown. How could they resist a prolonged shutdown when he made it so easy to blame him? President Trump has proven that he is a "disruptor" who changes the framework of thinking on major issues by refusing to accept the "givens" – the assumptions of how things always have been done and therefore always must be done. So who is the "senior official"? I don't know, but I think Stephen Miller is the sort of bold thinker who might volunteer to telegraph the strategy just five days before the deadline. Give Chuck and Nancy something to think about and probably reject as unthinkable. Then they can't complain that they weren't warned once the trap is sprung. Such a mass RIF would be the Trump version of Ronald Reagan firing the air traffic controllers when they went on an illegal strike in 1981. That was completely unexpected by his enemies, vehemently criticized, and successful. Among other benefits, it taught the leaders of the USSR that Ronald Reagan was a man whose threats cannot be dismissed as mere rhetoric. If you think that Xi Jinping, Kim Jong-un, Angela Merkel, and any other foreign leaders would not draw the same conclusion from a massive RIF, then you are kidding yourself. My theory may be completely wrong, but I pray that it is not. Hat tip: Clarice Feldman Monica Showalter adds: Slate of all places has a useful chart on which agencies have the most RIFs on the line. Surprise, surprise: It's where the bureaucrats most in need of layoffs happen to roost. Update: This is from 2013, but the proportions of furloughed "non-essential" staff likely are similar.

Read more: 

Follow us: @AmericanThinker on Twitter | AmericanThinker on Facebook

:: 1-15-19 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Counterthink: Government has been weaponized against humanity to achieve “efficient extermination” of humanity – full show

Tuesday, January 15, 2019 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) Each week, we produce a new episode of “Counterthink,” a documentary-style analysis show that dares to ask the really big questions that challenge your mental paradigm. Each show airs live on Sunday at 6pm at The full episode is usually posted to by Tuesday, and there’s at least one new episode each week. (Run time is approximately 43 minutes total.)

This week’s episode is entitled, “How Government has been Weaponized Against the People,” and it delves into the stunning, undeniable truth about how every government regulatory agency, investigations agency, taxing authority and operations department has been weaponized against the American people. The purpose of this weaponization of the government against the People is to achieve “efficient extermination” of the human race. You are witnessing a planet-wide genocidal agenda playing out through the evil of globalism and corrupt, incompetent government. The federal government, run by deep state bureaucrats and traitors, has truly become the enemy of the People. This was true before Trump and it will remain true long after Trump unless the deep state is exposed, indicted and completely removed from power. That’s exactly what President Trump is attempting the accomplish, by the way, which is exactly why he is subjected to a daily barrage of fake news lies and fabricated accusations. Meanwhile, the “media” has joined the deep state in becoming the enemy of the People, and the New York Times, Washington Post and CNN are now being actively run as treasonous, anti-America propaganda mouthpieces for the same globalists who want to see America overrun and destroyed with open borders, race wars and an economic implosion. Watch this full episode of Counterthink at this page on, or see the video at 

[ ::  12-31-18/1-1-19 New Years Eve service  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc hour is getting very close.  The earthquakes shall now get bigger, far bigger, far bigger, more powerful, the tornadoes and the hurricanes, oh you will see storms like the world has not seen, volcanoes like the world does not remember. Oh the things that are about to take place simply because it is my timing, etc

:: 1-15-19 Earthquake Latest :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

6.6 earthquake, 47 km depth, 105km WNW of Sola, Vanuatu

about 1 day ago

Nearby location: UTC time: Jan 15, 2019 18:01:36 UTC Time

Your time: Jan 15, 2019 18:01:36 Depth: 47 km

Quake Status (from USGS): Reviewed by USGS Tsunami Warning: Tsunami warning issued.

Info: This earthquake is recorded as Strong quake. May cause a lot of damage in very populated areas.

USGS source 

:: 1-15-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Polar vortex splits into three and sends Arctic air southward as eastern half of the US gears up for bitterly cold weeks to come

As experts predicted, polar vortex splits into three above Arctic Circle

This will push Arctic air southward, blanketing eastern half of North America

Temperatures are likely to plummet in the coming days and weeks

The change will also likely result in disruptive snowstorms this winter

By Ariel Zilber For Published: 21:41 EST, 15 January 2019 | Updated: 15:31 EST, 16 January 2019

The Eastern United States is in for frigid weather in the next few weeks thanks to air patterns tens of thousands of feet above the Arctic Circle. Satellite images and weather models have confirmed that the polar vortex - the area of low pressure and swirling cold air above the North Pole - has split into three. That means that temperatures far below normal can be expected in the eastern half of North America, according to The Washington Post. Arctic air will push southward as far as Tennessee. The low temperature expected for Nashville on Sunday is 17 degrees. So far this winter, most of the eastern half of the U.S. has enjoyed mild weather. The first half of January ranked among the top 10 warmest on record in Minneapolis and Milwaukee, according to the Post. But the split of the polar vortex will unleash bitterly cold air temperatures as well as stormy weather in the days and weeks to come. The polar vortex is an atmospheric circulation pattern that sits high above the poles, in a layer of the atmosphere called the stratosphere. This structure can weaken as a result of abnormal warming in the poles, causing it to split off into smaller ‘sister vortices’ that may travel outside of their typical range. In late December, weather models showed the polar vortex situated above Scandanavia. Scientists predicted that the vortex would break apart to become two or even three vortices, bringing colder weather to the mid-latitudes and warmer weather in the Arctic. A split in the polar vortex can give rise to both sudden and delayed effects, much of which involves declining temperatures and extreme winter weather in the Eastern US along with Northern and Western Europe. ‘A sudden stratospheric warming usually leads to a warm Arctic not only in the stratosphere but also at the surface as well,’ said Dr. Judah Cohen of Atmospheric and Environmental Research (AER). ‘And a warmer Arctic favors more severe winter weather in the NH midlatitudes including the Eastern US.’ The split in the polar vortex ‘would also favor cold longer term across Europe,’ Cohen adds. For the Northeastern U.S., this could mean ‘disruptive snowstorms,' the researcher notes. As we head toward the second half of January, meteorologists say that high temperatures in the northern Plains and upper Midwest will only reach the single digits. Kansas City, which is hosting the AFC Championship game between the hometown Chiefs and the New England Patriots on Sunday, will have a high temperature that day of just 15 degrees. With the wind chill, it will feel like the single digits, forecasters say. High temperatures in Oklahoma, Arkansas, and Tennessee may reach the 20s, according to The Weather Channel. Those settings are balmy compared to places like Minneapolis, which is forecast to have a low temperature of minus-7 on Saturday. Fargo, North Dakota will see temperatures plummet to well below zero this weekend. The high on Saturday will be minus-4 while the low will reach minus-20. 

:: 1-15-19 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

California storms to dump up to 7 feet of snow, force evacuations

By Andrew Hay, Reuters•January 15, 2019

Jan 15 (Reuters) - Big Pacific storms are set to dump up to seven feet (2.1 meters) of snow in California's Sierra Nevada mountains and several inches of rain elsewhere in the state, forcing evacuations in areas at risk to mudslides. The first storm moved over Southern California on Tuesday, with rainfall of up to 3 inches (7.6 cm) expected in parts of Los Angeles and Ventura Counties and up to 4.5 inches (11.4) in the Santa Monica Mountains, the National Weather Service (NWS) reported. Police in Los Angeles and Santa Barbara counties ordered evacuations from areas damaged by last year's wildfires because of the risk heavy rain would trigger mud and debris flows on charred hillsides. Significant road closures and travel delays were possible in the Los Angeles area given risks of flash flooding and rockslides, the NWS reported. An even bigger storm was brewing out at sea and set to hit the coast on Wednesday, Accuweather reported. Areas north of Santa Barbara were likely to see up to 3 inches (7.6 cm) of rain. As much as seven feet of snow was possible over 6,000 feet (1,829 meters) in the Sierra Nevada mountains. "The big one is still out in the middle of the Pacific," said AccuWeather meteorologist John Gresiak. "It's a very powerful storm." The weather is a boon for California's farmers and ski areas, given most of the state is recovering from years of drought, according to the United States Drought Monitor. The wild weather is the result of moisture-laden winds from the Pacific known as "atmospheric rivers." The first storm will reach the U.S. Midwest and Northeast on Thursday and Friday, gathering more moisture from the Gulf of Mexico. The second storm will hit the central and eastern United States through the weekend, Gresiak said. (Reporting by Andrew Hay in New Mexico; editing by Bill Tarrant and Grant McCool) 

[ :: 1-16-19  pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. There are three nations right now prepared and ready to go to war and all three of them have openly told you, America stop doing what you are doing or else. Wake up, etc 

:: 1-15-19 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia is set to deploy more than 30 underwater nuclear drones that could obliterate US coastal targets in an attack

The Russian Navy is deploying 32 Poseidon underwater nuclear drones

It can carry two megatonne warhead and is made to destroy 'enemy navy bases'

Four submarines fitted with Poseidons 'will join the Northern and Pacific fleets'

By Sara Malm For Mailonline Published: 04:20 EST, 15 January 2019 | Updated: 09:56 EST, 15 January 2019

Moscow is set to deploy more than 30 underwater drones capable of carrying a two megaton nuclear warhead, which could obliterate Western ports, according to Russian state media. Four submarines fitted with the torpedo drones, named Poseidon, will join the Northern and Pacific Russian fleets, state news agency Tass reports. Each submarine can fit eight Poseidons, designed specifically to destroy 'enemy navy bases' and able to travel at up to 70 knots. 'Two Poseidon-carrying submarines are expected to enter service with the Northern Fleet and the other two will join the Pacific Fleet,' a defence industry source told Tass this week. 'Each of the submarines will carry a maximum of eight drones and, therefore, the total number of Poseidons on combat duty may reach 32 vehicles." A 'special-purpose nuclear-powered submarine' currently under construction at the Sevmash Shipyard in Severodvinsk, a port city on Russia's White Sea, will be one of the Poseidon carriers, Tass said. Last year, Russian state media claimed the Navy will be able to 'mount various nuclear charges on the 'torpedo' of the Poseidon multipurpose seaborne system, with the thermonuclear single warhead to have the maximum capacity of up to two megatonnes in TNT equivalent.' With its nuclear charge, the Poseidon drone 'is primarily designed to destroy reinforced naval bases of a potential enemy,' the report added. The development of the Poseidon was announced by President Vladimir Putin in his state-of-the-nation speech in March last year, in which he boasted of an array of new nuclear weapons 'invulnerable to enemy interception'. Speaking last month, Putin said on Wednesday that Russia would deploy its first regiment of hypersonic nuclear-capable missiles this year, saying the move meant his country now had a new type of strategic weapon. Despite the continuous announcement of developments in its nuclear weapons arsenal, the Kremlin said in 2018 that it will cut its defence budget to less than three per cent of gross domestic product within the next five years. 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 1-15-19 Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chinese rapid military advance closing gap on U.S., Pentagon warns

By Carlo Muñoz - The Washington Times - Tuesday, January 15, 2019

China’s rapidly modernizing military is quickly closing the gap with the U.S. and its allies and may soon be tempted to test the status quo with Taiwan, a stark report from the Defense Department’s intelligence directorate concluded. The 50-page report by the Defense Intelligence Agency, released Tuesday, contends that with its advances in military capabilities and an increasingly internationally focused defense strategy, China is rapidly entering “a period of strategic opportunity … [toward] building comprehensive national power,” said senior DIA intelligence analyst Dan Taylor. The goal of China’s relentless military buildup is to “impose its will in the region and beyond,” Mr. Taylor told reporters at the Pentagon. Beijing “has demonstrated a willingness to use the [military] as an instrument of national power in the execution of … their historic mission in the new century.” While Chinese advances in hypersonic weaponry, cyberwarfare and sea power are increasingly challenging longtime U.S. military supremacy, U.S. analysts say, China’s chief security priority may be much closer to home: reclaiming control of Taiwan, which Beijing has long considered a breakaway territory. The U.S. security umbrella has long restrained the mainland in its pressure campaign against Taipei. “Our concern is we’ll reach a point where internally, within [China‘s] decision-making, they will decide that using military force for a regional conflict is something that is more imminent,” a senior U.S. defense intelligence official said. Asked whether a military offensive to reclaim Taiwan into the Chinese mainland could be in the offing, the official replied, “Specifically, that would be the most concerning to me.” The report was made public while Adm. John Richardson, U.S. chief of naval operations, was in Beijing with his Chinese counterparts in talks about American warship passages through the Taiwan Strait. In China’s official account of the talks, Chinese Gen. Li Zuocheng, chief of China’s Central Military Commission Joint Staff Department, reportedly told Adm. Richardson that China would allowno external interference.” “If someone tries to split Taiwan from China, the Chinese military will do whatever it takes to safeguard national reunification, national sovereignty and territorial integrity,” Gen. Li said, according to the Chinese English-language transcript, the Reuters news agency reported. More generally, the People’s Liberation Army is proving an increasingly formidable adversary for the U.S. and its allies, with a technological, manpower and economic base to fund further advances. China possesses medium- and intermediate-range missile technology that has achieved near parity with American-made systems. It would be those types of missiles that would likely be the first salvo in any Chinese effort to retake Taiwan, the intelligence official said. “If they wanted to fire missiles at Taiwan, they could do it right now,” the official said, noting that “there’s been no indication they’re planning to do that, but there’s very little warning that could be provided for that kind of thing.” For now, however, after that initial missile strike, it is highly unlikely that Chinese forces could mount the necessary ground invasion to overtake the island, the U.S. official said. “There’s a lot of work that I think that they’re still doing to try to work on those [invasion] capabilities, and we don’t have a real strong grasp on when they will think that they are confident in that capability,” the official said. “In the coming years, [China] is likely to grow even more technologically advanced and proficient with equipment comparable to that of other modern militaries,” Mr. Taylor said. Leveraging “advanced fighter aircraft, modern naval vessels, missile systems, and space and cyberspace assets,” Beijing will continue to press its interests in the Pacific and beyond. Alarm bell. While Chinese advances in areas such as space, cyberwarfare and next-generation aircraft have been well-documented over the years, it is Beijing’s rapid progress “across all different domains, simultaneously” that has raised alarm bells across the Pentagon. Last year, Beijing announced its latest intermediate-range missile in the Chinese arsenal, the Dong Feng-26, now had a nuclear capability. Once fully operational, the DF-26 “would give China its first nuclear precision-strike capability” against targets in the Asia-Pacific region, the DIA report states. In the field of hypersonics, Beijing is “on the leading edge of technology” nearly surpassing the Pentagon’s latest efforts, with China on the cusp of fielding a non-nuclear weapon capable of hitting any target around the world in an hour. “From the Chinese perspective, they would hope that it would cause a great threat to U.S. warships,” in the Pacific and elsewhere, the intelligence official said regarding China’s advances in missile and hypersonics technologies. “It’s very concerning to see all the different areas they’re making progress.” Adm. Bill Moran, vice chief of naval operations, declined to comment specifically on the DIA report’s findings, but the four-star admiral did note that Beijing’s burgeoning arsenal would force Navy leaders to adjust their overarching strategy in the Pacific. “It changes some of the calculus in how you employ the force,” Adm. Moran told reporters after a speech at the Surface Navy Association’s annual conference in Arlington, Virginia. ‘Great rejuvenation’ China’s growing military prowess is part of the “great rejuvenation of the Chinese nation” being pursued by Beijing, the DIA’s Mr. Taylor said Tuesday. “This ambition permeates China national security strategy and guides the development of the People’s Liberation Army, the PLA,” he said, calling the PLA “the military arm of the Chinese Communist Party.” Acting Defense Secretary Patrick Shanahan made clear shortly after succeeding James Mattis at the beginning of the month that the Pentagon’s focus would be squarely on China under his watch. “While we’re focused on ongoing operations, acting Secretary Shanahan told the team to remember China, China, China,” a Defense Department official told reporters ahead of Mr. Shanahan’s first official appearance at the White House Cabinet meeting. Despite China’s growing military prowess, Beijing has a long way to go before it can be considered a head-to-head threat to the U.S., the intelligence official said. “This is a military that has not fought a war in 40 years,” the official said. “When you talk parity, there is more than just technology involved.” Click to Read More and View Comments 

:: 1-15-19 The Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WW3 THREAT: China develops ‘impenetrable’ system too strong for hypersonic missiles

A TOP Chinese defence strategist claims to have created an “Underground Steel Great Wall” defence to nullify the threat of future hypersonic weapons destroying their arsenal.

By Bill McLoughlin PUBLISHED: 02:27, Tue, Jan 15, 2019 | UPDATED: 02:38, Tue, Jan 15, 2019

Qian Qihu, 82, won the prestigious 2018 State Preeminent Science and Technology Award due to his contributions to national defence for the system which he described as the country's “last national defence line”. The system is a series of elaborate defensive facilities located deep under the mountains and reduces the vulnerability of entrances and exists to those facilities. Qian told the Chinese Communist Party's official newspaper The Global Times: “The development of the shield must closely follow the development of spears. “Our defence engineering has evolved in a timely manner as attack weapons pose new challenges.” If the country’s missile interception system, anti-missile system or air defences fail, this steel wall will be able to thwart attacks. The defence system is a huge addition for Beijing as it can withstand hypersonic missiles - weapons which America and Russia are heavily developing. Qian also added that hypersonic weapons can penetrate any other current anti-missile installation in the world, putting China once step ahead of its competitors. According to a report from CNBC last March, Vladimir Putin debuted new nuclear and hypersonic weapons which he described as “invincible”. Mr Putin apparently unveiled the Kinzhal hypersonic cruise missile, touted as hitting Mach 10 - 10 times the speed of sound - speeds, while the Avangard hypersonic glide vehicle, is said to be capable of travelling up to Mach 20. In August, China ’s Academy of Aerospace Aerodynamics announced that it had tested a missile which they described was capable of riding its own shock waves and reached a speed of Mach 6 - six times the speed of sound. The US is still trying to keep up in the race for the new missile and US Deputy Secretary of Defence Patrick Shanahan said: “We are going to fly sooner and more often than people have ever expected.” 

:: 1-15-19 Marketwatch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China scaled back trade with North Korea in 2018

By MarketWatch Published: Jan 14, 2019 12:57 a.m. ET

BEIJING--China scaled back its trade with North Korea in 2018, on the back of economic sanctions from the UN Security Council, said a spokesman of China's customs Bureau on Monday. China's exports to North Korea declined 33.3% to 14.67 billion yuan ($2.18 billion) in 2018, while imports was down 88% at CNY1.42 billion, Li Kuiwen, a spokesman for the General Administration of Customs, said in a briefing. That put China's trade surplus with North Korea at CNY13.26 billion in 2018, down 30% from a year earlier, said Mr. Li. Write to Xiao Xiao at 

:: 1-15-19 AMB Crypto :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia could be implementing 20 cryptocurrency bills this year

Namrata Shukla  Published 4 days ago on January 13, 2019 By Namrata Shukla

The Russian parliament revealed on January 9 through a press release that the digital economy will be the topmost priority during the upcoming session, which will give Russia a headstart into the cryptocurrency ecosystem. Vyacheslav Volodin, chairman of the lower chamber, outlined the bills being considered for the same in the opening spring session. The members have considered legislature on digital financial assets, digital rights and crowdfunding, reported CoinGeek. Volodin requested the members to consider this for the good of the country and to make it a top priority. Volodin said: “Creating a favorable legal framework for the development of the digital economy should in many respects provide us with an advantageous position in competition among other countries.” Volodin revealed that there are more than 20 bills that will be introduced in the spring session and that he wants the parliament to be prepared to analyze the quality of the bills before considering to vote. This could be one step forward in the direction of adoption of digital currencies, which is now an important agenda for Russia. The US is throwing sanctions at Russia and considering a shift to cryptocurrency as a way to offer some help to the nation. While cryptocurrencies in Russian are not illegal, the country always had a cold reaction to it. However, the police have gone a step ahead in prohibiting its use by seizing crypto ATMs fearing that it could be used for cross-border money transfers. Nevertheless, the country has issued its Initial Coin offering [ICO], to begin with. The parliament has taken efforts to write laws for digital currencies earlier too. Back in September 2018, according to the publication, the parliament’s draft was rejected as there was a lot left undefined. Then in October, the parliament got closer to hitting the target, giving private businesses and legal entities the ability to store assets on blockchains. However, the reference to mining was removed. These might all add up with Volodin’s new push, to get a successful framework in action. 

:: 1-15-19 I 24 News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Netanyahu says failed Iranian satellite launch was an attempt to develop ICBM

01/15/2019 1:54:15 AM Updated on 01/15/2019 8:30:51 AM Written by i24NEWS

Israeli prime minister Benjamin Netanyahu said Tuesday that Iran's failed attempt to launch a satellite into orbit was a first stage in an effort to develop an intercontinental ballistic missile and warned that Israel would continue its offensive policy against Tehran's entrenchment in Syria. Speaking at the induction of the new Chief of the General Staff, Major General Aviv Kochavi in Tel Aviv, Netanyahu took Iran to task over their growing influence in the Middle East and mocked Iran's claims that it had only an advisory presence in Syria. "I advise them to get out of there quickly because we will continue our offensive policy as we promised and as we do without fear and without pause,” Netanyahu said in a warning to Iran. Netanyahu alleged that what Tehran claimed to be an "innocent satellite" was actually “the first stage of an intercontinental missile” Iran is developing in violation of international resolutions. Earlier Tuesday, Iran's minister of telecommunications Mohammad Javad Azari Jahromi said in a statement carried by state television that the rocket carrying the 'Payam' satellite (or 'message' in Farsi) failed to "reach the necessary speed". There was no clarifications as to when the second satellite, called 'Doosti' (or 'friendship') would be launched. The preparations for the launch had sparked international fears that the Iranian government was using it as a pretext to carry out ballistic missile testing. US Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, whose whistle-stop tour of the Middle-East is coming to a close, earlier warned Iran against sending out the satellite. “We advise the regime to reconsider these provocative launches and cease all activities related to ballistic missiles in order to avoid deeper economic and diplomatic isolation,” said Pompeo in a statement The US top diplomat said there was no difference between the technology used to send out satellites or missiles into space. According to Pompeo, this would violate the U.N. Security Council resolution on the 2015 nuclear deal. The resolution "calls upon" Tehran to not test ballistic missiles. Payam was designed and developed by Tehran’s Amirkabir University of Technology. It's purpose was to capture media in Low Earth Orbit (LEO). Scientists at the university would continue their work in order to ensure a successful launch, the minister said. Tehran denied the country was violating the UN resolution. "The satellite is part of a civil project with purely scientific aims," foreign ministry spokesman Bahram Ghasemi said in a statement, reported by the Iranian Students' News Agency. "Iran will wait for no country's permission to conduct such scientific projects." Iran has launched several short-lived satellites into orbit over the past decade, including the Simorgh and the Pajouhesh, the official news agency IRNA reported. Iran has expanded its influence on the region since the beginning of the Syrian civil war, bringing into question the immediate gains from pursuing intercontinental ballistic technology. There have been multiple warnings by high-ranking Israeli officials of Iranian ally Hezbollah stockpiling weapons, and of Iranian elite troops training and leading Syrian military personnel for a confrontation with the Jewish state. 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 1-15-19 Algemeiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Stop Spending 7% of Your Budget on Terrorist Salaries,’ Israeli UN Envoy Tells Abbas Following Palestinian Leader’s G-77 Speech in New York

avatar by Ben Cohen January 15, 2019 1:39 pm

Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas on Tuesday used a keynote speech at the United Nations in New York to assert that Israel was an “obstruction” to the “cohesive development of all peoples” in the Middle East, drawing a sharp rebuke from the Jewish state’s ambassador to the world body. Abbas was speaking as the “State of Palestine” — officially a “non-member observer state” at the UN since 2012 — assumed the chairmanship from Egypt of a bloc of 134 states at the UN that purports to represent the “collective economic interests ” of the world’s developing nations. Still known as the “Group of 77 (G-77)” after the number of states that originally founded it in 1964, the bloc includes several nations that do not recognize Israel’s right to exist, including Iran, Syria and Iraq. In remarks in which he addressed the G-77’s main concerns in only the most general terms, Abbas took care to attack Israel whenever he found the right opening to do so. “Palestine cannot be an exception,” Abbas stated, during a passage of his speech that discussed sustainable development goals. “We also suffer under the yoke of a foreign occupation.” Abbas went on to condemn Israel’s “colonization and occupation of the ‘State of Palestine,'” accusing the Jewish state of “obstructing cohesive development for all peoples of the region.” Abbas’s latter observation drew a swift reaction from Israeli Ambassador to the UN Danny Danon. “As the United Nations very well knows from all of the development work Israel does, Israel is not what undermines development but actually helps it,” Danon told The Algemeiner following Abbas’ speech. The ambassador continued: “Instead, it is the Palestinian Authority that undermines its own capacity and development. The PA should stop spending 7 percent of its annual budget on inciting and paying terrorist salaries, and instead use it to develop its infrastructure and help its people.” The PA spent $355 million of international donors’ money in 2017 on paying salaries and other benefits to convicted or “martyred” terrorists and their families. The US Congress passed legislation in 2018 suspending US aid to the PA until there was a verifiable end to the practice, which critics argue both incentivizes and legitimizes Palestinian terrorism against Israelis. While Abbas touched on several critical human rights issues during his speech — including child labor, slavery and human trafficking — he was at his most detailed when specifying the PA’s demands of Israel. Advocating the creation of a Palestinian state with its capital in eastern Jerusalem, Abbas emphasized that this outcome would necessarily involve “the just resolution of final status issues, including our refugees and prisoners.” At no point did the Palestinian leader discuss any of the other challenges to sustainable development in the Middle East, such as the unprecedented refugee crisis generated by the displacement of over 13 million Syrians — among them 400,000 Palestinians — during a civil war that has raged since 2011. While it is difficult to detect the influence of the G-77 beyond the halls of the UN, the pivotal role entrusted to the “State of Palestine” with its 2019 chairmanship will likely be presented by the PA as another milestone in its bid to gain full membership of the UN, irrespective of the progress of peace negotiations with Israel. Full membership in the UN for any prospective state requires a vote of the UN Security Council, where any Palestinian bid would almost certainly encounter a US veto. 

:: 1-15-19 Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Man praises God as family, childhood Bible are saved after horn goes off warning them of truck on fire near home

By Leonardo Blair, Christian Post Reporter

An Oklahoma father of five is still singing praises to God after the horn of his truck, which caught fire next to his home with his children inside, went off in time to warn them of the danger. When firefighters were able to put out the blaze, they found the man’s childhood Bible inside the truck unscathed by the flames. “God has made it to my eyes that I should be grateful for being alive,” the father, Steven Gaut, told Fox 6 in an interview after the fire that occurred on Dec. 9. “God sent his angels,” Gaut also wrote on a Facebook fundraiser that raised almost $5,000 to assist his family. “My truck was parked 2 feet away from the house. If it wasn't for the horn blowing the house would've gone too. The Vinita Fire Department had to pry the Bible that was in a cloth cover. My Bible was in great shape and the cover was in bad shape,” he continued. In his message on the Facebook fundraiser, Gaut said he was hiding Christmas gifts in the garage of his home when his oldest son heard the horn of his truck go off. “The kids were in their rooms playing. Got my Dad to watch the kids so I went [and] got some dog food from Atwoods. Got home and was putting gifts in my garage. I was out there for a few minutes and my oldest son heard a horn honking in front of the house. He looks out the window and sees my truck on fire. He immediately comes to the garage to tell me about it. I call 911. By the time I got to the truck it was totally engulfed with flames,” Gaut said. After firefighters put out the blaze they told him that someone at Atwoods, a farm and ranch supply company based in Enid, Oklahoma, “likely threw a cigarette in the back of my truck.” Once the fire was out Gault said he assumed he'd also lost everything inside his truck including a cherished Bible he's had since he was 13. “The first thing I asked for was to see if my Bible was OK,” he told Fox 6. “The Bible was down there on the ground — and they had to pry it up from the case,” Gaut said. In a recent interview with Fox News, he said despite the fire the Bible survived, “it doesn’t even smell like smoke either.” He further explained that if the fire had managed to reach his home before anyone was able to respond, it would have been devastating. “I'm a single dad raising five kids and six in the summer, just had to go bankrupt due to the divorce. I'm very grateful no one was hurt and thank God for saving our lives,” he wrote on his Facebook fundraiser. 

:: 1-14-19 I 24 News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Recent Israeli strike in Syria wounded top Iran, Hezbollah militants: report

01/14/2019 1:11:15 AM Updated on 01/14/2019 1:35:00 AM Written by i24NEWS

Israel’s airstrike on what Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu claimed were Iranian “weapons depots” at Syria’s Damascus airport over the weekend may have also targeted and wounded members of Lebanese Hezbollah and Iranian Revolutionary Guard Corps leadership, according to a report by Kuwaiti newspaper Al-Jarida. The report quotes sources in the IRGC in an exclusive statement to Al-Jarida saying the Israeli attack targeted a meeting of several members of the IRGC’s elite Quds force, Lebanese Hezbollah, and Syrian army head discussing a future joint offensive by Moscow and Ankara against the Al Nusra front in Idlib province, considered the last major stronghold for Syrian rebels - in addition to Iranian military installations and weapons depots. The attack reportedly took place just after the meeting ended as the groups were leaving. At least two IRGC officers and a Hezbollah officials were seriously injured in the strike, as well as several officers from the Syrian army, according to the report. Netanyahu on Sunday said Israel has been behind hundreds of strikes against Iranian and Hezbollah targets in Syria in remarks confirmed by Israeli Defense Forces outgoing Chief-of-Staff Gadi Eizenkot who emphasized the IDF’s victories against Iran and Hezbollah under his leadership over the course of four years. “The [Israel Defense Forces] has on hundreds of occasions attacked targets of Iran and Hezbollah,” Netanyahu said on Sunday at the opening of his weekly cabinet meeting, just two days after the IAF strike. “Just in the last 36 hours did the [Israel Air Force] attack Iranian warehouses with Iranian weapons at the international airport in Damascus," the premier said. On Friday, Syrian state news agency SANA reported that the country’s air defenses intercepted missiles fired at the Damascus international airport at around 11:00 p.m. local time, with a military source attributing the attack to Israel. The source claimed that a warehouse belonging to Syria’s ministry of transport was hit and damaged. The London-based Syrian Observatory for Human Rights war monitor said that the strikes targeted “two areas hosting military positions of Iranian forces and the Lebanese Hezbollah movement.” Israel gave no initial comment on Friday’s reported strikes, but has previously acknowledged carrying out hundreds of attacks in Syria over the years against what it says are Iranian military targets and advanced arms deliveries to Hezbollah. On Saturday, the Syrian foreign ministry said that Israel was able to “get away” with such raids in the country because it is backed by the United States. The United States has said repeatedly that it will continue to support Israel’s right to defend itself against Iran and Hezbollah, including through targeted strikes in Syria, in the wake of its decision to remove American forces from the country.

Donald J. Trump @realDonaldTrump

Starting the long overdue pullout from Syria while hitting the little remaining ISIS territorial caliphate hard, and from many directions. Will attack again from existing nearby base if it reforms. Will devastate Turkey economically if they hit Kurds. Create 20 mile safe zone....

118K 5:53 PM - Jan 13, 2019

The abruptly announced decision to quit Syria had taken US allies by surprise, and Israel worried over whether Iran would be left with free rein to operate there and whether Russia would respond to its calls to limit it. Netanyahu has vowed to intensify Israeli action in the wake of the United States’ withdrawal. 

:: 1-14-19 NBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Two killed, 40 detained in new gay purge in Chechnya

The new allegations come after reports in 2017 of more than 100 gay men arrested and subjected to torture, and some of them killed, in the Russian region.

Jan. 14, 2019, 10:47 AM EST By The Associated Press

The Russian republic of Chechnya has launched a new crackdown on gays in which at least two people have died and about 40 people have been detained, LGBTQ activists in Russia charged Monday. The new allegations come after reports in 2017 of more than 100 gay men arrested and subjected to torture, and some of them killed, in the predominantly Muslim region in southern Russia. The Associated Press and other media outlets have interviewed some of the victims, who spoke about torture at the hands of Chechen law enforcement officers. Chechen authorities have denied those accusations, and federal authorities conducted a probe into the earlier reports but said they found nothing to support the charges. Alvi Karimov, a spokesman for Chechen leader Ramzan Kadyrov, told the Interfax news agency on Monday that the latest reports are “complete lies and don’t have an ounce of truth in them.” Karimov insisted that no one has been detained in Chechnya on suspicion of being gay. But the Russian LGBT Network, which has been monitoring the situation in Chechnya and helping victims, said in a statement Monday that about 40 men and women have been detained on suspicion of being gay since December and that at least two of them have died of torture in detention. The detainees are believed held at the same facility that was named in the 2017 reports. The crackdown was first reported Friday but the activists didn’t release full details at the time. “Widespread detentions, torture and killings of gay people have resumed in Chechnya,” Igor Kochetkov, program director at the Russian LGBT Network said. “Persecution of men and women suspected of being gay never stopped. It’s only that its scale has been changing.” Kochetkov said the new wave of anti-gay persecution started at the end of the year when Chechen authorities detained the administrator of a social media group popular with LGBTQ people in the North Caucasus. Kochetkov said the mass detentions began after the authorities got hold of contacts on his phone. LGBTQ activists in 2017 helped to evacuate around 150 gay men from Chechnya to help them restart their lives elsewhere in Russia. Many of them have sought asylum and resettled abroad. Russian authorities have strenuously denied that killings and torture took place in the predominantly Muslim region where homosexuality is taboo, even after one man came forward to talk about the time he spent in detention in Chechnya. Maxim Lapunov said he was detained by unidentified people on a street in the Chechen capital, Grozny, in 2017 and kept in custody for two weeks, where he was repeatedly beaten. He was let go after he signed a statement acknowledging that he was gay and was told he would be killed if he talked about his time in detention. Lapunov, who is not an ethnic Chechen and is from Siberia, was the first to file a complaint with Russian authorities over the wave of arrests of gay people. The Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe last month called on Russia to investigate the reports and cited Lapunov’s case specifically. Kadyrov and his government in Chechnya have been accused of widespread human rights abuses against many dissidents, not just gay men. 

:: 1-7-19 Patriot Rising :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anti-Second Amendment Chicago Alderman Ed Burke Charged With Extortion: Surprise – Had 23 Guns In Office

By PatriotRising - January 7, 2019

From outlawing cell phone cases shaped like guns to bans on concealed weapons in places that serve alcohol and broadening the gun offender registry in Chicago, Alderman Ed Burke’s record has defined him as an aggressive pusher of gun control. But a bombshell 37-page criminal complaint charging Burke with extortion has exposed him to be yet another phony, hypocritical Anti-Second Amendment legislator. Federal prosecutors now report that nearly two dozen firearms were discovered in Alderman Ed Burke’s offices during their raids in November. What a surprise! This longtime gun-control opponent was armed to the teeth, while denying the suffering and helpless residents of Chicago a chance to defend their family and property. Some background from The Sun Times: When two Burger King executives sought his support for a remodeling job of a fast-food location in his ward in 2017, Chicago’s most powerful alderman took them out for a swanky lunch at the Beverly Country Club — telling them all about his private law firm’s tax work. Then, when they didn’t steer business to Klafter & Burke, a ward employee offered to play “hardball.” And Burke allegedly gave the green light.  Burke, 75, now faces a maximum of 20 years in prison following an investigation that involved recorded calls on Burke’s cellphone and apparent federal surveillance of the alderman. The chairman of Chicago’s finance committee, who’s been in office for 50 years after succeeding his father, used his power to tie up the business licensing process for a southwest Chicago Burger King restaurant to force the owners to steer their legal business to his firm. More from The Sun Times: After the company struggled to have its permits approved, it agreed to steer business to Burke’s firm, according to the complaint. When (city employee Meaghan) Synowiecki asked whether he wanted business from all of its Illinois locations or just those in Cook County, Burke allegedly replied, “Umm, all Illinois locations.” That was Dec. 19, 2017. An application for a driveway permit from the company was approved the same day, according to the complaint. Let me know if you’ve seen this movie before: Liberal Democrat Alderman Burke, who had campaigned for decades on gun control and Second Amendment restrictions, was found to have 23 firearms in his office. Have we checked his home or garage? Signs posted outside his office prohibit anyone – even legal concealed carry – from bringing a gun into the government building. I guess the alderman felt privileged? Listen to this sickness – less than a month ago, Burke made this comment at a gun buyback event with police: “Any of those guns that are sitting in your closet that your relative may have brought back from the First World War, Second World War, Korea, bring them in get your 100 bucks get those guns off the street.” So they can be safely stored in his office I guess.. Burke is not alone: 3 other sitting aldermen are facing criminal charges. Ald. Willie Cochran faces trial in June for allegedly shaking down businessmen to support projects in his 20th Ward. And Ald. Ricardo Munoz (22nd) faces a charge of domestic battery involving his wife. Meanhile, they don’t trust you with a gun and I suppose we all know why.


:: 1-11-19 Natural News:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fortune: Ford to deploy 5G in ALL US vehicles by early 2022 (frying your brain while you drive)

Posted by Erin Elizabeth | Jan 11, 2019

Ford has announced that it will deploy cellular vehicle-to-everything (C-V2X) technology in all of its new American car models from the year 2022 onward. The technology will enable vehicles to communicate with one another as well as traffic management infrastructure like traffic lights. Pedestrians will also have the ability to transmit their locations to cars, ostensibly boosting the safety of walkers and cyclists. The car maker claims it will be useful for situations like four-way stops, enabling vehicles to communicate with one another about who has the right of way. It could also be used for vehicles that are involved in accidents to give approaching vehicles advance status of the situation so they can avoid danger. Traffic lights, meanwhile, would be able to send drivers signals to alert them when they are about to turn red or green or to let them know if they are about to run a red light. In a Medium post announcing the move, Ford Connected Vehicle Platform and Product Executive Director Don Butler expressed Ford’s excitement over the technology, but he failed to mention the huge downside of all of this connectivity. Butler wrote that the effort’s timing was “perfect” in light of the cellular industry’s push for building 5G networks, but what price will we all pay for this? For all of its greater speeds and connectivity, 5G could put our health at very serious risk. 5G already causing health problems, and many dangers are still unknown One advocate, Kevin Mottus, has likened 5G’s effects to “microwaving our population,” and hundreds of scientists and doctors share his view.  5G works using millimeter waves, which use a higher frequency than microwaves and are more easily absorbed by their surroundings. This means that more towers will be needed. It has been estimated that “small cell” towers will need to be placed approximately every 800 feet to provide connectivity, so exposure will be very difficult to avoid with one small cell for roughly every 12 houses. What happens when your body absorbs these millimeter waves? While we have no idea what the long-term effects of this new technology might be, people in areas where 5G testing is underway have already been reporting a host of side effects, even after just a small amount of exposure. Some San Francisco firefighters reported memory loss and confusion after 5G was placed in their fire house; their symptoms only subsided when they transferred to new stations. Others have reported miscarriages, insomnia, and nosebleeds due to 5G exposure. With thousands of small cells placed in every city, where will people go if they want to get away from it? Scientist Mark Steele said: “We are seeing babies dying in the womb as these transmitters are situated outside people’s bedroom windows. It’s a humanitarian crisis.” It also stands to reason that this is placing people at a tremendous risk of brain cancer. After all, its less-potent predecessors, 2G and 3G, have already been linked to the deadly disease. For reference, 5G is 100 times faster than 4G. A large-scale government study uncovered a link between cell phone radiation and brain cancer as well as heart tumors at lower speeds, so now the risk will be even greater. It’s pretty ironic that Ford is touting the new technology as something that benefits people. While you might be somewhat less likely to be involved in a car accident if you use it (although no one can say for sure), you’ll be frying your brain while you drive and could find yourself dealing with brain cancer – hardly a trade-off most people would be willing to make. 

:: 1-8-19 Revolution Radio :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Deep State Plot to Start World War III

Tuesday, January 8, 2019 By Paul Martin

By Dave Hodges January 8th, 2019

In August of 2018, the Pentagon released a report that was not covered in our corporate controlled media. Subsequently, I have learned that the Pentagon held a closed door briefing on the topic of the Chinese preparing to unleash a series of Pearl Harbor type of attacks against the United States.  And as will be revealed later in the article, it led me to ask the right questions of deep cover sources regarding China and the commencement of World War III. The readers may be wondering where I obtained this information? It certainly wasn’t from the MSM in America. The reports surfaced in places like New Zealand and France. And of course, as stated, I have deep cover sources revealing what the Deep State is actually up to. As an aside, I feel compelled to ask a question: Isn’t it a shame that we have to get the truth about the dangers our country faces from the foreign press instead of the MSM such as CNN and the Washington Post? There is an issue that I have repeatedly covered before on the CSS’ radio show and website. This has to do with the fact that we are, once again, forcing an Asian country to attack the United States in order to promote a wider conflict for political reasons. In the pre-World War II time, we provoked Japan to attack the United States. President Roosevelt was told by Nazi refugees, such as Einstein, that the Germans were close to developing atomic weapons that could be mounted on rockets. Not only did this lead to America’s Manhattan Project, designed to develop and deliver America’s first nuclear weapons, it could lead directly World War III. Roosevelt was forced to develop a plan that would get America into the war quickly in order to stop the Germans. Roosevelt and his team of advisers developed the McCollum Eight Point Plan which was designed to get Japan to attack the US. Roosevelt deemed this was necessary because America was embroiled in the Great Depression and an air of isolationism swept the country. Americans had to be shocked into accepting the entry into the global conflict, hence, the McCollum Plan. Today, thanks to neocon, Mattis, America is following a similar plan in order to get China to attack America. Here are the two plots and how they parallel each other. The McCollum Memo Prior to WW II, the US created something called the 8 point plan (MCollum Memo). Eventually, this caused Japan to respond to the interference with its trade and the attack upon Pearl Harbor. Is this what the Trump administration is doing? Is Trump still in charge of his administration. A decided shift occurred when Bolton joined the Trump administration. 

:: 1-8-19 The Wall Street Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Samsung Echoes Apple’s Gloomy Outlook as Tech Woes Get Worse

South Korean tech giant expects fourth quarter operating profit will fall 29%

By Timothy W. Martin Updated Jan. 8, 2019 2:56 a.m. ET

SEOUL—Samsung Electronics Co. expects its fourth-quarter operating profit will decline 29%—surprise guidance that fell far below analysts’ estimates—in the latest sign of challenges hitting the tech industry. The world’s largest maker of smartphones and semiconductors said its estimated profit decline comes “amid mounting macro uncertainties.” The Suwon, South Korea-based company pointed to “lackluster demand” for memory chips and “intensifying competition” in its handsets business.

To Read the Full Story 

:: 1-7-19 Newsday :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Home items are getting smarter and creepier, like it or not

By The Associated Press Updated January 7, 2019 10:41 AM

One day, finding an oven that just cooks food may be as tough as buying a TV that merely lets you click between channels. Internet-connected "smarts" are creeping into cars, refrigerators, thermostats, toys and just about everything else in your home. CES 2019, the gadget show opening Tuesday in Las Vegas, will showcase many of these products, including an oven that coordinates your recipes and a toilet that flushes with a voice command. With every additional smart device in your home, companies are able to gather more details about your daily life. Some of that can be used to help advertisers target you — more precisely than they could with just the smartphone you carry. "It's decentralized surveillance," said Jeff Chester, executive director for the Center for Digital Democracy, a Washington-based digital privacy advocate. "We're living in a world where we're tethered to some online service stealthily gathering our information." Yet consumers so far seem to be welcoming these devices. The research firm IDC projects that 1.3 billion smart devices will ship worldwide in 2022, twice as many as 2018. Companies say they are building these products not for snooping but for convenience, although Amazon, Google and other partners enabling the intelligence can use the details they collect to customize their services and ads. Whirlpool, for instance, is testing an oven whose window doubles as a display. You'll still be able to see what's roasting inside, but the glass can now display animation pointing to where to place the turkey for optimal cooking. The oven can sync with your digital calendar and recommend recipes based on how much time you have. It can help coordinate multiple recipes, so that you're not undercooking the side dishes in focusing too much on the entree. A camera inside lets you zoom in to see if the cheese on the lasagna has browned enough, without opening the oven door. As for that smart toilet, Kohler's Numi will respond to voice commands to raise or lower the lid — or to flush. You can do it from an app, too. The company says it's all about offering hands-free options in a setting that's very personal for people. The toilet is also heated and can play music and the news through its speakers. Kohler also has a tub that adjusts water temperature to your liking and a kitchen faucet that dispenses just the right amount of water for a recipe. For the most part, consumers aren't asking for these specific features. "We try to be innovative in ways that customers don't think they need," Samsung spokesman Louis Masses said. Whirlpool said insights can come from something as simple as watching consumers open the oven door several times to check on the meal, losing heat in the process. "They do not say to us, 'Please tell me where to put (food) on the rack, or do algorithm-based cooking,'" said Doug Searles, general manager for Whirlpool's research arm, WLabs. "They tell us the results that are most important to them." Samsung has several voice-enabled products, including a fridge that comes with an app that lets you check on its contents while you're grocery shopping. New this year: Samsung's washing machines can send alerts to its TVs — smart TVs, of course — so you know your laundry is ready while watching Netflix. Other connected items at CES include:

a fishing rod that tracks your location to build an online map of where you've made the most catches.

a toothbrush that recommends where to brush more.

a fragrance diffuser that lets you control how your home smells from a smartphone app.

These are poised to join internet-connected security cameras, door locks and thermostats that are already on the market. The latter can work with sensors to turn the heat down automatically when you leave home. Chester said consumers feel the need to keep up with their neighbors when they buy appliances with the smartest smarts. He said all the conveniences can be "a powerful drug to help people forget the fact that they are also being spied on." Gadgets with voice controls typically aren't transmitting any data back to company servers until you activate them with a trigger word, such as "Alexa" or "OK Google." But devices have sometimes misheard innocuous words as legitimate commands to record and send private conversations. Even when devices work properly, commands are usually stored indefinitely. Companies can use the data to personalize experiences — including ads. Beyond that, background conversations may be stored with the voice recordings and can resurface with hacking or as part of lawsuits or investigations. Knowing what you cook or stock in your fridge might seem innocuous. But if insurers get hold of the data, they might charge you more for unhealthy diets, warned Paul Stephens, director of policy and advocacy at the Privacy Rights Clearinghouse in San Diego. He also said it might be possible to infer ethnicity based on food consumed. Manufacturers are instead emphasizing the benefits: Data collection from the smart faucet, for instance, allows Kohler's app to display how much water is dispensed. (Water bills typically show water use for the whole home, not individual taps.) The market for smart devices is still small, but growing. Kohler estimates that in a few years, smart appliances will make up 10 percent of its revenue. Though the features are initially limited to premium models — such as the $7,000 toilet — they should eventually appear in entry-level products, too, as costs come down. Consider the TV. "Dumb" TVs are rare these days, as the vast majority of TVs ship with internet connections and apps, like it or not. "It becomes a check-box item for the TV manufacturer," said Paul Gagnon, an analyst with IHS Markit. For a dumb one, he said, you have to search for an off-brand, entry-level model with smaller screens — or go to places in the world where streaming services aren't common. "Dumb" cars are also headed to the scrapyard. The research firm BI Intelligence estimates that by 2020, three out of every four cars sold worldwide will be models with connectivity. No serious incidents have occurred in the United States, Europe and Japan, but a red flag has already been raised in China, where automakers have been sharing location details of connected cars with the government. As for TVs, Consumer Reports says many TV makers collect and share users' viewing habits. Vizio agreed to $2.5 million in penalties in 2017 to settle cases with the Federal Trade Commission and New Jersey officials. Consumers can decide not to enable these connections. They can also vote with their wallets, Stephens said. "I'm a firm believer that simple is better. If you don't need to have these so-called enhancements, don't buy them," he said. "Does one really need a refrigerator that keeps track of everything in it and tells you you are running out of milk?" 

:: 1--19 Wikipedia :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pantheon, Rome

From Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia

(Redirected from Pantheon of Rome)

Jump to navigation

Jump to search

For other uses, see Pantheon.

Not to be confused with Parthenon.

The Pantheon (UK: /ˈpænθiən/, US: /-ɒn/;[1] Latin: Pantheum,[nb 1] from Greek Πάνθειον Pantheion, "[temple] of all the gods") is a former Roman temple, now a church, in Rome, Italy, on the site of an earlier temple commissioned by Marcus Agrippa during the reign of Augustus (27 BC – 14 AD). It was completed by the emperor Hadrian and probably dedicated about 126 AD. Its date of construction is uncertain, because Hadrian chose not to inscribe the new temple but rather to retain the inscription of Agrippa's older temple, which had burned down.[2]

The building is circular with a portico of large granite Corinthian columns (eight in the first rank and two groups of four behind) under a pediment. A rectangular vestibule links the porch to the rotunda, which is under a coffered concrete dome, with a central opening (oculus) to the sky. Almost two thousand years after it was built, the Pantheon's dome is still the world's largest unreinforced concrete dome.[3] The height to the oculus and the diameter of the interior circle are the same, 43 metres (142 ft).[4]

It is one of the best-preserved of all Ancient Roman buildings, in large part because it has been in continuous use throughout its history, and since the 7th century, the Pantheon has been used as a church dedicated to "St. Mary and the Martyrs" (Latin: Sancta Maria ad Martyres) but informally known as "Santa Maria Rotonda".[5] The square in front of the Pantheon is called Piazza della Rotonda. The Pantheon is a state property, managed by Italy's Ministry of Cultural Heritage and Activities and Tourism through the Polo Museale del Lazio; in 2013 it was visited by over 6 million people.

The Pantheon's large circular domed cella, with a conventional temple portico front, was unique in Roman architecture. Nevertheless, it became a standard exemplar when classical styles were revived, and has been copied many times by later architects.[6]


1 Etymology

2 History

2.1 Ancient

2.2 Medieval

2.3 Renaissance

2.4 Modern

3 Cardinal deaconry

3.1 Cardinal-protectors

4 Structure

4.1 Portico

4.2 Rotunda

4.3 Interior

5 Christian modifications

6 Gallery

7 Works modeled on, or inspired by, the Pantheon

8 See also

9 Notes

10 Footnotes

11 References

12 External links

Etymology The name "Pantheon" is from the Ancient Greek "Pantheion" (Πάνθειον) meaning "of, relating to, or common to all the gods": (pan- / "παν-" meaning "all" + theion / "θεῖον"= meaning "of or sacred to a god").[7] Cassius Dio, a Roman senator who wrote in Greek, speculated that the name comes either from the statues of many gods placed around this building, or from the resemblance of the dome to the heavens.[8] His uncertainty strongly suggests that "Pantheon" (or Pantheum) was merely a nickname, not the formal name of the building.[9] In fact, the concept of a pantheon dedicated to all the gods is questionable. The only definite pantheon recorded earlier than Agrippa's was at Antioch in Syria, though it is only mentioned by a sixth-century source.[10] Ziegler tried to collect evidence of panthea, but his list consists of simple dedications "to all the gods" or "to the Twelve Gods," which are not necessarily true panthea in the sense of a temple housing a cult that literally worships all the gods.[11] Godfrey and Hemsoll point out that ancient authors never refer to Hadrian's Pantheon with the word aedes, as they do with other temples, and the Severan inscription carved on the architrave uses simply "Pantheum," not "Aedes Panthei" (temple of all the gods).[12] It seems highly significant that Dio does not quote the simplest explanation for the name—that the Pantheon was dedicated to all the gods.[13] In fact, Livy wrote that it had been decreed that temple buildings (or perhaps temple cellae) should only be dedicated to single divinities, so that it would be clear who would be offended if, for example, the building were struck by lightning, and because it was only appropriate to offer sacrifice to a specific deity (27.25.7-10).[14] Godfrey and Hemsoll maintain that the word Pantheon "need not denote a particular group of gods, or, indeed, even all the gods, since it could well have had other meanings…. Certainly the word pantheus or pantheos, could be applicable to individual deities…. Bearing in mind also that the Greek word θεῖος (theios) need not mean "of a god" but could mean "superhuman," or even "excellent."[12] Since the French Revolution, when the church of Sainte-Geneviève in Paris was deconsecrated and turned into the secular monument called the Panthéon of Paris, the generic term pantheon has sometimes been applied to other buildings in which illustrious dead are honoured or buried.[1] History Ancient The Pantheon and the Fontana del Pantheon. Ancient In the aftermath of the Battle of Actium (31 BC), Marcus Agrippa started an impressive building program: the Pantheon was a part of the complex created by him on his own property in the Campus Martius in 29–19 BC, which included three buildings aligned from south to north: the Baths of Agrippa, the Basilica of Neptune, and the Pantheon.[15] It seems likely that the Pantheon and the Basilica of Neptune were Agrippa's sacra privata, not aedes publicae (public temples).[16] This less solemn designation would help explain how the building could have so easily lost its original name and purpose (Ziolkowski contends that it was originally the Temple of Mars in Campo)[17] in such a relatively short period of time.[18] It had long been thought that the current building was built by Agrippa, with later alterations undertaken, and this was in part because of the Latin inscription on the front of the temple[19] which reads: M·AGRIPPA·L·F·COS·TERTIVM·FECIT

or in full, "M[arcus] Agrippa L[ucii] f[ilius] co[n]s[ul] tertium fecit," meaning "Marcus Agrippa, son of Lucius, made [this building] when consul for the third time."[20] However, archaeological excavations have shown that the Pantheon of Agrippa had been completely destroyed except for the façade. Lise Hetland argues that the present construction began in 114, under Trajan, four years after it was destroyed by fire for the second time (Oros. 7.12). She reexamined Herbert Bloch's 1959 paper, which is responsible for the commonly maintained Hadrianic date, and maintains that he should not have excluded all of the Trajanic-era bricks from his brick-stamp study. Her argument is particularly interesting in light of Heilmeyer's argument that, based on stylistic evidence, Apollodorus of Damascus, Trajan's architect, was the obvious architect.[21] The form of Agrippa's Pantheon is debated. As a result of excavations in the late 19th century, archaeologist Rodolfo Lanciani concluded that Agrippa's Pantheon was oriented so that it faced South, in contrast with the current layout that faces North, and that it had a shortened T-shaped plan with the entrance at the base of the "T". This description was widely accepted until the late 20th century. While more recent archaeological diggings have suggested that Agrippa's building might have had a circular form with a triangular porch, and it might have also faced North, much like the later rebuildings, Ziolkowski complains that their conclusions were based entirely on surmise; according to him, they did not find any new datable material, yet they attributed everything they found to the Agrippan phase, failing to account for the fact that Domitian, known for his enthusiasm for building and known to have restored the Pantheon after 80 AD, might well have been responsible for everything they found. Ziolkowski argues that Lanciani's initial assessment is still supported by all of the finds to date, including theirs; furthermore he expresses skepticism because the building they describe, "a single building composed of a huge pronaos and a circular cella of the same diameter, linked by a relatively narrow and very short passage (much thinner than the current intermediate block), has no known parallels in classical architecture and would go against everything we know of Roman design principles in general and of Augustan architecture in particular."[22]

The only passages referring to the decoration of the Agrippan Pantheon written by an eyewitness are in Pliny's Natural History. From him we know that "the capitals, too, of the pillars, which were placed by M. Agrippa in the Pantheon, are made of Syracusan bronze",[23] that "the Pantheon of Agrippa has been decorated by Diogenes of Athens, and the Caryatides, by him, which form the columns of that temple, are looked upon as masterpieces of excellence: the same, too, with the statues that are placed upon the roof,"[24] and that one of Cleopatra's pearls was cut in half so that each half "might serve as pendants for the ears of Venus, in the Pantheon at Rome".[25]

The Augustan Pantheon was destroyed along with other buildings in a huge fire in the year 80 AD. Domitian rebuilt the Pantheon, which was burnt again in 110 AD.[26]

The degree to which the decorative scheme should be credited to Hadrian's architects is uncertain. Finished by Hadrian but not claimed as one of his works, it used the text of the original inscription on the new façade (a common practice in Hadrian's rebuilding projects all over Rome; the only building on which Hadrian put his own name was the Temple to the Deified Trajan).[27] How the building was actually used is not known. The Historia Augusta says that Hadrian dedicated the Pantheon (among other buildings) in the name of the original builder (Hadr. 19.10), but the current inscription could not be a copy of the original; it provides no information as to who Agrippa's foundation was dedicated to, and, in Ziolkowski's opinion, it was highly unlikely that in 25 BC Agrippa would have presented himself as "consul tertium." On coins, the same words, "M. Agrippa L.f cos. tertium," were the ones used to refer to him after his death; consul tertium serving as "a sort of posthumous cognomen ex virtute, a remembrance of the fact that, of all the men of his generation apart from Augustus himself, he was the only one to hold the consulship thrice."[28] Whatever the cause of the alteration of the inscription might have been, the new inscription reflects the fact that there was a change in the building's purpose.[29]

Cassius Dio, a Graeco-Roman senator, consul and author of a comprehensive History of Rome, writing approximately 75 years after the Pantheon's reconstruction, mistakenly attributed the domed building to Agrippa rather than Hadrian. Dio appears to be the only near-contemporaneous writer to mention the Pantheon. Even by the year 200, there was uncertainty about the origin of the building and its purpose:

Agrippa finished the construction of the building called the Pantheon. It has this name, perhaps because it received among the images which decorated it the statues of many gods, including Mars and Venus; but my own opinion of the name is that, because of its vaulted roof, it resembles the heavens.

— Cassius Dio History of Rome 53.27.2

In 202, the building was repaired by the joint emperors Septimius Severus and his son Caracalla (fully Marcus Aurelius Antoninus), for which there is another, smaller inscription on the architrave of the façade, under the aforementioned larger text.[30][31] This now-barely legible inscription reads:



In English, this means: Emp[eror] Caes[ar] L[ucius] Septimius Severus Pius Pertinax, victorious in Arabia, victor of Adiabene, the great victor in Parthia, Pontif[ex] Max[imus], 10 times tribune, 11 times emperor, three times consul, P[ater] P[atriae], proconsul, and Emp[eror] Caes[ar] M[arcus] Aurelius Antoninus Pius Felix Aug[ustus], five times tribune, consul, proconsul, have carefully restored the Pantheon ruined by age.[32] Medieval In 609, the Byzantine emperor Phocas gave the building to Pope Boniface IV, who converted it into a Christian church and consecrated it to St. Mary and the Martyrs on 13 May 609: "Another Pope, Boniface, asked the same [Emperor Phocas, in Constantinople] to order that in the old temple called the Pantheon, after the pagan filth was removed, a church should be made, to the holy virgin Mary and all the martyrs, so that the commemoration of the saints would take place henceforth where not gods but demons were formerly worshipped."[33] Twenty-eight cartloads of holy relics of martyrs were said to have been removed from the catacombs and placed in a porphyry basin beneath the high altar.[34] On its consecration, Boniface placed an icon of the Mother of God as 'Panagia Hodegetria' (All Holy Directress) within the new sanctuary [35].

The building's consecration as a church saved it from the abandonment, destruction, and the worst of the spoliation that befell the majority of ancient Rome's buildings during the early medieval period. However, Paul the Deacon records the spoliation of the building by the Emperor Constans II, who visited Rome in July 663: Remaining at Rome twelve days he pulled down everything that in ancient times had been made of metal for the ornament of the city, to such an extent that he even stripped off the roof of the church [of the blessed Mary], which at one time was called the Pantheon, and had been founded in honour of all the gods and was now by the consent of the former rulers the place of all the martyrs; and he took away from there the bronze tiles and sent them with all the other ornaments to Constantinople. Much fine external marble has been removed over the centuries - for example, capitals from some of the pilasters are in the British Museum.[36] Two columns were swallowed up in the medieval buildings that abutted the Pantheon on the east and were lost. In the early 17th century, Urban VIII Barberini tore away the bronze ceiling of the portico, and replaced the medieval campanile with the famous twin towers (often wrongly attributed to Bernini[37]) called "the ass's ears,"[38] which were not removed until the late 19th century.[39] The only other loss has been the external sculptures, which adorned the pediment above Agrippa's inscription. The marble interior has largely survived, although with extensive restoration. Renaissance Since the Renaissance the Pantheon has been the site of several important burials. Among those buried there are the painters Raphael and Annibale Carracci, the composer Arcangelo Corelli, and the architect Baldassare Peruzzi. In the 15th century, the Pantheon was adorned with paintings: the best-known is the Annunciation by Melozzo da Forlì. Filippo Brunelleschi, among other architects, looked to the Pantheon as inspiration for their works.

Pope Urban VIII (1623 to 1644) ordered the bronze ceiling of the Pantheon's portico melted down. Most of the bronze was used to make bombards for the fortification of Castel Sant'Angelo, with the remaining amount used by the Apostolic Camera for various other works. It is also said that the bronze was used by Bernini in creating his famous baldachin above the high altar of St. Peter's Basilica, but, according to at least one expert, the Pope's accounts state that about 90% of the bronze was used for the cannon, and that the bronze for the baldachin came from Venice.[41] Concerning this, an anonymous contemporary Roman satirist quipped in a pasquinade (a publicly posted poem) that quod non fecerunt barbari fecerunt Barberini ("What the barbarians did not do the Barberinis [Urban VIII's family name] did").

In 1747, the broad frieze below the dome with its false windows was "restored," but bore little resemblance to the original. In the early decades of the 20th century, a piece of the original, as could be reconstructed from Renaissance drawings and paintings, was recreated in one of the panels. Modern [citation needed] Two kings of Italy are buried in the Pantheon: Vittorio Emanuele II and Umberto I, as well as Umberto's Queen, Margherita.

The Pantheon is in use as a Catholic church. Masses are celebrated there on Sundays and holy days of obligation. Weddings are also held there from time to time.

Cardinal deaconry

On 23 July 1725, the Pantheon was established as Cardinal-deaconry of S. Maria ad Martyres, i.e. a titular church for a cardinal-deacon.

On 26 May 1929, this deaconry was suppressed to establish the Cardinal Deaconry of S. Apollinare alle Terme Neroniane-Alessandrine.[citation needed]

The building was originally approached by a flight of steps. Later construction raised the level of the ground leading to the portico, eliminating these steps.[5]

The pediment was decorated with relief sculpture, probably of gilded bronze. Holes marking the location of clamps that held the sculpture suggest that its design was likely an eagle within a wreath; ribbons extended from the wreath into the corners of the pediment.[42]

Mark Wilson Jones has attempted to explain the design adjustments carried out in relating the porch to the dome, arguing that the Pantheon's porch was originally designed for monolithic granite columns with shafts 50 Roman feet tall (weighing about 100 tons) and capitals 10 Roman feet tall in the Corinthian style.[43] The taller porch would have hidden the second pediment visible on the intermediate block. Instead, after the intended columns failed to arrive, the builders made many awkward adjustments in order to use shafts 40 Roman feet tall and capitals eight Roman feet tall.[44] This substitution was probably a result of logistical difficulties at some stage in the construction. Alternatively, it has also been argued that the scale of the portico related to the urban design of the space in front of the temple.[45] The grey granite columns that were actually used in the Pantheon's pronaos were quarried in Egypt at Mons Claudianus in the eastern mountains. Each was 39 feet (11.9 m) tall, 5 feet (1.5 m) in diameter, and 60 tons in weight.[46] These were dragged more than 100 km (62 miles) from the quarry to the river on wooden sledges. They were floated by barge down the Nile River when the water level was high during the spring floods, and then transferred to vessels to cross the Mediterranean Sea to the Roman port of Ostia. There, they were transferred back onto barges and pulled up the Tiber River to Rome.[47] After being unloaded near the Mausoleum of Augustus, the site of the Pantheon was still about 700 metres away.[48] Thus, it was necessary to either drag them or to move them on rollers to the construction site.

In the walls at the back of the Pantheon's portico are niches, perhaps intended for statues of Julius Caesar, Augustus Caesar, and Agrippa, or for the Capitoline Triad, or another set of gods.

The large bronze doors to the cella, once plated with gold, are not the original ones of the Pantheon. The current doors – manufactured too small for the door frames – have been there since about the 15th century.[49]

Rotunda The 4,535 metric tons (4,999 short tons) weight of the Roman concrete dome is concentrated on a ring of voussoirs 9.1 metres (30 ft) in diameter that form the oculus, while the downward thrust of the dome is carried by eight barrel vaults in the 6.4 metres (21 ft) thick drum wall into eight piers. The thickness of the dome varies from 6.4 metres (21 ft) at the base of the dome to 1.2 metres (3.9 ft) around the oculus.[50] The materials used in the concrete of the dome also varies. At its thickest point, the aggregate is travertine, then terracotta tiles, then at the very top, tufa and pumice, both porous light stones. At the very top, where the dome would be at its weakest and vulnerable to collapse, the oculus actually lightens the load.[51]

Beam in the dome of the Pantheon

No tensile test results are available on the concrete used in the Pantheon; however, Cowan discussed tests on ancient concrete from Roman ruins in Libya, which gave a compressive strength of 20 MPa (2,900 psi). An empirical relationship gives a tensile strength of 1.47 MPa (213 psi) for this specimen.[50] Finite element analysis of the structure by Mark and Hutchison[52] found a maximum tensile stress of only 128 kPa (18.5 psi) at the point where the dome joins the raised outer wall.[53]

The stresses in the dome were found to be substantially reduced by the use of successively less dense aggregate stones, such as small pots or pieces of pumice, in higher layers of the dome. Mark and Hutchison estimated that, if normal weight concrete had been used throughout, the stresses in the arch would have been some 80% greater. Hidden chambers engineered within the rotunda form a sophisticated structural system.[54] This reduced the weight of the roof, as did the elimination of the apex by means of the oculus.[55]

The top of the rotunda wall features a series of brick relieving arches, visible on the outside and built into the mass of the brickwork. The Pantheon is full of such devices – for example, there are relieving arches over the recesses inside – but all these arches were hidden by marble facing on the interior and possibly by stone revetment or stucco on the exterior.

The height to the oculus and the diameter of the interior circle are the same, 43.3 metres (142 ft), so the whole interior would f